CA2441289A1 - Method for therapeutically treating a clinically recognized form of cardiopathology in a living mammal - Google Patents
Method for therapeutically treating a clinically recognized form of cardiopathology in a living mammal Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2441289A1 CA2441289A1 CA002441289A CA2441289A CA2441289A1 CA 2441289 A1 CA2441289 A1 CA 2441289A1 CA 002441289 A CA002441289 A CA 002441289A CA 2441289 A CA2441289 A CA 2441289A CA 2441289 A1 CA2441289 A1 CA 2441289A1
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- cells
- cell
- afflicted
- severity
- heart
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims description 127
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 title claims description 6
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 claims abstract description 795
- 210000000130 stem cell Anatomy 0.000 claims abstract description 221
- 208000010125 myocardial infarction Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 205
- 208000009525 Myocarditis Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 46
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 40
- 210000001671 embryonic stem cell Anatomy 0.000 claims abstract description 31
- 206010019280 Heart failures Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 21
- 206010003119 arrhythmia Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 12
- 210000002216 heart Anatomy 0.000 claims description 146
- 230000000747 cardiac effect Effects 0.000 claims description 74
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 claims description 69
- 239000002054 inoculum Substances 0.000 claims description 55
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 claims description 54
- 230000004064 dysfunction Effects 0.000 claims description 54
- 210000003958 hematopoietic stem cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 43
- 210000002901 mesenchymal stem cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 43
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 35
- 210000001178 neural stem cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 34
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 31
- 210000000933 neural crest Anatomy 0.000 claims description 28
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 claims description 23
- 210000001185 bone marrow Anatomy 0.000 claims description 19
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 claims description 18
- 238000009795 derivation Methods 0.000 claims description 5
- 210000004700 fetal blood Anatomy 0.000 claims description 4
- 210000002826 placenta Anatomy 0.000 claims description 3
- 210000005259 peripheral blood Anatomy 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000011886 peripheral blood Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 210000005155 neural progenitor cell Anatomy 0.000 claims 1
- 210000004504 adult stem cell Anatomy 0.000 abstract description 18
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 2
- 238000002054 transplantation Methods 0.000 description 169
- 210000004165 myocardium Anatomy 0.000 description 146
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 88
- 230000002861 ventricular Effects 0.000 description 68
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 66
- 239000005090 green fluorescent protein Substances 0.000 description 66
- 108010043121 Green Fluorescent Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 63
- 102000004144 Green Fluorescent Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 62
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 59
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 57
- 210000002569 neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 51
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 50
- 102000005789 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factors Human genes 0.000 description 46
- 108010019530 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factors Proteins 0.000 description 46
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 46
- 230000004217 heart function Effects 0.000 description 43
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 43
- 230000004069 differentiation Effects 0.000 description 40
- 230000002107 myocardial effect Effects 0.000 description 40
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 39
- 210000004413 cardiac myocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 33
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 33
- 102100036859 Troponin I, cardiac muscle Human genes 0.000 description 31
- 101710128251 Troponin I, cardiac muscle Proteins 0.000 description 31
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 31
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 30
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 30
- 241000282887 Suidae Species 0.000 description 28
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 28
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 28
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 28
- 210000000107 myocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 28
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 27
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 27
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 26
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 25
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 25
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 24
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 23
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 22
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 21
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 description 21
- 210000004204 blood vessel Anatomy 0.000 description 19
- 210000000988 bone and bone Anatomy 0.000 description 19
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 19
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 18
- JYGXADMDTFJGBT-VWUMJDOOSA-N hydrocortisone Chemical compound O=C1CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]3[C@@H](O)C[C@](C)([C@@](CC4)(O)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 JYGXADMDTFJGBT-VWUMJDOOSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 18
- 238000000386 microscopy Methods 0.000 description 18
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 18
- 206010028851 Necrosis Diseases 0.000 description 17
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 17
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 17
- 230000017074 necrotic cell death Effects 0.000 description 17
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 16
- 230000017531 blood circulation Effects 0.000 description 16
- 230000000004 hemodynamic effect Effects 0.000 description 16
- 102100031573 Hematopoietic progenitor cell antigen CD34 Human genes 0.000 description 15
- 101000777663 Homo sapiens Hematopoietic progenitor cell antigen CD34 Proteins 0.000 description 15
- 102000004058 Leukemia inhibitory factor Human genes 0.000 description 15
- 108090000581 Leukemia inhibitory factor Proteins 0.000 description 15
- 230000033115 angiogenesis Effects 0.000 description 15
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 15
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 15
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 description 15
- 238000002513 implantation Methods 0.000 description 15
- 230000001537 neural effect Effects 0.000 description 15
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 15
- 206010061216 Infarction Diseases 0.000 description 14
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 14
- 238000012744 immunostaining Methods 0.000 description 14
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 14
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 14
- 238000011069 regeneration method Methods 0.000 description 14
- 238000004904 shortening Methods 0.000 description 14
- 230000035488 systolic blood pressure Effects 0.000 description 14
- 241000710188 Encephalomyocarditis virus Species 0.000 description 13
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 13
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 13
- 230000001605 fetal effect Effects 0.000 description 13
- 210000003540 papillary muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 13
- 230000008929 regeneration Effects 0.000 description 13
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 13
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 13
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 12
- WZUVPPKBWHMQCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Haematoxylin Chemical compound C12=CC(O)=C(O)C=C2CC2(O)C1C1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1OC2 WZUVPPKBWHMQCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 12
- 210000002459 blastocyst Anatomy 0.000 description 12
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 12
- 210000003737 chromaffin cell Anatomy 0.000 description 12
- 210000004351 coronary vessel Anatomy 0.000 description 12
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 12
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 12
- 230000007574 infarction Effects 0.000 description 12
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 12
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 12
- 230000008439 repair process Effects 0.000 description 12
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 11
- 210000003719 b-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 11
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 11
- 230000008595 infiltration Effects 0.000 description 11
- 238000001764 infiltration Methods 0.000 description 11
- 230000000302 ischemic effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 11
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 11
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 11
- 210000000601 blood cell Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 10
- 210000005003 heart tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 230000035882 stress Effects 0.000 description 10
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 102000005604 Myosin Heavy Chains Human genes 0.000 description 9
- 108010084498 Myosin Heavy Chains Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 9
- 238000010009 beating Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 210000000845 cartilage Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- 230000004087 circulation Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 9
- 229960000890 hydrocortisone Drugs 0.000 description 9
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000002018 overexpression Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 9
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 230000036982 action potential Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 8
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 8
- 210000002242 embryoid body Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 230000003394 haemopoietic effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000004005 microsphere Substances 0.000 description 8
- 210000000066 myeloid cell Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 210000004248 oligodendroglia Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 210000004116 schwann cell Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- PMATZTZNYRCHOR-CGLBZJNRSA-N Cyclosporin A Chemical compound CC[C@@H]1NC(=O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@H](C)C\C=C\C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)CN(C)C1=O PMATZTZNYRCHOR-CGLBZJNRSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 108010036949 Cyclosporine Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 210000001130 astrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 7
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 230000024245 cell differentiation Effects 0.000 description 7
- 210000003169 central nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000007490 hematoxylin and eosin (H&E) staining Methods 0.000 description 7
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 210000004498 neuroglial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 230000002269 spontaneous effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000002782 sympathoadrenal effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- JWZZKOKVBUJMES-UHFFFAOYSA-N (+-)-Isoprenaline Chemical compound CC(C)NCC(O)C1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 JWZZKOKVBUJMES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 102000003974 Fibroblast growth factor 2 Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 108090000379 Fibroblast growth factor 2 Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 206010020880 Hypertrophy Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 206010029113 Neovascularisation Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 230000001919 adrenal effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000006793 arrhythmia Effects 0.000 description 6
- 210000000038 chest Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 210000002808 connective tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 230000034994 death Effects 0.000 description 6
- VYFYYTLLBUKUHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N dopamine Chemical compound NCCC1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 VYFYYTLLBUKUHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000012137 double-staining Methods 0.000 description 6
- 210000002889 endothelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 239000012894 fetal calf serum Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000003125 immunofluorescent labeling Methods 0.000 description 6
- 210000004969 inflammatory cell Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 229940039009 isoproterenol Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 210000005240 left ventricle Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 230000000877 morphologic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000033764 rhythmic process Effects 0.000 description 6
- 231100000241 scar Toxicity 0.000 description 6
- 230000002889 sympathetic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 210000001541 thymus gland Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 6
- 206010056370 Congestive cardiomyopathy Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 229930105110 Cyclosporin A Natural products 0.000 description 5
- 201000010046 Dilated cardiomyopathy Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 239000006144 Dulbecco’s modified Eagle's medium Substances 0.000 description 5
- 206010016654 Fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 101000958041 Homo sapiens Musculin Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 108010025020 Nerve Growth Factor Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 101150052863 THY1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 208000036142 Viral infection Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 230000005856 abnormality Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000001574 biopsy Methods 0.000 description 5
- 210000002798 bone marrow cell Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 210000001612 chondrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 230000003205 diastolic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- YQGOJNYOYNNSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N eosin Chemical compound [Na+].OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C1=C2C=C(Br)C(=O)C(Br)=C2OC2=C(Br)C(O)=C(Br)C=C21 YQGOJNYOYNNSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000012091 fetal bovine serum Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000004761 fibrosis Effects 0.000 description 5
- GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000001415 gene therapy Methods 0.000 description 5
- 102000046949 human MSC Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000002427 irreversible effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000003902 lesion Effects 0.000 description 5
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 5
- 210000001161 mammalian embryo Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 210000001982 neural crest cell Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 210000001778 pluripotent stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000035755 proliferation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 5
- PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodamine B Chemical compound [Cl-].C=12C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C2OC2=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 5
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 230000009385 viral infection Effects 0.000 description 5
- 206010047470 viral myocarditis Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 239000005723 virus inoculator Substances 0.000 description 5
- 206010007559 Cardiac failure congestive Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 102100021238 Dynamin-2 Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 101710193519 Glial fibrillary acidic protein Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 101000817607 Homo sapiens Dynamin-2 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000015336 Nerve Growth Factor Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010088373 Neurofilament Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000008763 Neurofilament Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 241000283984 Rodentia Species 0.000 description 4
- 210000001744 T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 206010000891 acute myocardial infarction Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000000975 bioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000001625 cardiomyogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000002771 cell marker Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000002659 cell therapy Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000023715 cellular developmental process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229960001265 ciclosporin Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 238000012258 culturing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 4
- -1 e.g. Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 210000002257 embryonic structure Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000003743 erythrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 230000000925 erythroid effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000013604 expression vector Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000003754 fetus Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 238000001943 fluorescence-activated cell sorting Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000012595 freezing medium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000004602 germ cell Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 210000005046 glial fibrillary acidic protein Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 210000002064 heart cell Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 208000019622 heart disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 230000002962 histologic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000002757 inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 208000028867 ischemia Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229940053128 nerve growth factor Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 210000003061 neural cell Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 210000000963 osteoblast Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 230000007170 pathology Effects 0.000 description 4
- WEXRUCMBJFQVBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentobarbital Chemical compound CCCC(C)C1(CC)C(=O)NC(=O)NC1=O WEXRUCMBJFQVBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000007634 remodeling Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000000284 resting effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N streptomycin Chemical compound CN[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@](C=O)(O)[C@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 206010042772 syncope Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 230000000451 tissue damage Effects 0.000 description 4
- 231100000827 tissue damage Toxicity 0.000 description 4
- 210000004291 uterus Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 210000005166 vasculature Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 210000003462 vein Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 229960001134 von willebrand factor Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 3
- 102000012422 Collagen Type I Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010022452 Collagen Type I Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 208000003037 Diastolic Heart Failure Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 206010052337 Diastolic dysfunction Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 3
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 101150066002 GFP gene Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102100039289 Glial fibrillary acidic protein Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010052285 Membrane Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 description 3
- 102000008730 Nestin Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010088225 Nestin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 206010071436 Systolic dysfunction Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 102000004887 Transforming Growth Factor beta Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090001012 Transforming Growth Factor beta Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108010073929 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor A Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 208000009982 Ventricular Dysfunction Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001464 adherent effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- SHGAZHPCJJPHSC-YCNIQYBTSA-N all-trans-retinoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C(/C)\C=C\C=C(/C)\C=C\C1=C(C)CCCC1(C)C SHGAZHPCJJPHSC-YCNIQYBTSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 210000003403 autonomic nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000008827 biological function Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000003969 blast cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000036770 blood supply Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910000389 calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000003915 cell function Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000919 ceramic Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000003636 conditioned culture medium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000004624 confocal microscopy Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000004207 dermis Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 229960003957 dexamethasone Drugs 0.000 description 3
- UREBDLICKHMUKA-CXSFZGCWSA-N dexamethasone Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)C=C[C@]2(C)[C@]2(F)[C@@H]1[C@@H]1C[C@@H](C)[C@@](C(=O)CO)(O)[C@@]1(C)C[C@@H]2O UREBDLICKHMUKA-CXSFZGCWSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229960003638 dopamine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 210000005064 dopaminergic neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000004720 fertilization Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000002950 fibroblast Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 210000003976 gap junction Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000002518 glial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000003714 granulocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000000297 inotrophic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000000265 leukocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000004379 membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 3
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 230000005012 migration Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000013508 migration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000921 morphogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000003098 myoblast Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000001114 myogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001338 necrotic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 108010091047 neurofilament protein H Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 239000002858 neurotransmitter agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000001717 pathogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 231100000915 pathological change Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 230000036285 pathological change Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000000644 propagated effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229930002330 retinoic acid Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 210000002027 skeletal muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 210000002363 skeletal muscle cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 210000003491 skin Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 210000000329 smooth muscle myocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 3
- 210000002536 stromal cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- MPLHNVLQVRSVEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N texas red Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=CC(S(Cl)(=O)=O)=CC=C1C(C1=CC=2CCCN3CCCC(C=23)=C1O1)=C2C1=C(CCC1)C3=[N+]1CCCC3=C2 MPLHNVLQVRSVEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZRKFYGHZFMAOKI-QMGMOQQFSA-N tgfbeta Chemical compound C([C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCSC)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(O)=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 ZRKFYGHZFMAOKI-QMGMOQQFSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000012096 transfection reagent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229960001727 tretinoin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 3
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000006815 ventricular dysfunction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000001262 western blot Methods 0.000 description 3
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N (+)-Biotin Chemical compound N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SFLSHLFXELFNJZ-QMMMGPOBSA-N (-)-norepinephrine Chemical compound NC[C@H](O)C1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 SFLSHLFXELFNJZ-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930182837 (R)-adrenaline Natural products 0.000 description 2
- UCTWMZQNUQWSLP-VIFPVBQESA-N (R)-adrenaline Chemical compound CNC[C@H](O)C1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 UCTWMZQNUQWSLP-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102100038238 Aromatic-L-amino-acid decarboxylase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000271566 Aves Species 0.000 description 2
- 101100222854 Bacillus subtilis (strain 168) czcO gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000004434 Calcinosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000006029 Cardiomegaly Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000031229 Cardiomyopathies Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000282693 Cercopithecidae Species 0.000 description 2
- 108010058699 Choline O-acetyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100023460 Choline O-acetyltransferase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102000001045 Connexin 43 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010069241 Connexin 43 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000002585 Contractile Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010068426 Contractile Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 208000000059 Dyspnea Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010013975 Dyspnoeas Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 201000009051 Embryonal Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 101100127166 Escherichia coli (strain K12) kefB gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000010834 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010037362 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 2
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formaldehyde Chemical compound O=C WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102100028652 Gamma-enolase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108091022930 Glutamate decarboxylase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000003745 Hepatocyte Growth Factor Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000100 Hepatocyte Growth Factor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 2
- 101000980898 Homo sapiens Cell division cycle-associated protein 4 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000725303 Human immunodeficiency virus Species 0.000 description 2
- MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen peroxide Chemical compound OO MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000011782 Keratins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010076876 Keratins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000018697 Membrane Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 101100537961 Methanosarcina mazei (strain ATCC BAA-159 / DSM 3647 / Goe1 / Go1 / JCM 11833 / OCM 88) trkA2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010028594 Myocardial fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010033557 Palpitations Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229930182555 Penicillin Natural products 0.000 description 2
- JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N Penicillin G Chemical compound N([C@H]1[C@H]2SC([C@@H](N2C1=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)C(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000006735 Periostitis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102100028465 Peripherin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010003081 Peripherins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010022181 Phosphopyruvate Hydratase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010036653 Presyncope Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108020004511 Recombinant DNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010090804 Streptavidin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 208000001871 Tachycardia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000007536 Thrombosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108010065729 Troponin I Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004142 Trypsin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000631 Trypsin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108090000704 Tubulin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004243 Tubulin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108091000117 Tyrosine 3-Monooxygenase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000048218 Tyrosine 3-monooxygenases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010035075 Tyrosine decarboxylase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000251539 Vertebrata <Metazoa> Species 0.000 description 2
- 102100035071 Vimentin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010065472 Vimentin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010023082 activin A Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 210000001789 adipocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000002238 attenuated effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003190 augmentative effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008081 blood perfusion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000036471 bradycardia Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000006218 bradycardia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000002308 calcification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000005242 cardiac chamber Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 150000003943 catecholamines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229960001139 cefazolin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- MLYYVTUWGNIJIB-BXKDBHETSA-N cefazolin Chemical compound S1C(C)=NN=C1SCC1=C(C(O)=O)N2C(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CN3N=NN=C3)[C@H]2SC1 MLYYVTUWGNIJIB-BXKDBHETSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000011712 cell development Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000013553 cell monolayer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 description 2
- ZPUCINDJVBIVPJ-LJISPDSOSA-N cocaine Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@H]2CC[C@@H](N2C)[C@H]1C(=O)OC)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZPUCINDJVBIVPJ-LJISPDSOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001447 compensatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009850 completed effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008602 contraction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000029078 coronary artery disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 210000004748 cultured cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229930182912 cyclosporin Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 231100000599 cytotoxic agent Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 238000007405 data analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000007850 degeneration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000010454 developmental mechanism Effects 0.000 description 2
- BFMYDTVEBKDAKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium;(2',7'-dibromo-3',6'-dioxido-3-oxospiro[2-benzofuran-1,9'-xanthene]-4'-yl)mercury;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Na+].O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC(Br)=C([O-])C([Hg])=C1OC1=C2C=C(Br)C([O-])=C1 BFMYDTVEBKDAKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000009189 diving Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000003981 ectoderm Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000002253 embryonic cardiomyocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000001900 endoderm Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000003038 endothelium Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 108010048367 enhanced green fluorescent protein Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960005139 epinephrine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 210000002744 extracellular matrix Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000001105 femoral artery Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000008175 fetal development Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011049 filling Methods 0.000 description 2
- MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein-5-isothiocyanate Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC(N=C=S)=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000007850 fluorescent dye Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960003692 gamma aminobutyric acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- BTCSSZJGUNDROE-UHFFFAOYSA-N gamma-aminobutyric acid Chemical compound NCCCC(O)=O BTCSSZJGUNDROE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000001654 germ layer Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000000777 hematopoietic system Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000003494 hepatocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000010562 histological examination Methods 0.000 description 2
- 102000044493 human CDCA4 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 230000001900 immune effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001771 impaired effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000411 inducer Substances 0.000 description 2
- NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N insulin Chemical compound N1C(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)CN)C(C)CC)CSSCC(C(NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CSSCC(NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(C)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2NC=NC=2)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)CNC2=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)NC(C(C)O)C(=O)N3C(CCC3)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(C)C(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)CC)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)C1CSSCC2NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(C)C)CC1=CN=CN1 NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000007914 intraventricular administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000009545 invasion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011835 investigation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000004153 islets of langerhan Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000004698 lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000002540 macrophage Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000003593 megakaryocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000000274 microglia Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000003470 mitochondria Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000000394 mitotic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000002894 multi-fate stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000000663 muscle cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 208000031225 myocardial ischemia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 210000004457 myocytus nodalis Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000000653 nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000005055 nestin Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000009871 nonspecific binding Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960002748 norepinephrine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- SFLSHLFXELFNJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N norepinephrine Natural products NCC(O)C1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 SFLSHLFXELFNJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 108091008819 oncoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000027450 oncoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 238000001543 one-way ANOVA Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000011164 ossification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000004409 osteocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000002188 osteogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940049954 penicillin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229960001412 pentobarbital Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 210000003460 periosteum Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000001428 peripheral nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000005047 peripherin Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003752 polymerase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002062 proliferating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000003180 prostaglandins Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000000306 recurrent effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004895 regional blood flow Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000029058 respiratory gaseous exchange Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- MYFATKRONKHHQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodamine 123 Chemical compound [Cl-].COC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C1=C2C=CC(=[NH2+])C=C2OC2=CC(N)=CC=C21 MYFATKRONKHHQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QZAYGJVTTNCVMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N serotonin Chemical compound C1=C(O)C=C2C(CCN)=CNC2=C1 QZAYGJVTTNCVMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000001057 smooth muscle myoblast Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000002325 somatostatin-secreting cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000000952 spleen Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229960005322 streptomycin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000009662 stress testing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 2
- FRGKKTITADJNOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfanyloxyethane Chemical compound CCOS FRGKKTITADJNOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000000153 supplemental effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008093 supporting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000017423 tissue regeneration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003053 toxin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 231100000765 toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 108700012359 toxins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101150025395 trkA gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101150113435 trkA1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000047459 trkC Receptor Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010064892 trkC Receptor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000012588 trypsin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012762 unpaired Student’s t-test Methods 0.000 description 2
- VBEQCZHXXJYVRD-GACYYNSASA-N uroanthelone Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(O)=O)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CCSC)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CNC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(N)=O)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)CC)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 VBEQCZHXXJYVRD-GACYYNSASA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000035899 viability Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000005048 vimentin Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- LAQPKDLYOBZWBT-NYLDSJSYSA-N (2s,4s,5r,6r)-5-acetamido-2-{[(2s,3r,4s,5s,6r)-2-{[(2r,3r,4r,5r)-5-acetamido-1,2-dihydroxy-6-oxo-4-{[(2s,3s,4r,5s,6s)-3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methyloxan-2-yl]oxy}hexan-3-yl]oxy}-3,5-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy}-4-hydroxy-6-[(1r,2r)-1,2,3-trihydrox Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@H]([C@@H](NC(C)=O)C=O)[C@@H]([C@H](O)CO)O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O[C@]2(O[C@H]([C@H](NC(C)=O)[C@@H](O)C2)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO)C(O)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 LAQPKDLYOBZWBT-NYLDSJSYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NHBKXEKEPDILRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-bis(butanoylsulfanyl)propyl butanoate Chemical compound CCCC(=O)OCC(SC(=O)CCC)CSC(=O)CCC NHBKXEKEPDILRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl]ethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OCC[NH+]1CCN(CCS([O-])(=O)=O)CC1 JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KISWVXRQTGLFGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[2-[[6-amino-2-[[2-[[2-[[5-amino-2-[[2-[[1-[2-[[6-amino-2-[(2,5-diamino-5-oxopentanoyl)amino]hexanoyl]amino]-5-(diaminomethylideneamino)pentanoyl]pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]amino]-3-hydroxypropanoyl]amino]-5-oxopentanoyl]amino]-5-(diaminomethylideneamino)p Chemical compound C1CCN(C(=O)C(CCCN=C(N)N)NC(=O)C(CCCCN)NC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O)C1C(=O)NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(O)=O)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 KISWVXRQTGLFGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FWBHETKCLVMNFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4',6-Diamino-2-phenylindol Chemical compound C1=CC(C(=N)N)=CC=C1C1=CC2=CC=C(C(N)=N)C=C2N1 FWBHETKCLVMNFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XAUDJQYHKZQPEU-KVQBGUIXSA-N 5-aza-2'-deoxycytidine Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)N=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)C1 XAUDJQYHKZQPEU-KVQBGUIXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NMUSYJAQQFHJEW-KVTDHHQDSA-N 5-azacytidine Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)N=CN1[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 NMUSYJAQQFHJEW-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000030507 AIDS Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101800000263 Acidic protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 206010002091 Anaesthesia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000037260 Atherosclerotic Plaque Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000023275 Autoimmune disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108090001008 Avidin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100024222 B-lymphocyte antigen CD19 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010049951 Bone Morphogenetic Protein 3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010049955 Bone Morphogenetic Protein 4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010007726 Bone Morphogenetic Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007350 Bone Morphogenetic Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100024504 Bone morphogenetic protein 3 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100024505 Bone morphogenetic protein 4 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010049765 Bradyarrhythmia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000004219 Brain-derived neurotrophic factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000715 Brain-derived neurotrophic factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010006187 Breast cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000026310 Breast neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000013602 Cardiac Myosins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010051609 Cardiac Myosins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010007572 Cardiac hypertrophy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010058030 Cartilage hypertrophy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010008479 Chest Pain Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010007718 Chromogranins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007345 Chromogranins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000000503 Collagen Type II Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010041390 Collagen Type II Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000002734 Collagen Type VI Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010043741 Collagen Type VI Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000030746 Collagen Type X Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010022510 Collagen Type X Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000029147 Collagen-vascular disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000010970 Connexin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108050001175 Connexin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010011086 Coronary artery occlusion Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000709687 Coxsackievirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010072220 Cyclophilin A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000000116 DAPI staining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010011878 Deafness Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102100024746 Dihydrofolate reductase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000018672 Dilatation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000006145 Eagle's minimal essential medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241001466953 Echovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100039328 Endoplasmin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102400001368 Epidermal growth factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101800003838 Epidermal growth factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000283086 Equidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010063560 Excessive granulation tissue Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000011771 FVB mouse Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010067306 Fibronectins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000016359 Fibronectins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 238000012413 Fluorescence activated cell sorting analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000036119 Frailty Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000053171 Glial Fibrillary Acidic Human genes 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000008214 Glutamate decarboxylase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108090000288 Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003886 Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010018691 Granuloma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010018985 Haemorrhage intracranial Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000032843 Hemorrhage Diseases 0.000 description 1
- HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Heparin Chemical compound OC1C(NC(=O)C)C(O)OC(COS(O)(=O)=O)C1OC1C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(O3)C(O)=O)OS(O)(=O)=O)C(CO)O2)NS(O)(=O)=O)C(C(O)=O)O1 HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101000980825 Homo sapiens B-lymphocyte antigen CD19 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100220044 Homo sapiens CD34 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000812663 Homo sapiens Endoplasmin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000946889 Homo sapiens Monocyte differentiation antigen CD14 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001123678 Homo sapiens Phenylethanolamine N-methyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001092197 Homo sapiens RNA binding protein fox-1 homolog 3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000701044 Human gammaherpesvirus 4 Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010020772 Hypertension Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010061598 Immunodeficiency Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000004877 Insulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001061 Insulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090000723 Insulin-Like Growth Factor I Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000000589 Interleukin-1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010002352 Interleukin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100020881 Interleukin-1 alpha Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010082786 Interleukin-1alpha Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010002350 Interleukin-2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000015696 Interleukins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010063738 Interleukins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000008574 Intracranial Hemorrhages Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010022998 Irritability Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010048858 Ischaemic cardiomyopathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000007760 Iscove's Modified Dulbecco's Medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- PIWKPBJCKXDKJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isoflurane Chemical compound FC(F)OC(Cl)C(F)(F)F PIWKPBJCKXDKJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010824 Kaplan-Meier survival analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- YQEZLKZALYSWHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ketamine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=C(Cl)C=1C1(NC)CCCCC1=O YQEZLKZALYSWHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MIJPAVRNWPDMOR-ZAFYKAAXSA-N L-ascorbic acid 2-phosphate Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(OP(O)(O)=O)=C1O MIJPAVRNWPDMOR-ZAFYKAAXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lactate Chemical compound CC(O)C([O-])=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 101710128836 Large T antigen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010049694 Left Ventricular Dysfunction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010061223 Ligament injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108700018351 Major Histocompatibility Complex Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000002720 Malnutrition Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100035877 Monocyte differentiation antigen CD14 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000005647 Mumps Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000029027 Musculoskeletal and connective tissue disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000000112 Myalgia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000047918 Myelin Basic Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710107068 Myelin basic protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010028604 Myocardial rupture Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000003505 Myosin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108060008487 Myosin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 201000002481 Myositis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000011887 Necropsy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000003729 Neprilysin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000028 Neprilysin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007339 Nerve Growth Factor Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010032605 Nerve Growth Factor Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007072 Nerve Growth Factors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000189 Neuropeptides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090000573 Osteocalcin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004067 Osteocalcin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000004264 Osteopontin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010081689 Osteopontin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710160107 Outer membrane protein A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000002193 Pain Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229930040373 Paraformaldehyde Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 206010033799 Paralysis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- QGMRQYFBGABWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-M Pentobarbital sodium Chemical compound [Na+].CCCC(C)C1(CC)C(=O)NC(=O)[N-]C1=O QGMRQYFBGABWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 102100034539 Peptidyl-prolyl cis-trans isomerase A Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100024611 Phosphatidylethanolamine N-methyltransferase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000012288 Phosphopyruvate Hydratase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010004729 Phycoerythrin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000000474 Poliomyelitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010037660 Pyrexia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100035530 RNA binding protein fox-1 homolog 3 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000012980 RPMI-1640 medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000700157 Rattus norvegicus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108700008625 Reporter Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102400001051 Restin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000006146 Roswell Park Memorial Institute medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010072610 Skeletal dysplasia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 102000013275 Somatomedins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000005392 Spasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001222723 Sterna Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000000692 Student's t-test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010042434 Sudden death Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000024932 T cell mediated immunity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010049447 Tachyarrhythmia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010017842 Telomerase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000021945 Tendon injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010043276 Teratoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108090000992 Transferases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004357 Transferases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000046299 Transforming Growth Factor beta1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101800002279 Transforming growth factor beta-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700019146 Transgenes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000013394 Troponin I Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108060008682 Tumor Necrosis Factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000033774 Ventricular Remodeling Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010047281 Ventricular arrhythmia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- LEBBDRXHHNYZIA-LDUWYPJVSA-N [(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-2-yl] n-[(z)-1,3-dihydroxyoctadec-4-en-2-yl]carbamate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCC\C=C/C(O)C(CO)NC(=O)O[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O LEBBDRXHHNYZIA-LDUWYPJVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OIPILFWXSMYKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetylcholine Chemical compound CC(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C OIPILFWXSMYKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004373 acetylcholine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002293 adipogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000577 adipose tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004100 adrenal gland Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000048 adrenergic agonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001042 affinity chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 1
- VREFGVBLTWBCJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N alprazolam Chemical compound C12=CC(Cl)=CC=C2N2C(C)=NN=C2CN=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 VREFGVBLTWBCJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001668 ameliorated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000001691 amnion Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000037005 anaesthesia Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940035676 analgesics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000000540 analysis of variance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000648 angioblast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002491 angiogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000730 antalgic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003466 anti-cipated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000000149 argon plasma sintering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002763 arrhythmic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001367 artery Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010003549 asthenia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000003140 astrocytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001746 atrial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002072 atrial myocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001992 atrioventricular node Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001363 autoimmune Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005784 autoimmunity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002567 autonomic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011888 autopsy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003376 axonal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002756 azacitidine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 102000012740 beta Adrenergic Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010079452 beta Adrenergic Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 210000002960 bfu-e Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000020958 biotin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011616 biotin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001109 blastomere Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000034158 bleeding Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000000740 bleeding effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008499 blood brain barrier function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001218 blood-brain barrier Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002449 bone cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000008468 bone growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004271 bone marrow stromal cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000010322 bone marrow transplantation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940112869 bone morphogenetic protein Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012888 bovine serum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940098773 bovine serum albumin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000004375 bundle of his Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940087828 buprenex Drugs 0.000 description 1
- UAIXRPCCYXNJMQ-RZIPZOSSSA-N buprenorphine hydrochlorie Chemical compound [Cl-].C([C@]12[C@H]3OC=4C(O)=CC=C(C2=4)C[C@@H]2[C@]11CC[C@]3([C@H](C1)[C@](C)(O)C(C)(C)C)OC)C[NH+]2CC1CC1 UAIXRPCCYXNJMQ-RZIPZOSSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001196 cardiac muscle myoblast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 206010007625 cardiogenic shock Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000007211 cardiovascular event Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003321 cartilage cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000022159 cartilage development Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000022131 cell cycle Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005779 cell damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000030833 cell death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000032823 cell division Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010261 cell growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000012292 cell migration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004663 cell proliferation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006285 cell suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002512 chemotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002932 cholinergic neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002648 chondrogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010039524 chondroitin sulfate proteoglycan 4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000000975 co-precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960003920 cocaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001608 connective tissue cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000008828 contractile function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002537 cosmetic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012864 cross contamination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012136 culture method Methods 0.000 description 1
- UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-ZAKLUEHWSA-N cytidine Chemical class O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O1 UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-ZAKLUEHWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000120 cytopathologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010038764 cytoplasmic linker protein 170 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000003436 cytoskeletal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004292 cytoskeleton Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940127089 cytotoxic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002254 cytotoxic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003013 cytotoxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000135 cytotoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000002619 cytotoxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002999 depolarising effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000994 depressogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000005045 desmin Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001627 detrimental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002405 diagnostic procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035487 diastolic blood pressure Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108020001096 dihydrofolate reductase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000010339 dilation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002934 diuretic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000002173 dizziness Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002592 echocardiography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000437 effect on angiogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004520 electroporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003890 endocrine cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003511 endothelial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002327 eosinophilic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940116977 epidermal growth factor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001973 epigenetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002919 epithelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000981 epithelium Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000267 erythroid cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000013613 expression plasmid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002169 extracardiac Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010016256 fatigue Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003619 fibrillary effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001215 fluorescent labelling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004907 flux Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037406 food intake Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000609 ganglia Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000001476 gene delivery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012239 gene modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004077 genetic alteration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012252 genetic analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005017 genetic modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000013617 genetically modified food Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002165 glioblast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003862 glucocorticoid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930195712 glutamate Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229940049906 glutamate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutamine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000005396 glutamine synthetase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020002326 glutamine synthetase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- AWUCVROLDVIAJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycerol 1-phosphate Chemical class OCC(O)COP(O)(O)=O AWUCVROLDVIAJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002449 glycine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000001126 granulation tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000018578 heart valve disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 244000000013 helminth Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000011132 hemopoiesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002897 heparin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920000669 heparin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000006454 hepatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000283 hepatitis Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000011540 hip replacement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004295 hippocampal neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001744 histochemical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010231 histologic analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000710 homodimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000005260 human cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000015210 hypertensive heart disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000003559 hypertrophic chondrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003483 hypokinetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003100 immobilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005934 immune activation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000987 immune system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000010166 immunofluorescence Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002991 immunohistochemical analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011532 immunohistochemical staining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003364 immunohistochemistry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007943 implant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012678 infectious agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002458 infectious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000027866 inflammatory disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000028709 inflammatory response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000037797 influenza A Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000037798 influenza B Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010067471 inhibin A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011081 inoculation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940125396 insulin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003601 intercostal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940047122 interleukins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007928 intraperitoneal injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000001788 irregular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002725 isoflurane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003299 ketamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000013150 knee replacement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000005246 left atrium Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002414 leg Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 231100000518 lethal Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001665 lethal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000032839 leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000003041 ligament Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108700041430 link Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000001325 log-rank test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000007885 magnetic separation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003716 mesoderm Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002406 microsurgery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003226 mitogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001616 monocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000004264 monolayer culture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004660 morphological change Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000010805 mumps infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000001964 muscle biopsy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004220 muscle function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000016334 muscle symptom Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000003387 muscular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003680 myocardial damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010016 myocardial function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000037891 myocardial injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000001016 myotrophic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001087 myotubule Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001452 natriuretic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000005170 neoplastic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003757 neuroblast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000004770 neurodegeneration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000005044 neurofilament Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002644 neurohormonal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003448 neutrophilic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940021182 non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000018343 nutrient deficiency Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000015097 nutrients Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000016709 nutrition Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000035764 nutrition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003463 organelle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000008520 organization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000008482 osteoarthritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000009818 osteogenic differentiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002138 osteoinductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004663 osteoprogenitor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940094443 oxytocics prostaglandins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000036407 pain Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007427 paired t-test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004091 panning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920002866 paraformaldehyde Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000003950 pathogenic mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000059 patterning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960002275 pentobarbital sodium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000010412 perfusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002085 persistent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008363 phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000005681 phospholamban Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010059929 phospholamban Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108060006184 phycobiliprotein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000035790 physiological processes and functions Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007505 plaque formation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010057417 polysialyl neural cell adhesion molecule Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004258 portal system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000035935 pregnancy Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013630 prepared media Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004321 preservation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000750 progressive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001737 promoting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001902 propagating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- XJMOSONTPMZWPB-UHFFFAOYSA-M propidium iodide Chemical compound [I-].[I-].C12=CC(N)=CC=C2C2=CC=C(N)C=C2[N+](CCC[N+](C)(CC)CC)=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 XJMOSONTPMZWPB-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 210000003742 purkinje fiber Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001172 regenerating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001567 regular cardiac muscle cell of ventricle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003362 replicative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001850 reproductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000250 revascularization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001020 rhythmical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000005404 rubella Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000012266 salt solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000009738 saturating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108040003878 secondary active transmembrane transporter activity proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001953 sensory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940076279 serotonin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100001055 skeletal defect Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 210000004927 skin cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000002639 sodium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007619 statistical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004659 sterilization and disinfection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003431 steroids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000004936 stimulating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002948 striated muscle cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013589 supplement Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000020382 suppression by virus of host antigen processing and presentation of peptide antigen via MHC class I Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004114 suspension culture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000331 sympathetic ganglia Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000946 synaptic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002504 synaptic vesicle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940037128 systemic glucocorticoids Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000006794 tachycardia Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002435 tendon Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000010998 test method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002303 tibia Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003437 trachea Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002627 tracheal intubation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940099456 transforming growth factor beta 1 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001052 transient effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000032258 transport Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960001005 tuberculin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 102000003390 tumor necrosis factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 230000007306 turnover Effects 0.000 description 1
- 241000701161 unidentified adenovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000712461 unidentified influenza virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001430294 unidentified retrovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 210000000689 upper leg Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002792 vascular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004218 vascular function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940088594 vitamin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930003231 vitamin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000011782 vitamin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013343 vitamin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000002266 vitamin A derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000001325 yolk sac Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- DGVVWUTYPXICAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N β‐Mercaptoethanol Chemical compound OCCS DGVVWUTYPXICAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N5/00—Undifferentiated human, animal or plant cells, e.g. cell lines; Tissues; Cultivation or maintenance thereof; Culture media therefor
- C12N5/06—Animal cells or tissues; Human cells or tissues
- C12N5/0602—Vertebrate cells
- C12N5/0652—Cells of skeletal and connective tissues; Mesenchyme
- C12N5/0662—Stem cells
- C12N5/0663—Bone marrow mesenchymal stem cells (BM-MSC)
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A01—AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
- A01K—ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; AVICULTURE; APICULTURE; PISCICULTURE; FISHING; REARING OR BREEDING ANIMALS, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; NEW BREEDS OF ANIMALS
- A01K67/00—Rearing or breeding animals, not otherwise provided for; New or modified breeds of animals
- A01K67/027—New or modified breeds of vertebrates
- A01K67/0271—Chimeric vertebrates, e.g. comprising exogenous cells
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/70—Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
- A61P9/04—Inotropic agents, i.e. stimulants of cardiac contraction; Drugs for heart failure
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
- A61P9/06—Antiarrhythmics
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N5/00—Undifferentiated human, animal or plant cells, e.g. cell lines; Tissues; Cultivation or maintenance thereof; Culture media therefor
- C12N5/06—Animal cells or tissues; Human cells or tissues
- C12N5/0602—Vertebrate cells
- C12N5/0603—Embryonic cells ; Embryoid bodies
- C12N5/0606—Pluripotent embryonic cells, e.g. embryonic stem cells [ES]
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K35/00—Medicinal preparations containing materials or reaction products thereof with undetermined constitution
- A61K35/12—Materials from mammals; Compositions comprising non-specified tissues or cells; Compositions comprising non-embryonic stem cells; Genetically modified cells
- A61K2035/124—Materials from mammals; Compositions comprising non-specified tissues or cells; Compositions comprising non-embryonic stem cells; Genetically modified cells the cells being hematopoietic, bone marrow derived or blood cells
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K35/00—Medicinal preparations containing materials or reaction products thereof with undetermined constitution
- A61K35/12—Materials from mammals; Compositions comprising non-specified tissues or cells; Compositions comprising non-embryonic stem cells; Genetically modified cells
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2510/00—Genetically modified cells
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Cardiology (AREA)
- Developmental Biology & Embryology (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Cell Biology (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Environmental Sciences (AREA)
- Gynecology & Obstetrics (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- Reproductive Health (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Rheumatology (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Animal Husbandry (AREA)
- Biodiversity & Conservation Biology (AREA)
- Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Medicines Containing Material From Animals Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention provides therapeutic methods which employ one or more identifiable types of mammalian stem cells, and/or their progenitor progeny cells, and/or their lineage-committed descendant cells, and/or their partial ly- differentiated offspring cells - with or without completely differentiated cells to treat living mammalian subjects afflicted with a clinically recognized form of cardiopathology. The identifiable cell types include embryonic stem cells and their offspring cells; as well as the presently identified types of adult stem cells and their various offspring cells; and also include recently identified alternative cells types which have function al stem cell properties. Among the clinical forms of cardiopathology which can be efficaciously treated using the present therapeutic methods are myocardial infarction, myocarditis, heart failure, and cardiac dysrhythmia.
Description
METHOD FOR THERAPEUTICALLY TREATING , A CLINICALLY RECOGNIZED FORM OF CARDIOPATHOLOGY
IN A LIVING MAMMAL
PROVISIONAL PATENT APPLICATIONS
The present invention was first filed with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office on March 15, 2001 as U.S. Provisional Patent Application Nos.
60/276,148;
60/276,147; 60/276,247; 60/276,246; 60/276,245; 60/276,244; 60/276,243; and 60/276,175 respectively.
CROSS-REFERENCE
The present application is a Continuation-In-Part of U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 09/655,124 filed September 5, 2000, now pending; and of No.
091684,679 filed October 7, 2000, now pending.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Cardiac dysfunction is a life-threatening event that may cause sudden death and heart failure. Despite considerable advances in the diagnosis and treatment, cardiac dysfunction and cardiopathology remains a worldwide problem that is increasing in incidence, prevalence, and overall mortality. Finding new effective therapeutic approaches to improve cardiac dysfunction therefore remains a major challenge.
Cell transplantation has emerged as a potentially new approach of repairing damaged myocardium in recent years. Transplanted cardiomyocytes have been shown to survive, proliferate, and connect with the host myocardium in murine 3o models. Li and his coworkers demonstrated that transplanted fetal cardiomyocytes could form new cardiac tissue within the myocardial scar induced by cryoinjury and improve heart function [Li et al., Cir. Res. 78: 283-288 91996); and Ann.
Thorac.
Sure. 62:654-661 (1996)]; but the transplanted allogenic cells survived for only a short period in the recipient heart due to immunorejection [Li et al., Circulation _96 (Suppl. II): II179-II187 (1997)]. Bishop et al. reported that the embryonic myocardium of rats can be implanted and cultured in oculo [Bishop et al., Circ. Res.
66: 84-102 (1990)] and demonstrated that the engrafted embryonic cardiomyocytes proliferated and differentiated. In a recent review, Heschler et al. pointed out that totipotent embryonic stem (ES) cells cultivated within embryonic bodies reproduce highly specialized phenotypes of the cardiac tissue [Heschler et al., Cardiovas. Res.
36: 149-162 (1997)]. Most of the biological and pharmacological properties of to cardiac-specific ion currents were expressed in cardiomyocytes developed in vitro from pluripotent ES cells, which were similar to those previously described in adult cardiomyocytes or neonatal mammalian heart cells. However, the significance of ES
cell transplantation in heart disease remains to be examined.
Several other studies have demonstrated the feasibility of engrafting exogenously supplied cells into host myocardium, including fetal cardiomyocytes [Soonpaa et al., Science 264: 98-101 (1994)] derived from- artial tumor (AT1), satellite cells [Chiu et al., Ann. Thorac. Sure. 60: 12-18 (1995)], or bone marrow cells [Tomita et al., Circulation 100 (Supp. II): II247-II256 (1999)]. These engrafted cells have been histologically identified in normal myocardium up to 4 months after transplantation. Gap junctions have also been found between the engrafted fetal cardiomyocytes and the host myocardium [Soonpaa et al., Science 264: 98-101 (1994)], thereby raising the possibility of electrical-contraction coupling between transplanted cells and the host tissue. Recently, myocyte transplantation has been extended into ischemically damaged myocardium with coronary artery occlusion in rats [Scorsin et al., Circulation 94 (Suppl II): II337-1I340 (1996)]; or with cryoinjury in rats [Li et al., Ann. Thorac. Sure. 62: 654-661 (1996) and Cir. Res. 78:
(1996)]; and in dogs [Chiu et al., Ann. Thorac. Sure. 60:12-18 (1995)].
Nevertheless, despite all these research efforts and reported investigations, very little progress has been made to date in methods and cellular materials which might directly and markedly improve cardiac function in the living host after the occurrence of clinical cardiopathology; or might serve as a cell transplantation therapeutic technique for effecting at least a partial repair of the myocardium; or might offer a potential long-term improvement of the damaged heart tissue in the afflicted host subject. Were such an effective methodology to be generated and empirically demonstrated, such a development would be regarded as a major advance and unforeseen event by physicians and surgeons working in the field of cardiology.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention has multiple aspects and in-vivo applications. A first aspect provides a therapeutic method for decreasing the severity of cardiac dysfunction in a living mammalian subject afflicted with a clinically recognized form of cardiopathology, said method comprising the steps of:
introducing a prepared inoculum of viable mammalian cells to at least a portion of the heart in the afflicted living subject, said prepared inoculum being a mixture of mammalian cells comprising not less than two different types of cells in combination, said two different types being selected from the group consisting of at least one identifiable type of stem cells, at least one identifiable type of progenitor cells, at least one identifiable type of lineage-committed cells, at least one identifiable type of partially-differentiated cells, and at least one identifiable type of completely differentiated cells; and allowing said introduced inoculum of cells to develop in-situ as integrated cells within and about the heart, whereby the severity of cardiac dysfunction becomes decreased in the afflicted living subject.
A second aspect of the invention provides a therapeutic method for decreasing the severity of cardiac dysfunction in a living mammalian subject afflicted with a clinically recognized form of cardiopathology, said method comprising the steps of:
introducing a prepared inoculum of viable mammalian cells to at least a portion of the heart in the afflicted living subject, said prepared inoculum being a mixture of mammalian cells comprising not less than two different types of cells in combination, said two different types being selected from the group consisting of one or more identifiable types of stem cells, one or more identifiable types of progeny cells, one or more identifiable types of lineage-committed cells, and one or more identifiable types of partially-differentiated cells; and allowing said introduced inoculum of cells to develop in-situ as integrated cells within and about the heart, whereby the severity of cardiac dysfunction becomes decreased in the afflicted living subject.
A third aspect of the present method provides a therapeutic method for decreasing the severity of cardiac dysfunction in a living mammalian afflicted with a clinically recognized form of cardiopathology, said method comprising the steps of:
to introducing a prepared inoculum of viable mammalian cells to at least a portion of the heart in the afflicted living subject, said prepared inoculum being a mixture of mammalian cells comprising not less than three different types of cells in combination, said three different types being selected from the group of one or more identifiable types of stem cells, one or more identifiable types of progeny cells, one or 15 more identifiable types of lineage-committed cells, one or more identifiable types of partially-differentiated cells, and one or more identifiable types of completely differentiated cells; and allowing said introduced inoculum of viable mammalian cells to develop in-situ as integrated cells within and about the heart, whereby the severity of cardiac 20 dysfunction becomes decreased in the afflicted living subject.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
25 The present therapeutic methodology can be more easily understood and is better appreciated when taken in conjunction with the accompanying drawing, in which:
Figs. 1A-1C respectively are illustrations showing the spontaneous action potentials observed using the zero-current clamp method in ESCs-derived 3o cardiomyocytes;
Figs. 2A-2C respectively are illustrations showing original trace recordings of hemodynamic measurements in myocardial infarcted mice;
Fig. 3 is a graph showing the increase in developed tension to isoproterenol stimulation in papillary muscles of mice under test;
Figs. 4A-4C respectively are images showing hematoxylin and eosin stained mouse heart tissues;
Figs. 5A-5C respectively are images showing marker GFP expression in cultured ESCs and in myocardium after cell transplantation;
Figs. 6A-6F respectively are images of immunostaining for cTn-I and a-MHC
in mouse hearts;
Fig. 7 is an image showing immunofluorescence labeling of engrafted cells 1o and connexin 43 in injured myocardium;
Figs. 8A-8D respectively are images showing the expression of VEGF in cultured ESCs with and without transfection of phVEGFI6s;
Figs. 9A and 9B respectively are graphs comparing left ventricular function in myocardial infarcted mice;
Figs. 10A and lOB respectively are illustrations showing the effects of ESC
transplantation on capillary density in infarcted myocardium;
Figs. 1 lA-11C respectively are images showing the positive staining for blood vessel endothelial cells by anti-von Willebrand Factor antibody in mouse myocardial sections;
2o Fig. 12 is a graph showing the various Kaplan-Meier survival curves for the different groups of rats under test;
Figs. 13A-13C respectively are graphs showing that ES cell transplantation significantly improved left ventricular function in post-infarcted rats;
Figs. 14A-14C respectively are images showing representative echocardiographic recordings for the different groups of rats under test;
Figs. 15A-15C respectively are images showing GFP positive spots and single cells from infarcted myocardium after cell transplantation;
Figs. 16A-16H respectively are images showing engrafted ES cells in post-infarcted rat myocardium identified by hematoxylin-eosin staining at 32 weeks after 3o transplantation;
Fig. 17 is a graph showing the significant increase of capillaries in damaged myocardium in myocardial infarcted rats after ES cell transplantation;
Fig. 1~ is a graph showing the survival of the different groups of mice under test;
Figs. 19A-19I respectively are images showing hematoxylin and eosin stained myocardial sections from ES cell-treated myocarditis mice;
Figs. ZOA and 20B respectively are graphs showing the histological grading of infected mice hearts;
Figs. 21A-21H respectively are images of myocardial sections from viral myocarditic myocardium treated with embryonic stem cells and their progenitor progeny cells at day 14 after infection;
to Figs. 22A-22D respectively are graphs showing hemodynamic measurements in post-infarcted porcine hearts under various test conditions;
Figs. 23A-23F respectively are images showing the morphology of porcine myocardium as stained sections taken from the animals under test;
Figs. 24A-24F respectively are images showing the immunostaining for a-15 cardiac heavy chain and cardiac troponin I in the myocardium of the animals under test;
Figs. 25A-25C respectively are images showing the immunostaining for GFP
and cTnI in infarcted myocardium having transplanted hMSCs and hFCs; and Figs. 26A and 26B are graphs showing the observed blood flow measurements 2o with the neutron microsphere technique in post-infarcted porcine hearts at resting condition and with pacing stress.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
25 The present invention is a therapeutic method which employs one or more mammalian category types of pluripotent stem cells and their multipotent progenitor progeny cells -- with or without inclusion of their lineage-committed, but undifferentiated descendant offspring cells -- to treat living mammalian subjects afflicted with a clinically recognized form of cardiopathology. The cell category 3o types include embryonic stem cells and their offspring cells; as well as adult stem cells and their various offspring cells. Among the clinically manifested forms of cardiopathology able to be therapeutically treated are myocardial infarctions, myocarditis, heart failure, and cardiac dysrhythmia. A detailed presentation and disclosure of the clinically recognized cardiopathology forms, the individual cell types; and the therapeutic methodology is given below. This descriptive written disclosure is then augmented and supported by a range and variety of experiments and empirical data which are both representative and indicative of the scope for the treatment method.
I. A Clinically Recognized Type Of Cardiopathology to There are many types of cardiac dysfunction, pathologies and heart disease, which can be clinically and diagnostically distinguished. The signs of cardiac dysfunction and heart disease appear as various manifestations and symptoms, each of which represents a distinct form of cardiopathology. The most common symptoms in man are dyspnea, chest pain, palpitations, presyncope or syncope, and fatigue.
None 15 are specific; and interpretation. depends on assessing the entire clinical picture; and, in many instances, diagnostic testing.
For these reasons, the therapeutic methods comprising the present invention are particularly concerned with not less than four different forms of mammalian heart problems, each of which is a recognized type of cardiopathology. Each medical 2o problem is described in detail below.
A. The Medical Problem of Acute Myocardial Infarction De 'nition 25 The sudden occlusion of a coronary artery leading to myocardial death.
EtioloQv The immediate mechanism is rupture of an atheromatous plaque causing thrombosis and occlusion of coronary arteries and myocardial death. Factors that 30 convert a stable plaque into an unstable plaque may include shear stresses, inflammation, and autoimmunity.
ProQhosis Acute myocardial infarction (AMI) may lead to a host of mechanical and electrical complications, including death, ventricular dysfunction, congestive heart failure, cardiogenic shock, fatal and non-fatal arrhythmia, valvular dysfunction, or myocardial rupture. Acutely and sub-acutely, myocardial dysfunction may result from the loss of functioning myocytes due to:
1) Necrosis (irreversible damage; myocytes in Adult mammals do not demonstrate significant ability to enter cell cycle and divide);
2) Myocardial "stunning" (a temporary state of unknown mechanism that may be protective if adequate heart function remains in which decreased contractility is present in peri-infarction tissue.
Typically, function will return to normal in days, weeks or months after the infarct). Chronically, cardiac function may also be depressed by adverse remodeling of the heart that occurs due to increased stresses (mostly hemodynamic) on the heart combined with an ineffective or pathologic compensatory response (i.e., excessive fibrosis or inadequate hypertrophy or pathologic hypertrophy), which includes compensatory hypertrophy. Adverse remodeling produces a cardiac configuration that is sub-optimal for pump function (normal prolate ellipsoidal configuration 2o becomes more spheroidal, with thinned and possibly anerysrnal ventricular [muscle]
walls).
Ai~zs of the therameutic method The primary therapeutic aim is to prevent myocardial necrosis and/or restore physiologic cardiac function to normal as assessed by performance on diagnostic stress testing. Additional aims are: to relieve pain; to restore blood supply to the heart muscle; to reduce incidence of complications (see above); to prevent recurrent ischemia and infarction; to prevent or reverse adverse remodeling and cardiac dysfunction; and to decrease mortality.
E~'icacious outcomes The rates of major cardiovascular events (including death, recurrent AMI, refractory ischemia, and stroke) are markedly decreased. A maximal preservation of cardiac function (without increasing work of heart or reversing protective effect of stunning) and prevention of adverse remodeling would also occur.
Advantages a~zd benefits The rates of major bleeding and intracranial hemorrhage (typically from revascularization procedures) are greatly reduced. There is a minimum of to pharmacologically active drugs and devices utilized.
B. The Medical Problem of Myocarditis De 'reition Myocarditis is an inflammatory disease of the heart. It can be acute, subacute, or chronic; and there may be either focal or diffuse involvement of the myocardium.
Both systemic and cardiac symptoms may be seen. In the early stages of viral myocarditis, for example, the patient may have fever, myalgias, and muscle 2o tenderness noted. The muscle symptoms are attributable to myositis induced by a myotrophic virus. In symptomatic patients, the cardiac presentation may be one of an acute cardiomyopathy.
Etiology:
Myocarditis may be caused by infectious organisms such as viruses, bacterias, fungi, protozoa, and helminths; or by a toxin such as cocaine. Myocarditis can also be associated with systemic illness including granulomatous, collagen-vascular, and autoimmune diseases.
Viral infection is the most common cause of myocarditis. The most frequently 3o implicated viruses are Coxsackievirus B, echovirus, influenza virus, Epstein-Barr virus, and the viruses of childhood exanthematous diseases. However, all pathogenic viruses may replicate in the heart and induce myocarditis.
Patholo~y Myocarditis may be focal or diffuse, involving any or all cardiac chambers.
Severe diffuse myocarditis can result in dilatation of all cardiac chambers;
and there 5 may be mural thrombus formation in any chamber.
Histological examination reveals cellular infiltrates, which are usually mononuclear, but may be neutrophilic or occasionally eosinophilic. The infiltrates are of varying severity; and are often associated with myocyte necrosis and disorganization of the myocardial cytoskeleton. With subacute and chronic 10 myocarditis, interstitial fibrosis may replace fiber loss, and myofiber hypertrophy may be seen.
Dallas criteria Variability in the interpretation of endomyocardial biopsy led a panel of cardiac pathologists to develop a working standard, now called the "Dallas criteria".
These criteria are now used by most investigators to define the disease as acute or borderline myocarditis.
Active myocarditis is defined as "an inflammatory infiltrate of the myocardium with necrosis and/or degeneration of adjacent myocytes not typical of 2o the ischemic damage associated with coronary heart disease".
Borderline myocarditis is the term used when the inflammatory infiltrate is too sparse, or myocyte injury is not demonstrated. Repeat biopsy is recommended when borderline myocarditis is seen; in one reported study, active myocarditis was demonstrated on repeat biopsy in 4 of 6 patients.
Also, studies evaluating the diagnostic efficacy of endomyocardial biopsy, using autopsy as the standard, have estimated that this technique has only a 63%
specificity and a 79% sensitivity for the diagnosis of myocarditis. This may be due in part to the focal and transient nature of histologic abnormalities diagnostic of myocarditis which may largely resolve within as little as 4 days after the initial 3o biopsy.
Patho ehesis The myocarditis process in the majority of cases is thought to be initiated by an infectious agent (usually viral). Both direct viral-induced myocyte damage and post-viral immune inflammatory reactions contribute to myocyte damage and necrosis. Inflammatory lesions and the necrotic process may persist for months, although viruses only replicate in the heart for at most 2 or 3 weeks after infection.
A variety of findings indicates a pathogenic role for immune or autoimmune processes. These include infiltration with predominately T-lymphocytes; the presence of activated macrophages, B-cells, cytokines, and adhesion molecules; and the to expression of major histocompatibility complex antigens in the myocardium.
The immunopathogenesis of myocarditis initiated by viral infection was first demonstrated and characterized in experimental models, and then confirmed in humans. Circulating autoantibodies have been demonstrated in patients with myocarditis and may persist for a prolonged period. The antibodies are directed against mitochondria and contractile proteins and the beta-adrenergic receptors. As one example, one study found that 25% of patients with a dilated cardiomyopathy and 10% of patients with an ischemic cardiomyopathy had anti-beta-1-adrenoceptor antibodies. These antibodies were not found in-patients with a cardiomyopathy secondary to valvular or hypertensive heart disease.
2o Evidence from experimental models of myocarditis has also incriminated cytokines (such as interleukin-1 and tumor necrosis factor) oxygen-free radicals, and microvascular changes as contributory pathogenic factors. These studies have also identified factors that can enhance the susceptibility to and severity of myocarditis.
These factors include forced exercise; pregnancy;
nutritional deficiencies; and the ingestion of ethanol, steroids, and non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs.
Aims of tlae therapeutic treatment The primary therapeutic aim is to prevent myocardial necrosis and/or restore 3o physiologic cardiac function to normal as assessed by performance on diagnostic stress testing. Additional aims of the methodology are to prevent or reverse heart failure, arrhythmia and other morbidity associated with myocarditis.
C. The Medical Problem of Heart Failure De 'nition Heart failure occurs when abnormality of cardiac function causes a failure of the heart to pump blood at a rate sufficient for metabolic requirements, or maintains cardiac output only with a raised filling pressure. It is characterized clinically by breathlessness, effort intolerance, fluid retention, and poor survival.
to Etiolo.~y Coronary artery disease is the most common cause. Other common causes include hypertension, myocardistis and valve disease; many cases are idiopathic. .
T es Heart failure can be caused by systolic or diastolic dysfunction and is associated with neurohormonal changes. Left ventricular systolic dysfunction is defined as left ventricular ejection fraction below 40%. It can be symptomatic or asymptomatic.
Defining and diagnosing diastolic heart failure can be difficult. The criteria 2o include evidence of:
1) Heart failure;
2) Normal or mildly abnormal left ventricular systolic function ;
IN A LIVING MAMMAL
PROVISIONAL PATENT APPLICATIONS
The present invention was first filed with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office on March 15, 2001 as U.S. Provisional Patent Application Nos.
60/276,148;
60/276,147; 60/276,247; 60/276,246; 60/276,245; 60/276,244; 60/276,243; and 60/276,175 respectively.
CROSS-REFERENCE
The present application is a Continuation-In-Part of U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 09/655,124 filed September 5, 2000, now pending; and of No.
091684,679 filed October 7, 2000, now pending.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Cardiac dysfunction is a life-threatening event that may cause sudden death and heart failure. Despite considerable advances in the diagnosis and treatment, cardiac dysfunction and cardiopathology remains a worldwide problem that is increasing in incidence, prevalence, and overall mortality. Finding new effective therapeutic approaches to improve cardiac dysfunction therefore remains a major challenge.
Cell transplantation has emerged as a potentially new approach of repairing damaged myocardium in recent years. Transplanted cardiomyocytes have been shown to survive, proliferate, and connect with the host myocardium in murine 3o models. Li and his coworkers demonstrated that transplanted fetal cardiomyocytes could form new cardiac tissue within the myocardial scar induced by cryoinjury and improve heart function [Li et al., Cir. Res. 78: 283-288 91996); and Ann.
Thorac.
Sure. 62:654-661 (1996)]; but the transplanted allogenic cells survived for only a short period in the recipient heart due to immunorejection [Li et al., Circulation _96 (Suppl. II): II179-II187 (1997)]. Bishop et al. reported that the embryonic myocardium of rats can be implanted and cultured in oculo [Bishop et al., Circ. Res.
66: 84-102 (1990)] and demonstrated that the engrafted embryonic cardiomyocytes proliferated and differentiated. In a recent review, Heschler et al. pointed out that totipotent embryonic stem (ES) cells cultivated within embryonic bodies reproduce highly specialized phenotypes of the cardiac tissue [Heschler et al., Cardiovas. Res.
36: 149-162 (1997)]. Most of the biological and pharmacological properties of to cardiac-specific ion currents were expressed in cardiomyocytes developed in vitro from pluripotent ES cells, which were similar to those previously described in adult cardiomyocytes or neonatal mammalian heart cells. However, the significance of ES
cell transplantation in heart disease remains to be examined.
Several other studies have demonstrated the feasibility of engrafting exogenously supplied cells into host myocardium, including fetal cardiomyocytes [Soonpaa et al., Science 264: 98-101 (1994)] derived from- artial tumor (AT1), satellite cells [Chiu et al., Ann. Thorac. Sure. 60: 12-18 (1995)], or bone marrow cells [Tomita et al., Circulation 100 (Supp. II): II247-II256 (1999)]. These engrafted cells have been histologically identified in normal myocardium up to 4 months after transplantation. Gap junctions have also been found between the engrafted fetal cardiomyocytes and the host myocardium [Soonpaa et al., Science 264: 98-101 (1994)], thereby raising the possibility of electrical-contraction coupling between transplanted cells and the host tissue. Recently, myocyte transplantation has been extended into ischemically damaged myocardium with coronary artery occlusion in rats [Scorsin et al., Circulation 94 (Suppl II): II337-1I340 (1996)]; or with cryoinjury in rats [Li et al., Ann. Thorac. Sure. 62: 654-661 (1996) and Cir. Res. 78:
(1996)]; and in dogs [Chiu et al., Ann. Thorac. Sure. 60:12-18 (1995)].
Nevertheless, despite all these research efforts and reported investigations, very little progress has been made to date in methods and cellular materials which might directly and markedly improve cardiac function in the living host after the occurrence of clinical cardiopathology; or might serve as a cell transplantation therapeutic technique for effecting at least a partial repair of the myocardium; or might offer a potential long-term improvement of the damaged heart tissue in the afflicted host subject. Were such an effective methodology to be generated and empirically demonstrated, such a development would be regarded as a major advance and unforeseen event by physicians and surgeons working in the field of cardiology.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention has multiple aspects and in-vivo applications. A first aspect provides a therapeutic method for decreasing the severity of cardiac dysfunction in a living mammalian subject afflicted with a clinically recognized form of cardiopathology, said method comprising the steps of:
introducing a prepared inoculum of viable mammalian cells to at least a portion of the heart in the afflicted living subject, said prepared inoculum being a mixture of mammalian cells comprising not less than two different types of cells in combination, said two different types being selected from the group consisting of at least one identifiable type of stem cells, at least one identifiable type of progenitor cells, at least one identifiable type of lineage-committed cells, at least one identifiable type of partially-differentiated cells, and at least one identifiable type of completely differentiated cells; and allowing said introduced inoculum of cells to develop in-situ as integrated cells within and about the heart, whereby the severity of cardiac dysfunction becomes decreased in the afflicted living subject.
A second aspect of the invention provides a therapeutic method for decreasing the severity of cardiac dysfunction in a living mammalian subject afflicted with a clinically recognized form of cardiopathology, said method comprising the steps of:
introducing a prepared inoculum of viable mammalian cells to at least a portion of the heart in the afflicted living subject, said prepared inoculum being a mixture of mammalian cells comprising not less than two different types of cells in combination, said two different types being selected from the group consisting of one or more identifiable types of stem cells, one or more identifiable types of progeny cells, one or more identifiable types of lineage-committed cells, and one or more identifiable types of partially-differentiated cells; and allowing said introduced inoculum of cells to develop in-situ as integrated cells within and about the heart, whereby the severity of cardiac dysfunction becomes decreased in the afflicted living subject.
A third aspect of the present method provides a therapeutic method for decreasing the severity of cardiac dysfunction in a living mammalian afflicted with a clinically recognized form of cardiopathology, said method comprising the steps of:
to introducing a prepared inoculum of viable mammalian cells to at least a portion of the heart in the afflicted living subject, said prepared inoculum being a mixture of mammalian cells comprising not less than three different types of cells in combination, said three different types being selected from the group of one or more identifiable types of stem cells, one or more identifiable types of progeny cells, one or 15 more identifiable types of lineage-committed cells, one or more identifiable types of partially-differentiated cells, and one or more identifiable types of completely differentiated cells; and allowing said introduced inoculum of viable mammalian cells to develop in-situ as integrated cells within and about the heart, whereby the severity of cardiac 20 dysfunction becomes decreased in the afflicted living subject.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
25 The present therapeutic methodology can be more easily understood and is better appreciated when taken in conjunction with the accompanying drawing, in which:
Figs. 1A-1C respectively are illustrations showing the spontaneous action potentials observed using the zero-current clamp method in ESCs-derived 3o cardiomyocytes;
Figs. 2A-2C respectively are illustrations showing original trace recordings of hemodynamic measurements in myocardial infarcted mice;
Fig. 3 is a graph showing the increase in developed tension to isoproterenol stimulation in papillary muscles of mice under test;
Figs. 4A-4C respectively are images showing hematoxylin and eosin stained mouse heart tissues;
Figs. 5A-5C respectively are images showing marker GFP expression in cultured ESCs and in myocardium after cell transplantation;
Figs. 6A-6F respectively are images of immunostaining for cTn-I and a-MHC
in mouse hearts;
Fig. 7 is an image showing immunofluorescence labeling of engrafted cells 1o and connexin 43 in injured myocardium;
Figs. 8A-8D respectively are images showing the expression of VEGF in cultured ESCs with and without transfection of phVEGFI6s;
Figs. 9A and 9B respectively are graphs comparing left ventricular function in myocardial infarcted mice;
Figs. 10A and lOB respectively are illustrations showing the effects of ESC
transplantation on capillary density in infarcted myocardium;
Figs. 1 lA-11C respectively are images showing the positive staining for blood vessel endothelial cells by anti-von Willebrand Factor antibody in mouse myocardial sections;
2o Fig. 12 is a graph showing the various Kaplan-Meier survival curves for the different groups of rats under test;
Figs. 13A-13C respectively are graphs showing that ES cell transplantation significantly improved left ventricular function in post-infarcted rats;
Figs. 14A-14C respectively are images showing representative echocardiographic recordings for the different groups of rats under test;
Figs. 15A-15C respectively are images showing GFP positive spots and single cells from infarcted myocardium after cell transplantation;
Figs. 16A-16H respectively are images showing engrafted ES cells in post-infarcted rat myocardium identified by hematoxylin-eosin staining at 32 weeks after 3o transplantation;
Fig. 17 is a graph showing the significant increase of capillaries in damaged myocardium in myocardial infarcted rats after ES cell transplantation;
Fig. 1~ is a graph showing the survival of the different groups of mice under test;
Figs. 19A-19I respectively are images showing hematoxylin and eosin stained myocardial sections from ES cell-treated myocarditis mice;
Figs. ZOA and 20B respectively are graphs showing the histological grading of infected mice hearts;
Figs. 21A-21H respectively are images of myocardial sections from viral myocarditic myocardium treated with embryonic stem cells and their progenitor progeny cells at day 14 after infection;
to Figs. 22A-22D respectively are graphs showing hemodynamic measurements in post-infarcted porcine hearts under various test conditions;
Figs. 23A-23F respectively are images showing the morphology of porcine myocardium as stained sections taken from the animals under test;
Figs. 24A-24F respectively are images showing the immunostaining for a-15 cardiac heavy chain and cardiac troponin I in the myocardium of the animals under test;
Figs. 25A-25C respectively are images showing the immunostaining for GFP
and cTnI in infarcted myocardium having transplanted hMSCs and hFCs; and Figs. 26A and 26B are graphs showing the observed blood flow measurements 2o with the neutron microsphere technique in post-infarcted porcine hearts at resting condition and with pacing stress.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
25 The present invention is a therapeutic method which employs one or more mammalian category types of pluripotent stem cells and their multipotent progenitor progeny cells -- with or without inclusion of their lineage-committed, but undifferentiated descendant offspring cells -- to treat living mammalian subjects afflicted with a clinically recognized form of cardiopathology. The cell category 3o types include embryonic stem cells and their offspring cells; as well as adult stem cells and their various offspring cells. Among the clinically manifested forms of cardiopathology able to be therapeutically treated are myocardial infarctions, myocarditis, heart failure, and cardiac dysrhythmia. A detailed presentation and disclosure of the clinically recognized cardiopathology forms, the individual cell types; and the therapeutic methodology is given below. This descriptive written disclosure is then augmented and supported by a range and variety of experiments and empirical data which are both representative and indicative of the scope for the treatment method.
I. A Clinically Recognized Type Of Cardiopathology to There are many types of cardiac dysfunction, pathologies and heart disease, which can be clinically and diagnostically distinguished. The signs of cardiac dysfunction and heart disease appear as various manifestations and symptoms, each of which represents a distinct form of cardiopathology. The most common symptoms in man are dyspnea, chest pain, palpitations, presyncope or syncope, and fatigue.
None 15 are specific; and interpretation. depends on assessing the entire clinical picture; and, in many instances, diagnostic testing.
For these reasons, the therapeutic methods comprising the present invention are particularly concerned with not less than four different forms of mammalian heart problems, each of which is a recognized type of cardiopathology. Each medical 2o problem is described in detail below.
A. The Medical Problem of Acute Myocardial Infarction De 'nition 25 The sudden occlusion of a coronary artery leading to myocardial death.
EtioloQv The immediate mechanism is rupture of an atheromatous plaque causing thrombosis and occlusion of coronary arteries and myocardial death. Factors that 30 convert a stable plaque into an unstable plaque may include shear stresses, inflammation, and autoimmunity.
ProQhosis Acute myocardial infarction (AMI) may lead to a host of mechanical and electrical complications, including death, ventricular dysfunction, congestive heart failure, cardiogenic shock, fatal and non-fatal arrhythmia, valvular dysfunction, or myocardial rupture. Acutely and sub-acutely, myocardial dysfunction may result from the loss of functioning myocytes due to:
1) Necrosis (irreversible damage; myocytes in Adult mammals do not demonstrate significant ability to enter cell cycle and divide);
2) Myocardial "stunning" (a temporary state of unknown mechanism that may be protective if adequate heart function remains in which decreased contractility is present in peri-infarction tissue.
Typically, function will return to normal in days, weeks or months after the infarct). Chronically, cardiac function may also be depressed by adverse remodeling of the heart that occurs due to increased stresses (mostly hemodynamic) on the heart combined with an ineffective or pathologic compensatory response (i.e., excessive fibrosis or inadequate hypertrophy or pathologic hypertrophy), which includes compensatory hypertrophy. Adverse remodeling produces a cardiac configuration that is sub-optimal for pump function (normal prolate ellipsoidal configuration 2o becomes more spheroidal, with thinned and possibly anerysrnal ventricular [muscle]
walls).
Ai~zs of the therameutic method The primary therapeutic aim is to prevent myocardial necrosis and/or restore physiologic cardiac function to normal as assessed by performance on diagnostic stress testing. Additional aims are: to relieve pain; to restore blood supply to the heart muscle; to reduce incidence of complications (see above); to prevent recurrent ischemia and infarction; to prevent or reverse adverse remodeling and cardiac dysfunction; and to decrease mortality.
E~'icacious outcomes The rates of major cardiovascular events (including death, recurrent AMI, refractory ischemia, and stroke) are markedly decreased. A maximal preservation of cardiac function (without increasing work of heart or reversing protective effect of stunning) and prevention of adverse remodeling would also occur.
Advantages a~zd benefits The rates of major bleeding and intracranial hemorrhage (typically from revascularization procedures) are greatly reduced. There is a minimum of to pharmacologically active drugs and devices utilized.
B. The Medical Problem of Myocarditis De 'reition Myocarditis is an inflammatory disease of the heart. It can be acute, subacute, or chronic; and there may be either focal or diffuse involvement of the myocardium.
Both systemic and cardiac symptoms may be seen. In the early stages of viral myocarditis, for example, the patient may have fever, myalgias, and muscle 2o tenderness noted. The muscle symptoms are attributable to myositis induced by a myotrophic virus. In symptomatic patients, the cardiac presentation may be one of an acute cardiomyopathy.
Etiology:
Myocarditis may be caused by infectious organisms such as viruses, bacterias, fungi, protozoa, and helminths; or by a toxin such as cocaine. Myocarditis can also be associated with systemic illness including granulomatous, collagen-vascular, and autoimmune diseases.
Viral infection is the most common cause of myocarditis. The most frequently 3o implicated viruses are Coxsackievirus B, echovirus, influenza virus, Epstein-Barr virus, and the viruses of childhood exanthematous diseases. However, all pathogenic viruses may replicate in the heart and induce myocarditis.
Patholo~y Myocarditis may be focal or diffuse, involving any or all cardiac chambers.
Severe diffuse myocarditis can result in dilatation of all cardiac chambers;
and there 5 may be mural thrombus formation in any chamber.
Histological examination reveals cellular infiltrates, which are usually mononuclear, but may be neutrophilic or occasionally eosinophilic. The infiltrates are of varying severity; and are often associated with myocyte necrosis and disorganization of the myocardial cytoskeleton. With subacute and chronic 10 myocarditis, interstitial fibrosis may replace fiber loss, and myofiber hypertrophy may be seen.
Dallas criteria Variability in the interpretation of endomyocardial biopsy led a panel of cardiac pathologists to develop a working standard, now called the "Dallas criteria".
These criteria are now used by most investigators to define the disease as acute or borderline myocarditis.
Active myocarditis is defined as "an inflammatory infiltrate of the myocardium with necrosis and/or degeneration of adjacent myocytes not typical of 2o the ischemic damage associated with coronary heart disease".
Borderline myocarditis is the term used when the inflammatory infiltrate is too sparse, or myocyte injury is not demonstrated. Repeat biopsy is recommended when borderline myocarditis is seen; in one reported study, active myocarditis was demonstrated on repeat biopsy in 4 of 6 patients.
Also, studies evaluating the diagnostic efficacy of endomyocardial biopsy, using autopsy as the standard, have estimated that this technique has only a 63%
specificity and a 79% sensitivity for the diagnosis of myocarditis. This may be due in part to the focal and transient nature of histologic abnormalities diagnostic of myocarditis which may largely resolve within as little as 4 days after the initial 3o biopsy.
Patho ehesis The myocarditis process in the majority of cases is thought to be initiated by an infectious agent (usually viral). Both direct viral-induced myocyte damage and post-viral immune inflammatory reactions contribute to myocyte damage and necrosis. Inflammatory lesions and the necrotic process may persist for months, although viruses only replicate in the heart for at most 2 or 3 weeks after infection.
A variety of findings indicates a pathogenic role for immune or autoimmune processes. These include infiltration with predominately T-lymphocytes; the presence of activated macrophages, B-cells, cytokines, and adhesion molecules; and the to expression of major histocompatibility complex antigens in the myocardium.
The immunopathogenesis of myocarditis initiated by viral infection was first demonstrated and characterized in experimental models, and then confirmed in humans. Circulating autoantibodies have been demonstrated in patients with myocarditis and may persist for a prolonged period. The antibodies are directed against mitochondria and contractile proteins and the beta-adrenergic receptors. As one example, one study found that 25% of patients with a dilated cardiomyopathy and 10% of patients with an ischemic cardiomyopathy had anti-beta-1-adrenoceptor antibodies. These antibodies were not found in-patients with a cardiomyopathy secondary to valvular or hypertensive heart disease.
2o Evidence from experimental models of myocarditis has also incriminated cytokines (such as interleukin-1 and tumor necrosis factor) oxygen-free radicals, and microvascular changes as contributory pathogenic factors. These studies have also identified factors that can enhance the susceptibility to and severity of myocarditis.
These factors include forced exercise; pregnancy;
nutritional deficiencies; and the ingestion of ethanol, steroids, and non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs.
Aims of tlae therapeutic treatment The primary therapeutic aim is to prevent myocardial necrosis and/or restore 3o physiologic cardiac function to normal as assessed by performance on diagnostic stress testing. Additional aims of the methodology are to prevent or reverse heart failure, arrhythmia and other morbidity associated with myocarditis.
C. The Medical Problem of Heart Failure De 'nition Heart failure occurs when abnormality of cardiac function causes a failure of the heart to pump blood at a rate sufficient for metabolic requirements, or maintains cardiac output only with a raised filling pressure. It is characterized clinically by breathlessness, effort intolerance, fluid retention, and poor survival.
to Etiolo.~y Coronary artery disease is the most common cause. Other common causes include hypertension, myocardistis and valve disease; many cases are idiopathic. .
T es Heart failure can be caused by systolic or diastolic dysfunction and is associated with neurohormonal changes. Left ventricular systolic dysfunction is defined as left ventricular ejection fraction below 40%. It can be symptomatic or asymptomatic.
Defining and diagnosing diastolic heart failure can be difficult. The criteria 2o include evidence of:
1) Heart failure;
2) Normal or mildly abnormal left ventricular systolic function ;
3) Abnormal left ventricular relaxation, filling, diastolic distensibility, or diastolic stiffness.
A person meeting all three criteria would have definite diastolic heart failure; a person meeting the first and second criteria only would indicate a possible diastolic heart failure.
Diastolic and systolic dysfunction are usually present together in most patients to varying degrees. It is envisioned that the transplantation of stem cells and 3o progenitor cells may be most useful in correcting systolic dysfunction, but the introduction of such cells in-situ may also benefit diastolic dysfunction (by improving distensibility).
Aims of the therapeutic method To relieve symptoms; to improve quality of life; to reduce morbidity and mortality, with minimum adverse effects.
E;f~icacious outcomes Functional capacity can be assessed by: The NY Heart Association functional classification; or more objectively evaluated by using the standardized exercise-testing program; or the 6 minute walk test [Bittner et al., JAMA 270: 1702-l0 (1993)] or determined by Qualify of life as assessed with questionnaires [Rogers et al., J Am Coll Cardiol 23: 393-400 (1994)]; or mortality rates.
D. The Medical Problem of Cardiac Dysrhythmias De nitioyz Cardiac dysrhythmias (inaccurately termed arrhythmias in common parlance) are any abnormality in the rate, regularity, or sequence of cardiac activation.
EtioloQy Disorders of heart rhythm result from alterations of impulse formation, impulse conduction, or both. Electrical impulse formation in the heart arises from the intrinsic automaticity of specialized cardiac cells. Automaticity refers to a cell's ability to depolarize itself to a threshold voltage in a rhythmic fashion, such that spontaneous action potentials are generated. Although atrial and ventricular myocytes do not have this property under normal conditions, the cells of the specialized conducting system do possess natural automaticity, and are therefore termed pacemaker cells.
3o The specialized conducting system includes the SA node, AV node, and the ventricular conducting system. The latter is composed of the Bundle of His, the bundle branches, and the Purkinje fibers. In pathologic situations, myocardial cells outside the conducting system may also acquire the property of automaticity.
The primary causes of arrhythmias are:
1) Altered impulse formation;
2) Altered impulse conduction.
Abnormalities of impulse formation and/or conduction may result in a cardiac rhythm that is too fast, slow or irregular to allow the heart to meet the metabolic demands of the body. Clinically, these abnormalities may manifest as light-headed episodes, palpitations, pre-syncope or syncope. When dysrhythmias occur , the l0 perfusion of the heart and other vital organs may be impaired resulting in ischemia and infarction or other forms of injury.
Arrhythmias are diagnosed with an EKG or 24 hour Holter monitor (continuous recording of cardiac cycles) or intermittent recording performed by the patient with an ambulatory monitor ("King of Hearts") when symptoms occur. The normal heart rate range is 60-100 beats/min. When the heart rate (normal or arrhythmic) is greater than 100 bpm, the patient is said to have a "tachycardia" or "tachyarrhythmia"; when less than 60 bpm, a "bradycardia" or "bradyarrhythmia".
Co~eventionally kfaowya treatsnefats Conventional treatment may be pharmacological or mechanical. Often, slow rhythms occur as primary component of arrhythmia or as complication of therapy for fast rhythms. When patients become symptomatic from a slow heart rate, an electrical pacemaker is often implanted to maintain the heart rate in the normal range.
These are expensive devices that require frequent checking for mechanical problems, battery charge and effective stimulation of the heart. Use requires placement of a wire in the heart, which can become infected. Although current generation devices are compact, they do produce cosmetic disturbances at the site if implantation under the skin, and may elicit an inflammatory response.
Aims of the therapeutic treatment method The primary therapeutic aim is to restore regular cardiac rate and rhythm, thereby preserving or restoring the normal physiological function of the heart as assessed by acute and long-term monitoring of the electrocardiogram andlor advanced electrophysical study. The implantation of pluripotent stem cells and their living progeny that can be stimulated in-situ to differentiate into pacemaker cells offers an alternative to electrical pacemakers that has a lower incidence of adverse effects and which requires less follow up. In addition, the implantation of such stem cells and their living progeny may also restore normal impulse conduction (rate and rhythm) to the heart. Appropriate cells would be preferably injected directly into a ventricular or supraventricular site using a common needle syringe or catheter.
to II. The Therapeutic Treatment Method The methodology for restoring a degree of normalcy for heart activity and function in a mammalian subject suffering from a clinically recognizable form of 15 cardiopathology utilizes one or more identifiable types of viable stem cells, andlor progenitor cells, and/or lineage-committed, and/or partially-differentiated cells collectively, in blended combinations -with and without completely differentiated cells - as a prepared cell inoculum. All of these viable cells have been prepared in advance and maintained in vitro; and the therapeutic method introduces prechosen 2o mixtures of these viable stem cells, progenitor cells and lineage-committed or partially differentiated cells as a commingled admixture of cells - which are then administered by any suitable route and introduced to a preselected, specified anatomic site within the heart or vascular system body of the host recipient as transplanted cells.
After being introduced to the chosen anatomic site in the body of the living recipient as a commingled mixture of cells, these blended stem cells, progenitor cells, and lineage-committed or partially-differentiated cells, not only remain viable in-vivo;
but also (i) act therapeutically in-situ to reduce the severity of the pathological condition; (ii) serve to provide healthy, viable cells in-situ as functional cell replacements for previously injured or necrotic cells; and (iii) act therapeutically to increase normal heart and vascular functions for the host recipient as measured by objective and medically recognized clinical test procedures.
The di eretat cate ories of stem cells At least five different categories or Orders of identifiable stem cells, progenitor cells, lineage-committed cells and partially differentiated cells are now part of the convention paradigm and are deemed to be suitable for individual use.
The most preferred single cell category (or Order of cell) is the embryonic stem cell. The embryonic stem cell category together with both its immediate and later generational offspring (the immediate progeny and descendents of embryonic stem cells) constitute one Order. These are deemed most suitable for use as transplanted cells for all types and kinds of cardiac-associated diseases and pathologies generally; and are believed to provide a variety of differentiated descendent cells in-situ which are physiologically functional to alleviate the pathology of the disease state and to improve the clinical status and overall medical condition of the host recipient.
In contrast, four individual and different categories (or Orders) of adult stem cells and offspring cells are presently known. Each of these categories of adult stem cells is separate and distinguishable from all the others; presents unique surface markers and self-identifying cellular attributes; and is conventionally recognized as being able to yield immediate progeny cells and later-generation descendent cells which subsequently become lineage-committed and then differentiated cells having a 2o distinctive morphology and identifiable functional characteristics. These four categories of adult stem cells include: mesenchymal stem cells and their offspring;
hematopoietic stem cells and their offspring; neural stem cells and their offspring; and neural crest stem cells and their offspring. Each of these four categories of adult stem cells may used within the therapeutic methodology as a complete substitute for and effective replacement of the most preferred category comprising embryonic stem cells, embryonic progenitor cells, and their lineage-committed or partially-differentiated descendent cells.
In addition, each of these categories of stem cell and their offfspring can be 3o maintained in-vitro as a stable, isolated culture of cells; and propagated in-vitro indefinitely to provide sufficient numbers of viable cells for transplantation and therapeutic use puzposes.
Co»aminPlircg of stem cell categories as ah altersaative method The present therapeutic method is a broad-based therapeutic technique - a treatment process which envisions and recognizes that more than a single category of cell and more than one generational stage of a cell type can be commingled and used as a prepared inoculum of cells for clinical treatment purposes. In this alternative mode of practicing the therapeutic treatment method, the preferred embryonic stem cell and embryonic progenitor cells may be intentionally combined and blended with one or more other kinds of cells chosen from among the four categories (or Orders) of l0 adult stem cells. Such blending of stem cell orders is desirably made only immediately before actual administration of the commingled cells [differing as to cell types, immediate origins, and the generational cell stage of development] to the intended host recipient in order to prevent cross-contamination of the individual category types as well as to avoid early cross-influencing effects often caused by the different cell orders and generational stages upon one another after being combined as a prepared admixture of cells.
A Iarge number of stem cell category blends are available; and the numbers of category types employed for any blending can be varied from as few as two (2) types to using all five (5) types in one admixture. For example, the preferred embryonic stem cell and the embryonic progenitor cell can be alternatively and individually combined with any one other partially-differentiated cell taken from any of the other four categories of stem cells to form a range of different cell admixtures as the intended inoculurn of cells for the recipient. Thus not less than four different blending varieties comprised of two individual cell types can be prepared: (i) embryonic stem and progenitor cells with mesenchymal derived or partially-differentiated cells; (ii) embryonic stem and progenitor cells with hematopoietic derived or partially-differentiated cells; (iii) embryonic stem and progenitor cells with neural crest derived or partially-differentiated cells; and (iv) embryonic stem and progenitor cells with neural derived or partially-differentiated cells. Each two 3o category cell admixture can be individually prepared in any volumetric quantity or cell ratio on-demand as a blend; and then administered to the recipient host as a purposely prepared admixture of two different orders of cells; which collectively and cumulatively presents in a single prepared inoculum, a stem cell, a progenitor cell -with or without a lineage-committed or partially-differentiated cell - in combination for therapeutic treatment purposes.
In a similar fashion, three stem category mixtures, four stem cell category blends, and even a five stem cell category commingling can be prepared at will; in any desired ratio of stem cell types; and utilized in a preferred mode of administration for therapeutic treatment of a particular patient. In these more elaborate blendings, more than one category of stem cell will be represented; and more than one kind of derived or partially differentiated cell will likely be present within the prepared to admixture of cells.
The perceived value and benefit of such blends comprising multiple stem cell admixtures, andlor multiple progenitor cells mixtures, and/or multiple lineage-committed or partially-differentiated cells in a single blended preparation is the greater range and variety of descendent cells that will be produced in-situ;
the greater 15 therapeutic effect in-vivo over time; and the far greater diversity of cell functions that will be preformed by the larger variety of cell kinds differentiating in-vivo as replacement cells generated in- situ.
Geneticall~ified variants of the native cells 20 The recombinant DNA technology conventionally known and available today may be employed at will to generate genetically altered and modified stem cells, and/or progenitor cells, and lineage-committed or parfiially differentiated cells for each of the five different stem cell categories. Thus, any category type of stem cell andlor progenitor cell and lineage-committed or partially differentiated cell can be 25 transfected with a vector comprising a DNA insert encoding one or more proteins or polypeptides. The DNA sequence coding insert can represent a heterogeneous protein or polypeptide; or may constitute a homogeneous protein or polypeptide which is desirably to be overexpressed by that modified cell.
Typically, the vector comprises additional operatively linked DNA sequences 3o which are required for expression intracellularly of the protein or polypeptide in the transfected cell. "Operatively-linked" means that the substantive DNA sequence is joined to one or more regulatory DNA sequences in a manner that allows intracellular expression of the nucleic acid sequence. Regulatory DNA sequences are art-recognized and may be conventionally chosen at will to produce the desire expression result. Accordingly, the term "regulatory sequence" typically includes promotors, enhancers, and other expression control elements known in this technology. For example, either the native regulatory sequences of the vector or the regulatory sequences of the stem/progenitor/lineage-comrnittted or partially-differentiated cell can be employed.
The genetically modified or altered stem/progenitor/lineage-committted or partially-differentiated cells may be employed therapeutically using the present 1o methodology in the same manner as the native stem cells and progenitor cells and partially-differentiated cells are used. All genetic modification and alterations of such cells should be performed and completed in-vitro and in advance of using those genetically modified cells for therapeutic treatment purposes.
Accordingly, by the very requirements of the present invention it is thus important, if not essential, that the user be at least familiar with the many techniques for manipulating and modifying nucleotides and DNA fragments which have been reported and are today widespread in use and application. Merely exemplifying the many authoritative texts and published articles presently available in the literature regarding genes, DNA nucleotide manipulation and the expression of proteins from 2o manipulated DNA fragments are the following: Gene Probes for Bacteria (Macario and De Marcario, editors) Academic Press Inc., 1990; Genetic Analysis.
Principles Scope and Objectives, by John R.S. Ficham, Blackwell Science Ltd., 1994;
Recombinant DNA Methodology II (Ray Wu, editor), Academic Press, 1995;
Molecular Cloning. A Laboratory Manual (Maniatis, Fritsch, and Sambrook, editors), Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, 1982; PCR (Polymerase Chain Reaction), (Newton and Graham, editors), Bios Scientific Publishers, 1994; and the many references individually cited within each of these publications. All of these published texts are expressly incorporated by reference herein.
In addition, a number of issued LT.S. Patents and published patent applications 3o have been issued which describe much of the underlying DNA technology and many of the conventional recombinant practices and techniques for preparing genetically altered DNA sequences. Merely exemplifying some of the relevant patent literature for this subject are: U.S. Patent Nos. 5,486,599; 5,422,243; 5,654,273;
A person meeting all three criteria would have definite diastolic heart failure; a person meeting the first and second criteria only would indicate a possible diastolic heart failure.
Diastolic and systolic dysfunction are usually present together in most patients to varying degrees. It is envisioned that the transplantation of stem cells and 3o progenitor cells may be most useful in correcting systolic dysfunction, but the introduction of such cells in-situ may also benefit diastolic dysfunction (by improving distensibility).
Aims of the therapeutic method To relieve symptoms; to improve quality of life; to reduce morbidity and mortality, with minimum adverse effects.
E;f~icacious outcomes Functional capacity can be assessed by: The NY Heart Association functional classification; or more objectively evaluated by using the standardized exercise-testing program; or the 6 minute walk test [Bittner et al., JAMA 270: 1702-l0 (1993)] or determined by Qualify of life as assessed with questionnaires [Rogers et al., J Am Coll Cardiol 23: 393-400 (1994)]; or mortality rates.
D. The Medical Problem of Cardiac Dysrhythmias De nitioyz Cardiac dysrhythmias (inaccurately termed arrhythmias in common parlance) are any abnormality in the rate, regularity, or sequence of cardiac activation.
EtioloQy Disorders of heart rhythm result from alterations of impulse formation, impulse conduction, or both. Electrical impulse formation in the heart arises from the intrinsic automaticity of specialized cardiac cells. Automaticity refers to a cell's ability to depolarize itself to a threshold voltage in a rhythmic fashion, such that spontaneous action potentials are generated. Although atrial and ventricular myocytes do not have this property under normal conditions, the cells of the specialized conducting system do possess natural automaticity, and are therefore termed pacemaker cells.
3o The specialized conducting system includes the SA node, AV node, and the ventricular conducting system. The latter is composed of the Bundle of His, the bundle branches, and the Purkinje fibers. In pathologic situations, myocardial cells outside the conducting system may also acquire the property of automaticity.
The primary causes of arrhythmias are:
1) Altered impulse formation;
2) Altered impulse conduction.
Abnormalities of impulse formation and/or conduction may result in a cardiac rhythm that is too fast, slow or irregular to allow the heart to meet the metabolic demands of the body. Clinically, these abnormalities may manifest as light-headed episodes, palpitations, pre-syncope or syncope. When dysrhythmias occur , the l0 perfusion of the heart and other vital organs may be impaired resulting in ischemia and infarction or other forms of injury.
Arrhythmias are diagnosed with an EKG or 24 hour Holter monitor (continuous recording of cardiac cycles) or intermittent recording performed by the patient with an ambulatory monitor ("King of Hearts") when symptoms occur. The normal heart rate range is 60-100 beats/min. When the heart rate (normal or arrhythmic) is greater than 100 bpm, the patient is said to have a "tachycardia" or "tachyarrhythmia"; when less than 60 bpm, a "bradycardia" or "bradyarrhythmia".
Co~eventionally kfaowya treatsnefats Conventional treatment may be pharmacological or mechanical. Often, slow rhythms occur as primary component of arrhythmia or as complication of therapy for fast rhythms. When patients become symptomatic from a slow heart rate, an electrical pacemaker is often implanted to maintain the heart rate in the normal range.
These are expensive devices that require frequent checking for mechanical problems, battery charge and effective stimulation of the heart. Use requires placement of a wire in the heart, which can become infected. Although current generation devices are compact, they do produce cosmetic disturbances at the site if implantation under the skin, and may elicit an inflammatory response.
Aims of the therapeutic treatment method The primary therapeutic aim is to restore regular cardiac rate and rhythm, thereby preserving or restoring the normal physiological function of the heart as assessed by acute and long-term monitoring of the electrocardiogram andlor advanced electrophysical study. The implantation of pluripotent stem cells and their living progeny that can be stimulated in-situ to differentiate into pacemaker cells offers an alternative to electrical pacemakers that has a lower incidence of adverse effects and which requires less follow up. In addition, the implantation of such stem cells and their living progeny may also restore normal impulse conduction (rate and rhythm) to the heart. Appropriate cells would be preferably injected directly into a ventricular or supraventricular site using a common needle syringe or catheter.
to II. The Therapeutic Treatment Method The methodology for restoring a degree of normalcy for heart activity and function in a mammalian subject suffering from a clinically recognizable form of 15 cardiopathology utilizes one or more identifiable types of viable stem cells, andlor progenitor cells, and/or lineage-committed, and/or partially-differentiated cells collectively, in blended combinations -with and without completely differentiated cells - as a prepared cell inoculum. All of these viable cells have been prepared in advance and maintained in vitro; and the therapeutic method introduces prechosen 2o mixtures of these viable stem cells, progenitor cells and lineage-committed or partially differentiated cells as a commingled admixture of cells - which are then administered by any suitable route and introduced to a preselected, specified anatomic site within the heart or vascular system body of the host recipient as transplanted cells.
After being introduced to the chosen anatomic site in the body of the living recipient as a commingled mixture of cells, these blended stem cells, progenitor cells, and lineage-committed or partially-differentiated cells, not only remain viable in-vivo;
but also (i) act therapeutically in-situ to reduce the severity of the pathological condition; (ii) serve to provide healthy, viable cells in-situ as functional cell replacements for previously injured or necrotic cells; and (iii) act therapeutically to increase normal heart and vascular functions for the host recipient as measured by objective and medically recognized clinical test procedures.
The di eretat cate ories of stem cells At least five different categories or Orders of identifiable stem cells, progenitor cells, lineage-committed cells and partially differentiated cells are now part of the convention paradigm and are deemed to be suitable for individual use.
The most preferred single cell category (or Order of cell) is the embryonic stem cell. The embryonic stem cell category together with both its immediate and later generational offspring (the immediate progeny and descendents of embryonic stem cells) constitute one Order. These are deemed most suitable for use as transplanted cells for all types and kinds of cardiac-associated diseases and pathologies generally; and are believed to provide a variety of differentiated descendent cells in-situ which are physiologically functional to alleviate the pathology of the disease state and to improve the clinical status and overall medical condition of the host recipient.
In contrast, four individual and different categories (or Orders) of adult stem cells and offspring cells are presently known. Each of these categories of adult stem cells is separate and distinguishable from all the others; presents unique surface markers and self-identifying cellular attributes; and is conventionally recognized as being able to yield immediate progeny cells and later-generation descendent cells which subsequently become lineage-committed and then differentiated cells having a 2o distinctive morphology and identifiable functional characteristics. These four categories of adult stem cells include: mesenchymal stem cells and their offspring;
hematopoietic stem cells and their offspring; neural stem cells and their offspring; and neural crest stem cells and their offspring. Each of these four categories of adult stem cells may used within the therapeutic methodology as a complete substitute for and effective replacement of the most preferred category comprising embryonic stem cells, embryonic progenitor cells, and their lineage-committed or partially-differentiated descendent cells.
In addition, each of these categories of stem cell and their offfspring can be 3o maintained in-vitro as a stable, isolated culture of cells; and propagated in-vitro indefinitely to provide sufficient numbers of viable cells for transplantation and therapeutic use puzposes.
Co»aminPlircg of stem cell categories as ah altersaative method The present therapeutic method is a broad-based therapeutic technique - a treatment process which envisions and recognizes that more than a single category of cell and more than one generational stage of a cell type can be commingled and used as a prepared inoculum of cells for clinical treatment purposes. In this alternative mode of practicing the therapeutic treatment method, the preferred embryonic stem cell and embryonic progenitor cells may be intentionally combined and blended with one or more other kinds of cells chosen from among the four categories (or Orders) of l0 adult stem cells. Such blending of stem cell orders is desirably made only immediately before actual administration of the commingled cells [differing as to cell types, immediate origins, and the generational cell stage of development] to the intended host recipient in order to prevent cross-contamination of the individual category types as well as to avoid early cross-influencing effects often caused by the different cell orders and generational stages upon one another after being combined as a prepared admixture of cells.
A Iarge number of stem cell category blends are available; and the numbers of category types employed for any blending can be varied from as few as two (2) types to using all five (5) types in one admixture. For example, the preferred embryonic stem cell and the embryonic progenitor cell can be alternatively and individually combined with any one other partially-differentiated cell taken from any of the other four categories of stem cells to form a range of different cell admixtures as the intended inoculurn of cells for the recipient. Thus not less than four different blending varieties comprised of two individual cell types can be prepared: (i) embryonic stem and progenitor cells with mesenchymal derived or partially-differentiated cells; (ii) embryonic stem and progenitor cells with hematopoietic derived or partially-differentiated cells; (iii) embryonic stem and progenitor cells with neural crest derived or partially-differentiated cells; and (iv) embryonic stem and progenitor cells with neural derived or partially-differentiated cells. Each two 3o category cell admixture can be individually prepared in any volumetric quantity or cell ratio on-demand as a blend; and then administered to the recipient host as a purposely prepared admixture of two different orders of cells; which collectively and cumulatively presents in a single prepared inoculum, a stem cell, a progenitor cell -with or without a lineage-committed or partially-differentiated cell - in combination for therapeutic treatment purposes.
In a similar fashion, three stem category mixtures, four stem cell category blends, and even a five stem cell category commingling can be prepared at will; in any desired ratio of stem cell types; and utilized in a preferred mode of administration for therapeutic treatment of a particular patient. In these more elaborate blendings, more than one category of stem cell will be represented; and more than one kind of derived or partially differentiated cell will likely be present within the prepared to admixture of cells.
The perceived value and benefit of such blends comprising multiple stem cell admixtures, andlor multiple progenitor cells mixtures, and/or multiple lineage-committed or partially-differentiated cells in a single blended preparation is the greater range and variety of descendent cells that will be produced in-situ;
the greater 15 therapeutic effect in-vivo over time; and the far greater diversity of cell functions that will be preformed by the larger variety of cell kinds differentiating in-vivo as replacement cells generated in- situ.
Geneticall~ified variants of the native cells 20 The recombinant DNA technology conventionally known and available today may be employed at will to generate genetically altered and modified stem cells, and/or progenitor cells, and lineage-committed or parfiially differentiated cells for each of the five different stem cell categories. Thus, any category type of stem cell andlor progenitor cell and lineage-committed or partially differentiated cell can be 25 transfected with a vector comprising a DNA insert encoding one or more proteins or polypeptides. The DNA sequence coding insert can represent a heterogeneous protein or polypeptide; or may constitute a homogeneous protein or polypeptide which is desirably to be overexpressed by that modified cell.
Typically, the vector comprises additional operatively linked DNA sequences 3o which are required for expression intracellularly of the protein or polypeptide in the transfected cell. "Operatively-linked" means that the substantive DNA sequence is joined to one or more regulatory DNA sequences in a manner that allows intracellular expression of the nucleic acid sequence. Regulatory DNA sequences are art-recognized and may be conventionally chosen at will to produce the desire expression result. Accordingly, the term "regulatory sequence" typically includes promotors, enhancers, and other expression control elements known in this technology. For example, either the native regulatory sequences of the vector or the regulatory sequences of the stem/progenitor/lineage-comrnittted or partially-differentiated cell can be employed.
The genetically modified or altered stem/progenitor/lineage-committted or partially-differentiated cells may be employed therapeutically using the present 1o methodology in the same manner as the native stem cells and progenitor cells and partially-differentiated cells are used. All genetic modification and alterations of such cells should be performed and completed in-vitro and in advance of using those genetically modified cells for therapeutic treatment purposes.
Accordingly, by the very requirements of the present invention it is thus important, if not essential, that the user be at least familiar with the many techniques for manipulating and modifying nucleotides and DNA fragments which have been reported and are today widespread in use and application. Merely exemplifying the many authoritative texts and published articles presently available in the literature regarding genes, DNA nucleotide manipulation and the expression of proteins from 2o manipulated DNA fragments are the following: Gene Probes for Bacteria (Macario and De Marcario, editors) Academic Press Inc., 1990; Genetic Analysis.
Principles Scope and Objectives, by John R.S. Ficham, Blackwell Science Ltd., 1994;
Recombinant DNA Methodology II (Ray Wu, editor), Academic Press, 1995;
Molecular Cloning. A Laboratory Manual (Maniatis, Fritsch, and Sambrook, editors), Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, 1982; PCR (Polymerase Chain Reaction), (Newton and Graham, editors), Bios Scientific Publishers, 1994; and the many references individually cited within each of these publications. All of these published texts are expressly incorporated by reference herein.
In addition, a number of issued LT.S. Patents and published patent applications 3o have been issued which describe much of the underlying DNA technology and many of the conventional recombinant practices and techniques for preparing genetically altered DNA sequences. Merely exemplifying some of the relevant patent literature for this subject are: U.S. Patent Nos. 5,486,599; 5,422,243; 5,654,273;
4,356,270;
4,331,901; 4,273,875; 4,304,863; 4,419,450; 4,362,867; 4,403,036; 4,363,877;
as well as Publications Nos. W09534316-A1; W09412162-Al; W09305167-Al; W09012033-Al; W09500633; W09412162; and 809012033. All of these patent literature publications are also expressly incorporated by reference herein.
III. Terminology And Organization Of The Stem Cell Paradigm i0 The therapeutic treatment method comprising the present invention is presented as a somewhat incongruous approach and contrasting position to the conventional opinions and ordinary expectations of practitioners working in this technical field. The present invention will often contravene and stand opposite to conventional views and positions; and provides many striking examples of differences 15 and distinctions of cell qualities and cell attributes not previously recognized or appreciated. For these reasons, among others, it is deemed both valuable and useful to provide the reader first with a stem cell family paradigm and organized system of cellular development which underlies and supports the mode and manner by which the identifiable types of stem cells and their progeny yield initially lineage-committed, 2o then partially-differentiated, and then completely differentiated offspring cells.
A. The Sterna CelllProgenitor Cell Model And Lineage System Of Cellular Develop~aeht The substantive value and real significance of the present invention can only be properly recognized and truly appreciated in the context of the model and system of cellular development that these unique stem cells and progenitor cells evidence and embody. Much confusion, misleading views, ambiguity and inconsistency has been reported in the scientific and patent literature; and this difficulty is unfortunately 3o reflected by the overall results reported to date for the different investigative attempts to elucidate and specify the various stages of cellular developmental and for the various cellular outcomes originating with and from the primordial stem cell.
For these reasons, the present invention presents and utilizes an organized system of specified developmental stages for the offspring of stem cells; and points out the different cell lineage pathways and many partially-differentiated and fully differentiated cell forms. The model system shows that multiple separate and individual cell lineage pathways exist, each having in common a single stem cell ancestor. Each lineage provides for its own pedigree; and each pathway provides at least one differentiated cell outcome (and typically several different phenotypic forms of differentiation).
to Identifiable Stem Cells Stem cells and their direct and immediate progeny, the pre-progenitor cells, are the archetype cells. These are two different cell types, both of which are unique in their pluripotent properties; are uncommitted and undifferentiated cells; and are demonstrably able to be implanted in-vivo; and subsequently yield and provide a 15 range of fully differentiated specialized cells which differ in function, in morphology, and in phenotypic cell properties. In this model paradigm, the original primordial source for the entire order of cells is the archetype pluripotent stem cell.
By its demonstrable properties and cellular attributes, all true stem cells are: (i) uncommitted and undifferentiated cells; (ii) pluripotent cells having an unlimited proliferation 20 capacity; and (iii) are able to self-renew and self maintain their existence when replicating by producing two daughter progeny cells, one of which becomes a self-renewed stem cell indistinguishable from its parent, while the other daughter progeny cell becomes a direct and true 2nd generation descendent cell, now designated a "pre-progenitor cell". It is essential to recognize that the daughter self-renewed stem cell is 25 and remains identical to and indistinguishable from its parent stem cell in all respects.
This self renewed daughter stem cell is itself pluripotent; and will itself produce two different types of daughter progeny cells in exactly the same manner as its parent ancestor stem cell. In this self-renewing manner, the total number of stem cells will slowly increase in number over time; but will never exist in true abundant or 30 meaningfully large numbers at any time.
Identifiable Progenitor Cells The fate of the other daughter cell, which is now initially designated the "pre-progenitor cell", becomes markedly different from the ancestor parent stem cell and the one self renewed daughter cell. In comparison to its own stem cell parent, the pre-progenitor cell daughter has a very large, but limited -- i.e., multipotent --proliferation capacity. This direct descendent daughter cell, the true 2nd generation cell type, is itself also a multipotent cell as well as a cell stage which is and remains uncommitted and undifferentiated as such over its lifetime. However, the rate of proliferation for the 2nd generation, daughter pre-progenitor cells is much more rapid than its stem cell parent. Again, stem cells are not found in abundance in any tissue, embryonic or adult. The pre-progenitor cell daughter, however, because it proliferates rapidly and frequently over its very large, but finite, reproductive lifetime gives rise to many progeny cells. These progeny cells [the third generation descendants]
produced as offspring by the single pre-progenitor cell daughter also become meaningfully altered in their attributes and capabilities; and thus these 3rd generation daughter cells are now properly termed "primary progenitor cells". It is this 3rd generation of cells or descendent progeny of the single stem cell ancestor that is believed to be, and often typically is, isolated empirically, sometimes in surprisingly large numbers.
The paramount characteristic and dominant attribute of this 3rd generation cell stage, the "primary progenitor cell", is not their acknowledged capacity for rapid growth and frequent reproduction in very large (yet finite) numbers; but rather lies is in and is represented by their unique capability to become irreversibly committed to a one preset cell lineage and a single fixed pathway of cell development. Thus, the essential choices and decisions concerning what the final intended outcome of the cellular development process is to be and what cell form and phenotype shall exist as the functional result -occurs by and through the large numbers of cells constituting this 3rd generation cell stage.
Thus, these primary progenitor cells [the 3rd generational stage] rapidly produce in very large numbers over a short time period; and it is via this third generation cell stage of descendancy from a common stem cell ancestor that an irreversible commitment to a fixed lineage sequence and pathway of cellular development occurs. Moreover, it is during this 3rd generational cell stage that the multipotency aspect and capacity (exhibited by the immediate 1st and 2nd ancestor cells) now and forevermore becomes lost. The primary progenitor cell therefore is the cell stage and generation of progeny which becomes influenced by external stimuli and chemical signals in the local environment such that an irreversible cell commitment is made to follow a single specified lineage, a progression which continues until at least one particular form of fully differentiated, phenotypic cell is yielded.
The primary progenitor cell is also able to reproduce itself, both before and after true commitment to an individual cell lineage pathway; but its proliferation Io capacity -- particularly after cell commitment -- is believed to be markedly restricted and number limited in comparison to its immediate antecedent predecessor and its single stem cell ancestor.
Lihea~e Commitment And The Subse uent Sta "yes Of Cell Differehtiatio~z 15 Once cell lineage commitment occurs in the primary progenitor cell, the development of the cell then continues within carefully controlled and prescribed pathway limits. Note however, that cell differentiation as a process and distinct event occurs only after a prior irreversible commitment to a fixed cell lineage pathway has been made. Thus, the choices of phenotypic detail for the cell which occur during the 2o later stages of the differentiation process must always follow the fixed limits set by the earlier event of cell commitment to a specific lineage pathway.
Idetztifiable Partially-Differentiated Cells The partially differentiated cell is one which has undergone cell lineage 25 pathway commitment, but has not yet fully developed its final characteristics and specific phenotypic attributes. It is only at the latter or final stages of the cell differentiation process that a particular morphological appearance, an identifiable functional form and the distinctive phenotypic properties and/or surface markers for that committed cell are decided and brought into existence; and that during the 3o process, first a partially-differentiated cell and then a completely differentiated cell develops and subsequently emerges as the final cell embodiment.
The incremental progression of events, observable as a series of continuing cell stages and developmental cell traits (from early, to middle, to late stages), for cell differentiation has long been recognized and experimentally evaluated, as reported in the conventional scientific literature. One often-seen example of this ever-advancing developmental sequence of events is the particular cell stage often termed a "cardiomyoblast", or more generally a "myoblast"; and is empirically observed to be those specific cells in a culture medium which show a "beating" or "contracting"
appearance and capability. In fact, however, these "beating" cells are actually lineage-committed cells as such and constitute those cells now irreversibly committed IO to the pathway progression which yeilds either a striated muscle cell, or a smooth muscle cell, or a cardiac muscle cell. For definitional purposes, therefore, a partially-differentiated cell comprises and includes any stage of development and viable existence for any type, stage or category of viable cell which exists after lineage pathway commitment has occurred, but for which the completion of the 15 differentiation process has yet to occur in full phenotypic and idiotypic terms.
B. Tlae PreseyZtly Evolving Concept Of An Identiable Type Of Stem Cell Many recently published research reports suggest, however, that stem cell 2o biology and paradigm may be more complex than originally postulated; and have suggested instead that rather than referring to a discrete cellular entity or stage of development, the term "stem cell" more accurately refers to a biological function that can be induced in many distinct types of cells, even differentiated cells. This concept and view has been presuasively presented by H.M. Blau, T.R. Braelton 25 and J.M. Weimann in their published review entitled "The Evloving Concept Of A
Stem Cell:Entity Or Function" [Cell 105:829-841 (2001)], the text of which is expressly incorporated by reference herein. A pertinent restatement of the Blau et al. evolving concept of a stem cell is reproduced below for the benefit and consideration of the reader.
3o The evolving concept of a functional stem cell definition and sytem is based on the empirical demonstration that stem cells in adults can first residue in one tissue and then contribute to repair or development of another tissue.
This migration phenomenon and contribution effect reveals a previously unrecognized degree of plasticity in stem cell function. Moreover, it now appears that cell fate changes are a natural property of stem cells and may be involved in ongoing physiological repair of tissue damage throughout Life. Although the number of reported instances are still relatively few, the evidence of this unexpected finding suggests that the concept of stem cells is in a state of flux; and that the commonly held view of a tissue-specific adult stem cell may need to be expanded.
As part of this concept, identifiable adult stem cells may not only act locally in the tissues in which they residue in vivo, but also may be recruited out l0 of the circulation and enlisted in regeneration of diverse tissues at distal sites.
Some stem cells can transit through the circulation, which is envisioned as a 'stem cell highway' with access to all organs of the body. Thus, as empirically reported, bone marrow derived cells can enter different organs including the heart, brain, skeletal muscle and liver. Also "homing signals" may result from local tissue 15 damage and influence the migration of stem cells (in a manner reminiscent of white blood cell homing). Growth factors in the local areas then induce stem cells to participate in the function of the organ they enter. Thus, the microenvironment, including reactive contact with surrounding cells, the extracellular matrix, the local milieu, as well as growth and differentiation factors are deemed to play a key 20 role in determining a stem cell's function.
Moreover, within organs such as the brain, liver and muscle, it is well known that there is a resident pool of identifiable stem cells, long thought to be dedicated exclusively to the repair of the tissue in which they reside.
However, since the stem cells can enter an organ via the circulation, these newly entered 25 stem cells can either contribute to the existing pool of stem cells existing previously within that organ; or directly generate differentiated cells themselves in the local environment.
Taken to an extreme, therefore, even highly specialized cell types in tissues may be capable of reversing their differentiated state and contributing to 3o the pool of functional stem cells - as recent empirical studies have shown using multinucleated muscle cells and differentiated CNS cells. Thus, according to the functional concept of a stem cell, at least some identifiable stem cells in adult tissues are capable of movement between tissues; and cell fate changes make it clear that at least a subset of stem cells may alter their function in a manner that is highly plastic and amenable to change given the appropriate microenvironment.
For these reasons, the overall conceptual proposal is that a stem cell most accurately refers to a biological function that can be induced in many distinct types of cells, even differentiated cells.
In addition, recent findings presented only in abstract form by Reyes et al.
(American Society of Hematology, 43rd Annual Meeting, December, 2001, "Engraftment and Tissue Specific Differentiation of Multipotent Adult Progenitor to Cells from Human Marrow in Epithelium, the Hematopoietic System and Endothelium In Vivo") and by Wernet et al. (American Society of Hematology 43rd Annual Meeting, December 2001, "Detection of Unrestricted Multipotential Stem Cells in Human Cord Blood") indicate that there may be cells in adult tissues, ranging from cord blood to bone marrow and other adult organs, that are 15 truly pluripotent. These identified types of adult stem cells can form tissues derived from the ectoderm, endoderm, and mesoderm, previously thought to be a property only of embryonic stem cells. The potential - that it is these cells in each organ, and not cell trafficking, that can be responsible for the complex regeneration of tissues in multiple organs - remains to be fully validated.
These 2o cells also appear to be precursors to the other Orders described in this application;
and as such have utility in this invention as identifiable types of stem cells.
The present invention takes into account each of these concepts and alternative definitions of stem cells, which can alter their function in a plastic and dynamic manner. The Blau et al. proposal and concept appears to have substantial merit and 25 empirical evidence in support of its views. Similarly, the Reyes et al. and Wernet et al. reseach data provides emprical support for their respective ideas. For these reasons, the present invention does not rely exclusively upon the classical paradigm and system model; and allows for the presently evovling concepts and views that stem cells and their offspring generational descendant cells may be identified, isolated and 3o employed within the instant therapeutic treatment methods on the basis of biological function, rather than upon an irrevesible progression along a well defined pathway concluding in a terminally differentiated cell.
Nevertheless, for the sake of clarity of description, a focused presentation, as well as for an unambiguous terminology, the detailed disclosure which follows herein will describe the classical paradigm and system most commonly understood, accepted and employed today.
IV. The Individual Categories (Orders) Of Identiable Stem Cells 1o The true source or origins of the chosen category (or Order) of stem cells does not meaningfully matter so long as the cells employed are biocompatible with the intended host recipient. All that is required for practicing the present invention is that a plurality of identifiable stem cells (of mammalian origin), and/or their immediate progeny and/or offspring descendant cells, be available as viable cells for 15 implantation purposes.
It is both preferred and desirable that the chosen category of stem cells be a stable culture of cells maintained in-vitro; be a partially- or completely-purified culture of cells having a common cell ancestor; and be in a active or mitotic stage of existence. It is also expected that the best biological compatibility between the 20 inoculum of cells and host recipient will exist when both are of identical or very similar species/subspecies origin. Thus, stem cells of human origin are preferred for use with human recipient subjects; murine sources of stem cells are desirable for use with rats and mice; and other sources of stem cells from the various mammalian species (e.g., pigs, horses, cows, rabbits, dogs & cats) are preferred for use with each 25 of these mammalian types specifically.
Embryonic Stem Cells And Their Offspring: Their Progenitor Cells, Their Lineage-Committed Cells And Their Partially-Differentiated Cells.
Embryonic stem cells have the ability to divide for indefinite periods in culture 30 and to give rise to specialized cells. They are often described in the context of a normal human development - which begins when a sperm fertilizes an egg and creates a single cell that has the potential to form an entire organism. The fertilized egg is totipotent, meaning that its potential is total. In the first hours after fertilization, this cell divides into identical totipotent cells. Thus any one of these cells, if placed into a uterus, has the potential to develop into a fetus.
Approximately four days after fertilization, and after several cycles of cell division, these totipotent cells begin to specialize and form a hollow sphere of cells, a blastocyst. The blastocyst has an outer layer of cells; and inside the hollow sphere, there is another cluster of cells termed the inner cell mass.
The outer layer of cells will subsequently form the placenta and the other external supporting tissues needed for fetal development in the uterus. The inner cell 1o mass cells will go on to form virtually all of the tissues of the human body. Although the inner cell mass can form virtually every type of cell found in the human body, they cannot form a whole organism - primarily because they are unable to give rise to the placenta and supporting tissues necessary for development in the uterus.
These inner cell mass cells are termed "pluripotent" -- they can give rise to 15 many types of cells, but not all types of cells necessary for fetal development. Thus, because their potential is not total, they are not "totipotent" as such, and they are not capable of becoming living embryos. In fact, if an inner cell mass cell were placed into a woman's uterus, it could not and would not develop into a fetus.
The pluripotent stem cells undergo further development into progeny cells 20 which multiple in great numbers and, in turn, later become lineage-committed and subsequently give rise to cells that are differentiated and have a particular function.
Examples of this cell development lineage scheme include stem cells which give rise to red blood cells, to white blood cells and to platelets; and those stem cells that over time give rise to the various types of skin cells. These more limited progeny cells are 25 thus often called "multipotent" progenitor cells.
Embryonic stem cells have been identified and isolated from a broad range of mammalian genera and species. The recognized cell deposits and natural sources today include mouse, rats, and other rodents; dogs, cats and rabbits; monkeys of various kinds; as well as humans.
3o The first documentation of the isolation of embryonic stem cells from human blastocysts was in 1994 [Bongso et al., Hum. Reprod. 9: 2110-2117 (1994)].
Since then, techniques for deriving and culturing human ES cells have been refined [Reubinoff et al., Nat. Biotechnol. 15: 399-404 (2000); Thomson et al., Science _282:
1145-1147 (1998)]. The ability to isolate human ES cells from blastocysts and grow them in culture seems to depend in large part on the integrity and condition of the blastocysts from which the cells are derived. In general, blastocysts with a large and distinct inner cell mass tend to yield ES cultures most efficiently [Bongso A., Handbook on Blastocyte Culture, Sydney Press Review, Singapore, 1999].
Day-5 blastocysts are often used to derive ES cell cultures in vitro. A normal day-5 human embryo in vitro consists of 200 to 250 cells. Most of the cells comprise the trophectoderm, the outer layer of cells surrounding the blastocyst. For deriving 1o ES cell cultures, the trophectoderm is removed, either by microsurgery or immunosurgery (in which antibodies against the trophectoderm help break it down, thus freeing the inner cell mass). At this stage, the inner cell mass is composed of only 30 to 34 cells [Bongso et al., Asst. Reprod. Rev. (1999)].
The in vitro conditions for growing a human embryo to the blastocyst stage can vary. See, for example, Bongso et al., Cell Biol. Int. 18: 1181-1189 (1994);
Bongso et al., Assit. Reprod. Rev. 5: 106-114 (1995); Fong et al., Hum.
Reprod. 13:
2926-2932 (I998); DeVos et al., Cells Tissues Organs. 166: 220-227 (2000);
Jones et al., Fetil. Steril. 70: 1022-1029 (1998); Sathananthan, A.H., Hum. Cell. 10:
(1997); Trounson et al., Handbook of In-Vitro Fertilization, CRC Press, 2000;
2o Trounson et al., Reproduction 121: 51-57 (2001). However, once the inner cell mass is obtained from either mouse or human blastocysts, the techniques for growing ES
cells are similar.
Embryonic stem cells as a category have also been compared and distinguished from both 'embryonic germ cells' and 'embryonal carcinoma cells' in meaningful terms. A comparison of the cell markers which are typically used to identify and separate them is given by Table 1 below.
Table 1:
Com arison of Mouse, Monke , and Human Pluri otent Stem Cells*
Marker NameMouse EC/ Monkey Human ES Human Human ES cells ES/EG cellscells EG cellsEC cells SSEA-1 + - - + -SSEA-2 - + + + +
SEA-4 - + + + +
TRA-1-60 - + + + +
TRA-1-$1 - +
+ + +
Alkaline + + + +
+
hos hatase Oct-4 + + + Unlrnown+
Telomerase + ES,EC Unlrnown + Unlrnown+
activit Feeder-cellES, EG Yes Yes Yes Some; relatively some dependent EC low clonal efficienc Factors LIF and Co-cultureFeeder LIF, Unlrnown;
which aid other with cells bFGF, low +
in stem factors feeder serum; forskolinproliferative cell self that act cells; feeder renewal through other promotinglayer + capacity gp 130 serum-receptor factors free medium and can have not +
substitutebeen identifiedbFGF
for feeder la er Growth Form tight,Form flat,Form flat,Form Form flat, loose loose loose characteristicsrounded, aggregates;aggregates;rounded,aggregates;
in mufti- can can can vitro layer clumps;form EBs form EBs mufti-layerform EBs can form clumps;
EBs can form EBs Teratoma + + + +
formation in vivo Chimera + Unlrnown + _ +
formation KEY
ES cell - Embryonic stem cell TRA - Tumor rejection antigen-1 EG cell = Embryonic germ cell LIF - Leukemia inhibitory factor EC cell - Embryonal carcinoma cell bFGF
- Basic flbroblast growth factor SSEA - Sta e-s eciflc emb onic anti en EB - Emb oid bodies re~ruuucea rrom r ne Human JJmnyronic Stem Cell And The Human Embryonic Germ Cell", Chapter 3, in STEM CELLS, National Institutes of Health, 2000.
Lineage-Committment And Partial-Differentiation of Cells Derived From Embrxonic Stem Cells The offspring of ES cells begin to undergo lineage-committment and differentiate if they are removed from feeder layers and grown in suspension cultures on a non-adherent surface. The human ES cells characteristically form embryoid bodies which, in the early stages, may be simple or cystic and filled with fluid.
Although human embryoid bodies vary in their cellular content, many include cells that look like neurons and heart muscle cells [Itskovitz-Eldor et al., Mol.
Med. 6: 88-95 (2000); Reubinoff et al., Nat. Biotechnol. 18: 399-404 (2000); Roach et al., Eur.
to Urol. 23: 82-87 (1993)].
After the human embryoid bodies form, they can be dissociated and replated in monolayer cultures which are then exposed to specific growth factors that influence further cell differentiation. Some growth factors induce cell types that would normally be derived from ectoderm in the embryo; these include retinoic acid, epidermal growth factor (EGF), and and bone growth factor (BGF). Other growth factors, such as activin-A and transforming growth factor-beta 1 (TGF-~i-1), trigger the differentiation of mesodermally-derived cells. Two other factors, hepatocyte growth factor (HGF) and nerve growth factor (NGF), promote differentiation into all three germ layers, including the endoderm.
When these eight growth factors were added individually to cell cultures derived from embryoid bodies, the cells differentiated into 11 cell types that represented all three germ layers. The identity of the differentiated human embryoid body derived cells was determined by their morphology, growth characteristics and expression of messenger RNA (mRNA) for specific markers [Shamblott et al., Proc.
Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 95: 13726-13731 (1998)].
It also has been noted that human embryoid body-derived cells can and will differentiate spontaneously into many kinds of cells without the addition of growth factors. However, the addition of merely one of (a number of different growth factors) resulted in cultures that were more likely to be populated by only one or two types of differentiated cells, as measured by mRNA transcripts expressed by the cells.
Thus, human embryoid body-derived cultures treated with bFGF differentiated largely into epidermal epithelial cells that express keratin, a protein in skin.
Similarly, cells in activin-A-treated culture media formed muscle cell-like, syncytium-fused, multinucleated populations of cells that express the enzyme muscle-specific enolase.
Also, cultures treated with retinoic acid differentiated into cells that resemble neurons and express neurofilament H. However, the same growth factor typically induced the expression of multiple markers; and none of the resulting cell populations was homogeneous [Shamblott et al., Proc. Natl. Aced. Sci. USA 95: 13726-13731 (1998)].
Spontaneous differentiation of human ES cells into hematopoietic cells, which form all the lineages of blood cells, is rare in vitro. However, by co-culturing human ES cells with mouse bone marrow stromal cells (irradiated to prevent their l0 replication) in growth medium that contains fetal bovine serum, but no added growth factors, the cells differentiate to form what appear to be hematopoietic precursor cells.
The partly differentiated cells express CD34, a marker for blood cell precursors. If these partly differentiated human ES cells are replated under conditions that allow them to form colonies of hematopoietic cells, they differentiate into erythroid cells, 15 macrophages, granulocytes, and°megakaryocytes [Odorico et al., Stem Cells 19: 193-204 (2001)].
An abundance of additional knowledge and guidance information regarding embryonic stem cells, their progeny progenitor cells, and their lineage-committed descendant cells is provided by the published scientific and patent literature. Merely 2o exemplifying some of these are: "Stem Cells: A Primer", National Institutes of Health, May, 2000; "The Human Embryonic Germ Cell", Chapter 3 in Stem Cells, National Institutes of Health, 2000; NIH Human Embryonic Stem Cell Registry, National Institutes of Health, 2001. Also, the patent literature offers much information, insight and guidance concerning embryonic stem cells. Exemplifying these are U.S.
Patent 25 Nos. 5,843,780; 6,200,806; 5,639,618; 6,146,888; and 6,280,718 -- the texts of which are each expressly incorporated by reference herein.
Adult Stem Cell Category 1: Hematopoietic Stem Cells And Their Offspring;
Their Progenitor Cells, Their Lineage-Committed Cells And Their Partially-3o Differntiated Cells.
A hematopoietic adult stem cell may be defined as a pluripotent cell which:
(1) gives rise to progeny in all defined hematolymphoid lineages; and (2) provides additional numbers of cells which are capable of fully reconstituting a seriously immunocompromised host in all blood cell types by cell renewal.
Certainly, differentiated mammalian blood cells must provide for an extraordinarily diverse range of activities. The blood cells are divided into several lineages, including lymphoid, myeloid and erythroid. The lymphoid lineage;
comprising B cells and T cells, provides for the production of antibodies, regulation of the cellular immune system, detection of foreign agents in the blood, detection of cells foreign to the host, and the like. The myeloid lineage, which includes monocytes, granulocytes, megakaryocytes, as well as other cells, monitors for the presence of foreign bodies in the blood stream, provides protection against neoplastic cells, scavenges foreign materials in the blood stream, produces platelets, and the like.
The erythroid lineage provides the red blood cells, which act as oxygen carriers.
Despite the diversity of the nature, morphology, characteristics and function of the blood cells, it is presently believed that there is a single type of hematopoietic stem cell which is capable of self regeneration and which, after exposure to growth and other environmental factors, becomes dedicated to a specific lineage pathway and pattern of cell differentiation.
The high turnover of mammalian blood cells requires a in-vivo supply of hematopoietic stem cells that are able to give rise to the various blood cell lineages.
2o The immediate progeny of the hematopoietic stem cell are called progenitor cells; and these progenitor cells are capable of giving rise to various cell types within one or more specific lineage pathways - i.e., the erythroid, myeloid and lymphoid lineages.
Overall, the hematopoietic stem cell and its progenitor cell populations constitute only a small percentage of the total number of cells in the bone marrow, fetal liver, etc.
However, these populations are of immense value because of their ability to reproduce the entire hematopoietic system in a living mammal.
A number of methods have been described in the published literature for the purification or enrichment of hematopoietic stem cell and progenitor cell populations.
There is significant interest in these methods because hematopoietic progenitors have 3o a number of clinical uses. Progenitor cell transplantation is currently used in conjunction with chemotherapy and radiation for the treatment of leukemia, breast cancer and other tumors. There is also interest in the use of hematopoietic progenitor cells as a vehicle for gene therapy. Although not yet proven in the clinic, the longevity of hematopoietic stem cells and the dissemination of their progeny in the vasculature are desirable characteristics. A number of vectors, including several retrovirus and adenovirus based constructs, that can transfect hematopoietic stem cells have been described.
Proteins and other cell surface markers found on hematopoietic stem cell and progenitor cell populations are of great interest, as they are useful in preparing reagents for identification, separation and isolation of these populations and in the further characterization of these important cells. Some markers are now known that 1o can be used in the identification and separation (positive and negative) of stem cells, such as the CD 34 antigen, which is found on stem cells but not on mature blood cells.
The published scientific and patent literature provides an abundant quantum of useful knowledge and guidance information. For example, U.S. Patent Nos.
4,331,901; 4,273,875; 4,304,863; 4,419,450; 4,362,867; 4,403,036; 4,363,877;
as well as Publications Nos. W09534316-A1; W09412162-Al; W09305167-Al; W09012033-Al; W09500633; W09412162; and 809012033. All of these patent literature publications are also expressly incorporated by reference herein.
III. Terminology And Organization Of The Stem Cell Paradigm i0 The therapeutic treatment method comprising the present invention is presented as a somewhat incongruous approach and contrasting position to the conventional opinions and ordinary expectations of practitioners working in this technical field. The present invention will often contravene and stand opposite to conventional views and positions; and provides many striking examples of differences 15 and distinctions of cell qualities and cell attributes not previously recognized or appreciated. For these reasons, among others, it is deemed both valuable and useful to provide the reader first with a stem cell family paradigm and organized system of cellular development which underlies and supports the mode and manner by which the identifiable types of stem cells and their progeny yield initially lineage-committed, 2o then partially-differentiated, and then completely differentiated offspring cells.
A. The Sterna CelllProgenitor Cell Model And Lineage System Of Cellular Develop~aeht The substantive value and real significance of the present invention can only be properly recognized and truly appreciated in the context of the model and system of cellular development that these unique stem cells and progenitor cells evidence and embody. Much confusion, misleading views, ambiguity and inconsistency has been reported in the scientific and patent literature; and this difficulty is unfortunately 3o reflected by the overall results reported to date for the different investigative attempts to elucidate and specify the various stages of cellular developmental and for the various cellular outcomes originating with and from the primordial stem cell.
For these reasons, the present invention presents and utilizes an organized system of specified developmental stages for the offspring of stem cells; and points out the different cell lineage pathways and many partially-differentiated and fully differentiated cell forms. The model system shows that multiple separate and individual cell lineage pathways exist, each having in common a single stem cell ancestor. Each lineage provides for its own pedigree; and each pathway provides at least one differentiated cell outcome (and typically several different phenotypic forms of differentiation).
to Identifiable Stem Cells Stem cells and their direct and immediate progeny, the pre-progenitor cells, are the archetype cells. These are two different cell types, both of which are unique in their pluripotent properties; are uncommitted and undifferentiated cells; and are demonstrably able to be implanted in-vivo; and subsequently yield and provide a 15 range of fully differentiated specialized cells which differ in function, in morphology, and in phenotypic cell properties. In this model paradigm, the original primordial source for the entire order of cells is the archetype pluripotent stem cell.
By its demonstrable properties and cellular attributes, all true stem cells are: (i) uncommitted and undifferentiated cells; (ii) pluripotent cells having an unlimited proliferation 20 capacity; and (iii) are able to self-renew and self maintain their existence when replicating by producing two daughter progeny cells, one of which becomes a self-renewed stem cell indistinguishable from its parent, while the other daughter progeny cell becomes a direct and true 2nd generation descendent cell, now designated a "pre-progenitor cell". It is essential to recognize that the daughter self-renewed stem cell is 25 and remains identical to and indistinguishable from its parent stem cell in all respects.
This self renewed daughter stem cell is itself pluripotent; and will itself produce two different types of daughter progeny cells in exactly the same manner as its parent ancestor stem cell. In this self-renewing manner, the total number of stem cells will slowly increase in number over time; but will never exist in true abundant or 30 meaningfully large numbers at any time.
Identifiable Progenitor Cells The fate of the other daughter cell, which is now initially designated the "pre-progenitor cell", becomes markedly different from the ancestor parent stem cell and the one self renewed daughter cell. In comparison to its own stem cell parent, the pre-progenitor cell daughter has a very large, but limited -- i.e., multipotent --proliferation capacity. This direct descendent daughter cell, the true 2nd generation cell type, is itself also a multipotent cell as well as a cell stage which is and remains uncommitted and undifferentiated as such over its lifetime. However, the rate of proliferation for the 2nd generation, daughter pre-progenitor cells is much more rapid than its stem cell parent. Again, stem cells are not found in abundance in any tissue, embryonic or adult. The pre-progenitor cell daughter, however, because it proliferates rapidly and frequently over its very large, but finite, reproductive lifetime gives rise to many progeny cells. These progeny cells [the third generation descendants]
produced as offspring by the single pre-progenitor cell daughter also become meaningfully altered in their attributes and capabilities; and thus these 3rd generation daughter cells are now properly termed "primary progenitor cells". It is this 3rd generation of cells or descendent progeny of the single stem cell ancestor that is believed to be, and often typically is, isolated empirically, sometimes in surprisingly large numbers.
The paramount characteristic and dominant attribute of this 3rd generation cell stage, the "primary progenitor cell", is not their acknowledged capacity for rapid growth and frequent reproduction in very large (yet finite) numbers; but rather lies is in and is represented by their unique capability to become irreversibly committed to a one preset cell lineage and a single fixed pathway of cell development. Thus, the essential choices and decisions concerning what the final intended outcome of the cellular development process is to be and what cell form and phenotype shall exist as the functional result -occurs by and through the large numbers of cells constituting this 3rd generation cell stage.
Thus, these primary progenitor cells [the 3rd generational stage] rapidly produce in very large numbers over a short time period; and it is via this third generation cell stage of descendancy from a common stem cell ancestor that an irreversible commitment to a fixed lineage sequence and pathway of cellular development occurs. Moreover, it is during this 3rd generational cell stage that the multipotency aspect and capacity (exhibited by the immediate 1st and 2nd ancestor cells) now and forevermore becomes lost. The primary progenitor cell therefore is the cell stage and generation of progeny which becomes influenced by external stimuli and chemical signals in the local environment such that an irreversible cell commitment is made to follow a single specified lineage, a progression which continues until at least one particular form of fully differentiated, phenotypic cell is yielded.
The primary progenitor cell is also able to reproduce itself, both before and after true commitment to an individual cell lineage pathway; but its proliferation Io capacity -- particularly after cell commitment -- is believed to be markedly restricted and number limited in comparison to its immediate antecedent predecessor and its single stem cell ancestor.
Lihea~e Commitment And The Subse uent Sta "yes Of Cell Differehtiatio~z 15 Once cell lineage commitment occurs in the primary progenitor cell, the development of the cell then continues within carefully controlled and prescribed pathway limits. Note however, that cell differentiation as a process and distinct event occurs only after a prior irreversible commitment to a fixed cell lineage pathway has been made. Thus, the choices of phenotypic detail for the cell which occur during the 2o later stages of the differentiation process must always follow the fixed limits set by the earlier event of cell commitment to a specific lineage pathway.
Idetztifiable Partially-Differentiated Cells The partially differentiated cell is one which has undergone cell lineage 25 pathway commitment, but has not yet fully developed its final characteristics and specific phenotypic attributes. It is only at the latter or final stages of the cell differentiation process that a particular morphological appearance, an identifiable functional form and the distinctive phenotypic properties and/or surface markers for that committed cell are decided and brought into existence; and that during the 3o process, first a partially-differentiated cell and then a completely differentiated cell develops and subsequently emerges as the final cell embodiment.
The incremental progression of events, observable as a series of continuing cell stages and developmental cell traits (from early, to middle, to late stages), for cell differentiation has long been recognized and experimentally evaluated, as reported in the conventional scientific literature. One often-seen example of this ever-advancing developmental sequence of events is the particular cell stage often termed a "cardiomyoblast", or more generally a "myoblast"; and is empirically observed to be those specific cells in a culture medium which show a "beating" or "contracting"
appearance and capability. In fact, however, these "beating" cells are actually lineage-committed cells as such and constitute those cells now irreversibly committed IO to the pathway progression which yeilds either a striated muscle cell, or a smooth muscle cell, or a cardiac muscle cell. For definitional purposes, therefore, a partially-differentiated cell comprises and includes any stage of development and viable existence for any type, stage or category of viable cell which exists after lineage pathway commitment has occurred, but for which the completion of the 15 differentiation process has yet to occur in full phenotypic and idiotypic terms.
B. Tlae PreseyZtly Evolving Concept Of An Identiable Type Of Stem Cell Many recently published research reports suggest, however, that stem cell 2o biology and paradigm may be more complex than originally postulated; and have suggested instead that rather than referring to a discrete cellular entity or stage of development, the term "stem cell" more accurately refers to a biological function that can be induced in many distinct types of cells, even differentiated cells. This concept and view has been presuasively presented by H.M. Blau, T.R. Braelton 25 and J.M. Weimann in their published review entitled "The Evloving Concept Of A
Stem Cell:Entity Or Function" [Cell 105:829-841 (2001)], the text of which is expressly incorporated by reference herein. A pertinent restatement of the Blau et al. evolving concept of a stem cell is reproduced below for the benefit and consideration of the reader.
3o The evolving concept of a functional stem cell definition and sytem is based on the empirical demonstration that stem cells in adults can first residue in one tissue and then contribute to repair or development of another tissue.
This migration phenomenon and contribution effect reveals a previously unrecognized degree of plasticity in stem cell function. Moreover, it now appears that cell fate changes are a natural property of stem cells and may be involved in ongoing physiological repair of tissue damage throughout Life. Although the number of reported instances are still relatively few, the evidence of this unexpected finding suggests that the concept of stem cells is in a state of flux; and that the commonly held view of a tissue-specific adult stem cell may need to be expanded.
As part of this concept, identifiable adult stem cells may not only act locally in the tissues in which they residue in vivo, but also may be recruited out l0 of the circulation and enlisted in regeneration of diverse tissues at distal sites.
Some stem cells can transit through the circulation, which is envisioned as a 'stem cell highway' with access to all organs of the body. Thus, as empirically reported, bone marrow derived cells can enter different organs including the heart, brain, skeletal muscle and liver. Also "homing signals" may result from local tissue 15 damage and influence the migration of stem cells (in a manner reminiscent of white blood cell homing). Growth factors in the local areas then induce stem cells to participate in the function of the organ they enter. Thus, the microenvironment, including reactive contact with surrounding cells, the extracellular matrix, the local milieu, as well as growth and differentiation factors are deemed to play a key 20 role in determining a stem cell's function.
Moreover, within organs such as the brain, liver and muscle, it is well known that there is a resident pool of identifiable stem cells, long thought to be dedicated exclusively to the repair of the tissue in which they reside.
However, since the stem cells can enter an organ via the circulation, these newly entered 25 stem cells can either contribute to the existing pool of stem cells existing previously within that organ; or directly generate differentiated cells themselves in the local environment.
Taken to an extreme, therefore, even highly specialized cell types in tissues may be capable of reversing their differentiated state and contributing to 3o the pool of functional stem cells - as recent empirical studies have shown using multinucleated muscle cells and differentiated CNS cells. Thus, according to the functional concept of a stem cell, at least some identifiable stem cells in adult tissues are capable of movement between tissues; and cell fate changes make it clear that at least a subset of stem cells may alter their function in a manner that is highly plastic and amenable to change given the appropriate microenvironment.
For these reasons, the overall conceptual proposal is that a stem cell most accurately refers to a biological function that can be induced in many distinct types of cells, even differentiated cells.
In addition, recent findings presented only in abstract form by Reyes et al.
(American Society of Hematology, 43rd Annual Meeting, December, 2001, "Engraftment and Tissue Specific Differentiation of Multipotent Adult Progenitor to Cells from Human Marrow in Epithelium, the Hematopoietic System and Endothelium In Vivo") and by Wernet et al. (American Society of Hematology 43rd Annual Meeting, December 2001, "Detection of Unrestricted Multipotential Stem Cells in Human Cord Blood") indicate that there may be cells in adult tissues, ranging from cord blood to bone marrow and other adult organs, that are 15 truly pluripotent. These identified types of adult stem cells can form tissues derived from the ectoderm, endoderm, and mesoderm, previously thought to be a property only of embryonic stem cells. The potential - that it is these cells in each organ, and not cell trafficking, that can be responsible for the complex regeneration of tissues in multiple organs - remains to be fully validated.
These 2o cells also appear to be precursors to the other Orders described in this application;
and as such have utility in this invention as identifiable types of stem cells.
The present invention takes into account each of these concepts and alternative definitions of stem cells, which can alter their function in a plastic and dynamic manner. The Blau et al. proposal and concept appears to have substantial merit and 25 empirical evidence in support of its views. Similarly, the Reyes et al. and Wernet et al. reseach data provides emprical support for their respective ideas. For these reasons, the present invention does not rely exclusively upon the classical paradigm and system model; and allows for the presently evovling concepts and views that stem cells and their offspring generational descendant cells may be identified, isolated and 3o employed within the instant therapeutic treatment methods on the basis of biological function, rather than upon an irrevesible progression along a well defined pathway concluding in a terminally differentiated cell.
Nevertheless, for the sake of clarity of description, a focused presentation, as well as for an unambiguous terminology, the detailed disclosure which follows herein will describe the classical paradigm and system most commonly understood, accepted and employed today.
IV. The Individual Categories (Orders) Of Identiable Stem Cells 1o The true source or origins of the chosen category (or Order) of stem cells does not meaningfully matter so long as the cells employed are biocompatible with the intended host recipient. All that is required for practicing the present invention is that a plurality of identifiable stem cells (of mammalian origin), and/or their immediate progeny and/or offspring descendant cells, be available as viable cells for 15 implantation purposes.
It is both preferred and desirable that the chosen category of stem cells be a stable culture of cells maintained in-vitro; be a partially- or completely-purified culture of cells having a common cell ancestor; and be in a active or mitotic stage of existence. It is also expected that the best biological compatibility between the 20 inoculum of cells and host recipient will exist when both are of identical or very similar species/subspecies origin. Thus, stem cells of human origin are preferred for use with human recipient subjects; murine sources of stem cells are desirable for use with rats and mice; and other sources of stem cells from the various mammalian species (e.g., pigs, horses, cows, rabbits, dogs & cats) are preferred for use with each 25 of these mammalian types specifically.
Embryonic Stem Cells And Their Offspring: Their Progenitor Cells, Their Lineage-Committed Cells And Their Partially-Differentiated Cells.
Embryonic stem cells have the ability to divide for indefinite periods in culture 30 and to give rise to specialized cells. They are often described in the context of a normal human development - which begins when a sperm fertilizes an egg and creates a single cell that has the potential to form an entire organism. The fertilized egg is totipotent, meaning that its potential is total. In the first hours after fertilization, this cell divides into identical totipotent cells. Thus any one of these cells, if placed into a uterus, has the potential to develop into a fetus.
Approximately four days after fertilization, and after several cycles of cell division, these totipotent cells begin to specialize and form a hollow sphere of cells, a blastocyst. The blastocyst has an outer layer of cells; and inside the hollow sphere, there is another cluster of cells termed the inner cell mass.
The outer layer of cells will subsequently form the placenta and the other external supporting tissues needed for fetal development in the uterus. The inner cell 1o mass cells will go on to form virtually all of the tissues of the human body. Although the inner cell mass can form virtually every type of cell found in the human body, they cannot form a whole organism - primarily because they are unable to give rise to the placenta and supporting tissues necessary for development in the uterus.
These inner cell mass cells are termed "pluripotent" -- they can give rise to 15 many types of cells, but not all types of cells necessary for fetal development. Thus, because their potential is not total, they are not "totipotent" as such, and they are not capable of becoming living embryos. In fact, if an inner cell mass cell were placed into a woman's uterus, it could not and would not develop into a fetus.
The pluripotent stem cells undergo further development into progeny cells 20 which multiple in great numbers and, in turn, later become lineage-committed and subsequently give rise to cells that are differentiated and have a particular function.
Examples of this cell development lineage scheme include stem cells which give rise to red blood cells, to white blood cells and to platelets; and those stem cells that over time give rise to the various types of skin cells. These more limited progeny cells are 25 thus often called "multipotent" progenitor cells.
Embryonic stem cells have been identified and isolated from a broad range of mammalian genera and species. The recognized cell deposits and natural sources today include mouse, rats, and other rodents; dogs, cats and rabbits; monkeys of various kinds; as well as humans.
3o The first documentation of the isolation of embryonic stem cells from human blastocysts was in 1994 [Bongso et al., Hum. Reprod. 9: 2110-2117 (1994)].
Since then, techniques for deriving and culturing human ES cells have been refined [Reubinoff et al., Nat. Biotechnol. 15: 399-404 (2000); Thomson et al., Science _282:
1145-1147 (1998)]. The ability to isolate human ES cells from blastocysts and grow them in culture seems to depend in large part on the integrity and condition of the blastocysts from which the cells are derived. In general, blastocysts with a large and distinct inner cell mass tend to yield ES cultures most efficiently [Bongso A., Handbook on Blastocyte Culture, Sydney Press Review, Singapore, 1999].
Day-5 blastocysts are often used to derive ES cell cultures in vitro. A normal day-5 human embryo in vitro consists of 200 to 250 cells. Most of the cells comprise the trophectoderm, the outer layer of cells surrounding the blastocyst. For deriving 1o ES cell cultures, the trophectoderm is removed, either by microsurgery or immunosurgery (in which antibodies against the trophectoderm help break it down, thus freeing the inner cell mass). At this stage, the inner cell mass is composed of only 30 to 34 cells [Bongso et al., Asst. Reprod. Rev. (1999)].
The in vitro conditions for growing a human embryo to the blastocyst stage can vary. See, for example, Bongso et al., Cell Biol. Int. 18: 1181-1189 (1994);
Bongso et al., Assit. Reprod. Rev. 5: 106-114 (1995); Fong et al., Hum.
Reprod. 13:
2926-2932 (I998); DeVos et al., Cells Tissues Organs. 166: 220-227 (2000);
Jones et al., Fetil. Steril. 70: 1022-1029 (1998); Sathananthan, A.H., Hum. Cell. 10:
(1997); Trounson et al., Handbook of In-Vitro Fertilization, CRC Press, 2000;
2o Trounson et al., Reproduction 121: 51-57 (2001). However, once the inner cell mass is obtained from either mouse or human blastocysts, the techniques for growing ES
cells are similar.
Embryonic stem cells as a category have also been compared and distinguished from both 'embryonic germ cells' and 'embryonal carcinoma cells' in meaningful terms. A comparison of the cell markers which are typically used to identify and separate them is given by Table 1 below.
Table 1:
Com arison of Mouse, Monke , and Human Pluri otent Stem Cells*
Marker NameMouse EC/ Monkey Human ES Human Human ES cells ES/EG cellscells EG cellsEC cells SSEA-1 + - - + -SSEA-2 - + + + +
SEA-4 - + + + +
TRA-1-60 - + + + +
TRA-1-$1 - +
+ + +
Alkaline + + + +
+
hos hatase Oct-4 + + + Unlrnown+
Telomerase + ES,EC Unlrnown + Unlrnown+
activit Feeder-cellES, EG Yes Yes Yes Some; relatively some dependent EC low clonal efficienc Factors LIF and Co-cultureFeeder LIF, Unlrnown;
which aid other with cells bFGF, low +
in stem factors feeder serum; forskolinproliferative cell self that act cells; feeder renewal through other promotinglayer + capacity gp 130 serum-receptor factors free medium and can have not +
substitutebeen identifiedbFGF
for feeder la er Growth Form tight,Form flat,Form flat,Form Form flat, loose loose loose characteristicsrounded, aggregates;aggregates;rounded,aggregates;
in mufti- can can can vitro layer clumps;form EBs form EBs mufti-layerform EBs can form clumps;
EBs can form EBs Teratoma + + + +
formation in vivo Chimera + Unlrnown + _ +
formation KEY
ES cell - Embryonic stem cell TRA - Tumor rejection antigen-1 EG cell = Embryonic germ cell LIF - Leukemia inhibitory factor EC cell - Embryonal carcinoma cell bFGF
- Basic flbroblast growth factor SSEA - Sta e-s eciflc emb onic anti en EB - Emb oid bodies re~ruuucea rrom r ne Human JJmnyronic Stem Cell And The Human Embryonic Germ Cell", Chapter 3, in STEM CELLS, National Institutes of Health, 2000.
Lineage-Committment And Partial-Differentiation of Cells Derived From Embrxonic Stem Cells The offspring of ES cells begin to undergo lineage-committment and differentiate if they are removed from feeder layers and grown in suspension cultures on a non-adherent surface. The human ES cells characteristically form embryoid bodies which, in the early stages, may be simple or cystic and filled with fluid.
Although human embryoid bodies vary in their cellular content, many include cells that look like neurons and heart muscle cells [Itskovitz-Eldor et al., Mol.
Med. 6: 88-95 (2000); Reubinoff et al., Nat. Biotechnol. 18: 399-404 (2000); Roach et al., Eur.
to Urol. 23: 82-87 (1993)].
After the human embryoid bodies form, they can be dissociated and replated in monolayer cultures which are then exposed to specific growth factors that influence further cell differentiation. Some growth factors induce cell types that would normally be derived from ectoderm in the embryo; these include retinoic acid, epidermal growth factor (EGF), and and bone growth factor (BGF). Other growth factors, such as activin-A and transforming growth factor-beta 1 (TGF-~i-1), trigger the differentiation of mesodermally-derived cells. Two other factors, hepatocyte growth factor (HGF) and nerve growth factor (NGF), promote differentiation into all three germ layers, including the endoderm.
When these eight growth factors were added individually to cell cultures derived from embryoid bodies, the cells differentiated into 11 cell types that represented all three germ layers. The identity of the differentiated human embryoid body derived cells was determined by their morphology, growth characteristics and expression of messenger RNA (mRNA) for specific markers [Shamblott et al., Proc.
Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 95: 13726-13731 (1998)].
It also has been noted that human embryoid body-derived cells can and will differentiate spontaneously into many kinds of cells without the addition of growth factors. However, the addition of merely one of (a number of different growth factors) resulted in cultures that were more likely to be populated by only one or two types of differentiated cells, as measured by mRNA transcripts expressed by the cells.
Thus, human embryoid body-derived cultures treated with bFGF differentiated largely into epidermal epithelial cells that express keratin, a protein in skin.
Similarly, cells in activin-A-treated culture media formed muscle cell-like, syncytium-fused, multinucleated populations of cells that express the enzyme muscle-specific enolase.
Also, cultures treated with retinoic acid differentiated into cells that resemble neurons and express neurofilament H. However, the same growth factor typically induced the expression of multiple markers; and none of the resulting cell populations was homogeneous [Shamblott et al., Proc. Natl. Aced. Sci. USA 95: 13726-13731 (1998)].
Spontaneous differentiation of human ES cells into hematopoietic cells, which form all the lineages of blood cells, is rare in vitro. However, by co-culturing human ES cells with mouse bone marrow stromal cells (irradiated to prevent their l0 replication) in growth medium that contains fetal bovine serum, but no added growth factors, the cells differentiate to form what appear to be hematopoietic precursor cells.
The partly differentiated cells express CD34, a marker for blood cell precursors. If these partly differentiated human ES cells are replated under conditions that allow them to form colonies of hematopoietic cells, they differentiate into erythroid cells, 15 macrophages, granulocytes, and°megakaryocytes [Odorico et al., Stem Cells 19: 193-204 (2001)].
An abundance of additional knowledge and guidance information regarding embryonic stem cells, their progeny progenitor cells, and their lineage-committed descendant cells is provided by the published scientific and patent literature. Merely 2o exemplifying some of these are: "Stem Cells: A Primer", National Institutes of Health, May, 2000; "The Human Embryonic Germ Cell", Chapter 3 in Stem Cells, National Institutes of Health, 2000; NIH Human Embryonic Stem Cell Registry, National Institutes of Health, 2001. Also, the patent literature offers much information, insight and guidance concerning embryonic stem cells. Exemplifying these are U.S.
Patent 25 Nos. 5,843,780; 6,200,806; 5,639,618; 6,146,888; and 6,280,718 -- the texts of which are each expressly incorporated by reference herein.
Adult Stem Cell Category 1: Hematopoietic Stem Cells And Their Offspring;
Their Progenitor Cells, Their Lineage-Committed Cells And Their Partially-3o Differntiated Cells.
A hematopoietic adult stem cell may be defined as a pluripotent cell which:
(1) gives rise to progeny in all defined hematolymphoid lineages; and (2) provides additional numbers of cells which are capable of fully reconstituting a seriously immunocompromised host in all blood cell types by cell renewal.
Certainly, differentiated mammalian blood cells must provide for an extraordinarily diverse range of activities. The blood cells are divided into several lineages, including lymphoid, myeloid and erythroid. The lymphoid lineage;
comprising B cells and T cells, provides for the production of antibodies, regulation of the cellular immune system, detection of foreign agents in the blood, detection of cells foreign to the host, and the like. The myeloid lineage, which includes monocytes, granulocytes, megakaryocytes, as well as other cells, monitors for the presence of foreign bodies in the blood stream, provides protection against neoplastic cells, scavenges foreign materials in the blood stream, produces platelets, and the like.
The erythroid lineage provides the red blood cells, which act as oxygen carriers.
Despite the diversity of the nature, morphology, characteristics and function of the blood cells, it is presently believed that there is a single type of hematopoietic stem cell which is capable of self regeneration and which, after exposure to growth and other environmental factors, becomes dedicated to a specific lineage pathway and pattern of cell differentiation.
The high turnover of mammalian blood cells requires a in-vivo supply of hematopoietic stem cells that are able to give rise to the various blood cell lineages.
2o The immediate progeny of the hematopoietic stem cell are called progenitor cells; and these progenitor cells are capable of giving rise to various cell types within one or more specific lineage pathways - i.e., the erythroid, myeloid and lymphoid lineages.
Overall, the hematopoietic stem cell and its progenitor cell populations constitute only a small percentage of the total number of cells in the bone marrow, fetal liver, etc.
However, these populations are of immense value because of their ability to reproduce the entire hematopoietic system in a living mammal.
A number of methods have been described in the published literature for the purification or enrichment of hematopoietic stem cell and progenitor cell populations.
There is significant interest in these methods because hematopoietic progenitors have 3o a number of clinical uses. Progenitor cell transplantation is currently used in conjunction with chemotherapy and radiation for the treatment of leukemia, breast cancer and other tumors. There is also interest in the use of hematopoietic progenitor cells as a vehicle for gene therapy. Although not yet proven in the clinic, the longevity of hematopoietic stem cells and the dissemination of their progeny in the vasculature are desirable characteristics. A number of vectors, including several retrovirus and adenovirus based constructs, that can transfect hematopoietic stem cells have been described.
Proteins and other cell surface markers found on hematopoietic stem cell and progenitor cell populations are of great interest, as they are useful in preparing reagents for identification, separation and isolation of these populations and in the further characterization of these important cells. Some markers are now known that 1o can be used in the identification and separation (positive and negative) of stem cells, such as the CD 34 antigen, which is found on stem cells but not on mature blood cells.
The published scientific and patent literature provides an abundant quantum of useful knowledge and guidance information. For example, U.S. Patent Nos.
5,643,741; 5,716,827, 5,843,633, and 5,061,620 describe substantially homogenous 15 human hematopoietic stem cells and the manner of obtaining such cells.
Stromal cell-associated hematopoiesis is described by Paul et al. (1991) Blood 77:1723-1733. The phenotype of stem cells with rhodamine staining is discussed in Spangrude and Johnson (1990) P.N.A.S. 87: 7433-7437. Cell surface antigen expression in hematopoietic is discussed in Strauss et al. (1983) Blood 61: 1222-1231 and Sieff et 2o al. (1982) Blood 60: 703-713. Descriptions of pluripotential hematopoietic cells are found in McNiece et al. (1989) Blood 74: 609-612 and Moore et al. (1979) Blood Cells 5: 297-311. Characterization of a human hematopoietic progenitor cell capable of forming blast cell-containing colonies in vitro is found in Gordon et al.
(1987) J.
Cell. Physiol. 130: 150-156 and Brandt et al. (1988) J. Clin. Invest. 82: 1017-1027.
25 The use of progenitor cells in transplantation is discussed in To et al., in Progenitor Threshold in Transplantation (ISBN 1-880854 17-1), pp. 15-20. All of these publications are expressly incorporated by reference herein.
In addition, the U.S. patent literature provides the following: methods for culturing human hematopoietic stem cells in vitro [Nos. 5,436,151; 5,460,964;
and 30 5,605,822]; methods for regulating the specific lineages of cells produced in a human hematopoietic cell culture [No. 5,635,386]; methods for purifying a population of cells enriched for hematopoietic stem cells [No. 5,665,557]; a method and compositions for the ex-vivo replication of human hematopoietic stem cells [No.
5,670,351]; method for producing a highly enriched population of hematopoietic stem cells [Nos. 5,814,440 and 5,681,559]; peripheralization of hematopoietic stem cells [Nos. 5,843,438, 5,695,755 and 5,824,304]; and the expansion of human hematopoietic progenitor cells in a liquid medium [No. 5,744,361]. The texts of these issued patents are each expressly incorporated by reference herein.
The hematopoietic stem cell A useful description of and means for identifying human hematopoietic stem l0 cells and its progenitor cells is provided by U.S. Patent No. 5,643,741, of which a pertinent part is restated below.
The hematopoietic stem cells are characterized both by the presence of markers associated with specific epitopic sites identified by antibodies and the absence of certain markers as identified by the lack of binding of certain antibodies.
15 It is not necessary that selection is achieved with a marker specific for stem cells. By using a combination of negative selection (removal of cells) and positive selection (isolation of cells), a substantially homogeneous hematopoietic stem cell composition can be achieved.
The hematopoietic stem cells are characterized by being for the most part 2o CD34+, CD3-, CD7-, CD8-, CD 10-, CD 14-, CD 15-, CD 19-, CD20-, CD33-, and Thy-1+. A highly stem cell concentrated cell composition is CD34+, CD10-, CD19-and CD33-, more particularly in addition CD3- and CD8-, preferably in addition Thy-1+. The CD3-, CD8-, CD10-, CD19-, CD20-, and CD33-, will be referred to as Lin-. The CD10/19120 markers are associated with B-cells, CD3/4/8 markers are 25 associated with T -cells, CD14/15/33 cell markers are associated with myeloid cells.
The Thy-1 marker is absent on human T -cells. Also, for human CD34+, rhodamine 123 can divide the cells into high and low subsets. [See Spangrude, (1990) Proc.
Natl. Acad. Sci. 87: 7433 for a description of the use of rhodamine 123 with mouse stem cells.] Preferably the cells are rhodamine low.
Isolation of hematopoietic stem cells In order to obtain hematopoietic stem cells, it is necessary to isolate the rare pluripotent stem cell from the other cells in bone marrow or other hematopoietic source. Initially, bone marrow cells may be obtained from a source of bone marrow, e.g., iliac crests, tibiae, femora, spine, or other bone cavities. Other sources of human hematopoietic stem cells include embryonic yolk sac, fetal liver , fetal and adult spleen, blood, including adult peripheral blood and umbilical cord blood.
For isolation of bone marrow from fetal bone or other bone source, an appropriate solution may be used to flush the bone, which solution will be a balanced 1o salt solution, conveniently supplemented with fetal calf serum or other naturally occurring factors, in conjunction with an acceptable buffer at low concentration, generally from about 5-25 mM. Convenient buffers include Hepes, phosphate buffers, lactate buffers, etc. Otherwise bone marrow may be aspirated from the bone in accordance with conventional ways.
15 Morphologic evaluation of the 34+ Thy+Lin- cells indicates that the multipotent stem cells. are of medium size. Light scatter evaluation shows that stem cells have a blast cell profile with low side scatter. These observations indicate that the stem cells have a unique density profile. It has been found that the low density fractions from density fractionated human bone marrow are enriched for CD34+
20 Thy+Lin- cells.
Various techniques may be employed to separate the cells by initially removing cells of dedicated lineage. Monoclonal antibodies are particularly useful for identifying markers (surface membrane proteins) associated with particular cell Iineages and/or stages of differentiation. The antibodies may be attached to a solid 25 support to allow for crude separation. The separation techniques employed should maximize the retention of viability of the fraction to be collected. For "relatively crude" separations (that is, separations where up to 10%, usually not more than about 5% and preferably not more than about 1% of the total cells present having the marker may remain with the cell population to be retained) various techniques of different 3o efficacy may be employed. The particular technique employed will depend upon efficiency of separation; cytotoxicity of the methodology; ease and speed of performance; and necessity for sophisticated equipment and/or technical skill.
Procedures for stem cell separation may include magnetic separation, using antibody-coated magnetic beads, affinity chromatography, cytotoxic agents joined to a monoclonal antibody or used in conjunction with a monoclonal antibody, e.g., complement and cytotoxins, and "panning" with antibody attached to a solid matrix, e.g., plate, or other convenient technique. Techniques providing accurate separation include fluorescence activated cell sorters, which can have varying degrees of sophistication, e.g., a plurality of color channels, low angle and obtuse light scattering detecting channels, impedance channels, etc.
One procedure which may be used is in a first stage after incubating the cells l0 from the bone marrow for a short period of time at reduced temperatures, generally about 4°C., with saturating levels of antibodies specific for a particular cell type, e.g., CD3 and CD8 for T -cell determinants. The cells are then washed with a fetal calf serum (FCS) cushion. The cells may then be suspended in a buffer medium as described above and separated by means of the antibodies for the particular 15 determinants, using various proteins specific for the antibodies or antibody-antigen complex.
Conveniently, the antibodies may be conjugated with markers, such as magnetic beads, which allow for direct separation, biotin, which can be removed with avidin or streptavidin bound to a support, fluorochromes, which can be used with a 2o fluorescence activated cell sorter, or the like, to allow for ease of separation of the particular cell type. Thus, any technique may be employed which is not unduly detrimental to the viability of the remaining cells.
After substantial enrichment of the cells lacking the mature cell markers (generally by at least about 50% and preferably at least about 70%) the cells may now 25 be separated by a fluorescence activated cell sorter ("FACS") or other methodology having high specificity. Multi-color analyses may be employed with the FACS
which is particularly convenient.
The cells may be separated on the basis of the level of staining for the particular antigens. In a first separation, starting with at least about 1-3 x 101° cells, 3o the antibody for CD34 may be labeled with one fluorochrome, while the antibodies for the various dedicated lineages may be conjugated to a different fluorochrome.
Fluorochromes which may find use in a mufti-color analysis include phycobiliproteins, e.g., phycoerythrin and allophycocyanins, fluorescein, Texas red, etc. While each of the lineages may be separated in a separate step, desirably the lineages are separated at the same time as one is positively selecting for CD34 or equivalent marker. Generally, the number of cells obtained will be fewer than about 1 % of the original cells, generally fewer than about 0.5% and may be as low as 0.2%
or less.
The cells may then be further separated by positively selecting for Thy+, where the cells will generally be fewer than 0.5% of the original cells, generally in the range of 0.01-0.5%. The cells may be selected against dead cells, by employing dyes 1o associated with dead cells (propidium iodide, LDS). Desirably, the cells are collected in a medium comprising 2% fetal calf serum. Other techniques for positive selection may be employed, which permit accurate separation, such as affinity columns, and the like. The method should permit the removal to a residual amount of less than about 20%, preferably less than about 5%, of the non-stem cell populations.
15 The CD34+ Lin- and the CD34+ Lin- Thy-1+ have low side scatter and low forward scatter profiles by FACS analysis. CYTOSPIN preparations show the stem cell to have a size between mature lymphoid cells and mature granulocytes.
Cells may be selected based on light-scatter properties as well as their expression of various cell surface antigens.
Lineage-Committted Cells And Partially-Differentiated Cells Compositions having greater than 90% (usually greater than about 95%) of human hematopoietic stem cells may be isolated -- where the desired where the desired stem cells are identified by being CD34+, Lln- and Thy-1+. These cells are able to provide for cell regeneration and development of members of all of the various hematopoietic lineages.
The human hematopoietic stem cells provide for production of myeloid cells and lymphoid cells in appropriate cultures; cultures providing hydrocortisone for production of myeloid cells (associated with Dexter-type cultures); and B
lymphocytes in cultures lacking hydrocortisone, (associated with Whitlock-Witte type cultures). In each of the cultures, mouse or human stromal cells are provided, which may come from various strains. AC3 or AC6, stromal cells derived from mouse or human fetal bone marrow by selection are able to maintain human stem cells.
The medium employed for the culturing of the cells is conveniently a defined enriched medium, such as IIVVIDM (Iscove's Modified Dulbecco's Medium), a 50:50 mixture of MOM and RPMI, and will generally be composed of salts, amino acids, vitamins, 5×l0-5 M 2-ME, streptomycin/penicillin and 10°70 fetal calf serum, and may be changed from time to time, generally at least about once to twice per week.
Particularly, by transferring cells from one culture with hydrocortisone, to the other culture without hydrocortisone, and demonstrating the production of members of the different Iineages in the different cultures, the presence of the stem cell and its 1o maintenance is supported. In this manner, one may identify the production of both myeloid cells and B-cells.
To demonstrate differentiation to T-cells, one may isolate fetal thymus and culture the thymus for from 4-7 days at about 25°C., so as to substantially deplete the lymphoid population of the fetal thymus. The cells to be tested are then microinjected into the thymus tissue, where the HLA of the population which is injected is mismatched with the HLA of the thymus cells. The thymus tissue may then be transplanted into a scidlscid mouse as described in EPA 0 322 240, particularly transplanting in the kidney capsule.
For red blood cells, one may use conventional techniques to identify BFU-E
units, for example methylcellulose culture (Metcalf (1977) In: Recent Results in Cancer Research 61. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, pp 1-227) demonstrating that the cells are capable of developing the erythroid lineage.
In identifying myeloid and B-cell capability, conveniently, the population to be tested is introduced first into a hydrocortisone containing culture and allowed to grow for six weeks in such culture. The medium employed will comprise a 50:50 mixture of RPMI 1640 and MOM containing 10% FCS, 10°70 horse serum, streptomycin/penicillin, glutamine and 5×l0-7 M hydrocortisone.
During the six week period it would be anticipated that in the absence of progenitor cells, all of the mature cells would die. If at the end of six weeks, myeloid cells are still observed, one may conclude that there is a progenitor cell which is providing for the continuous differentiation to myeloid cells. At this time, one may then change the medium, so that the medium now lacks hydrocortisone, to encourage the growth of B-cells. By waiting 3-4 weeks and demonstrating the presence of B-cells by FRCS
analysis, one may conclude that the progenitor cells which previously were capable of producing myeloid cells are also capable of producing B-cells. Human hematopoietic cells grown in the presence of hydrocortisone can be maintained for at least four 5 months. Similarly, human hematopoietic cells grown in the absence of hydrocortisone contain B lymphocytes (CD19+ ), as well as myelomonocytic cells for at least four months. From these cultures, one may sort for CD34+ Lin-, CD34+
Thy+, Thy+Lin-, or CD34+ Thy+ Lin-, which should provide a composition substantially concentrated in the progenitor cell. The CD34+Lin-, CD34+ Thy+, 1o Thy+Lin-, or CD34+ Thy+Lin- cells obtained from these cultures can give rise to B-cells, T -cells and myelomonocytic cells.
Adult Stem Cell Category 2: Mesenchymal Stem Cells And Their Offspring;
Their Progenitor Cells, Their Lineage-Committed Cells And Their Partially 15 Differentiated Cells.
Mesenchymal stem cells (MSCs) are the formative pluripotent embryonic-like cells found in bone marrow, blood, dermis, and periosteum; and are capable of differentiating into specific types of mesenchymal or connective tissues including adipose, osseous, cartilaginous, elastic, muscular, and fibrous connective tissues. The 2o specific lineage-commitment and differentiation pathway which these cells enter depends upon various influences from mechanical influences and/or endogenous bioactive factors, such as growth factors, cytokines, and/or local microenvironmental conditions established by host tissues. Although these mesenchymal stem cells are normally present at very low frequencies in bone marrow, a number of processes for 25 isolating, purifying, and mitotically expanding the population of these cells in tissue culture are presently known conventionally and used commercially.
Mesenchymal stem cells are defined as cells which are not terminally differentiated; which can divide without limit; and divide to yield daughter cells that are either stem cells or are progenitor cells which in time will irreversibly differentiate 30 to yield a phenotypic cell. Those mesenchymal stem cells which give rise to many cell types are called pluripotent cells.
Chondro/osteoprogenitor cells, which are bipotent cells with the ability to differentiate into cartilage or bone, can be isolated from bone marrow (for example, as described in Owen, J. Cell Sci. Suppl. 10: 63-76 (1988) and in U.S. Pat. No.
5,226,914). These cells led Owen to postulate the existence of pluripotent mesenchymal stem cells, which were subsequently isolated from muscle (Pate, et al., Proc. 49th Ann. Sess. Forum Fundamental Sure Problems 587-589 (Oct. 10-15, 1993); heart (Dalton et al., J. Cell Biol. 119: 8202 (March 1993)); and granulation tissue (Lucas et al., J. Cell Biochem. 122: 8212 (March 1993)). Pluripotency is demoonstrated using a non-specific inducer, dexamethasone (DMSO), which elicits to differentiation of the stem cells into chondrocytes (cartilage), osteoblasts (bone), rnyotubes (muscle), adipocytes (fat), and connective tissue cells.
Unfortunately, although it is highly desirable to have stem cells which are easily obtained by a muscle biopsy, cultured to yield large numbers, and can be used as a source of connective tissue, or marrow, or chondrycytes, or osteoblasts, or 15 myocytes; there is no known specific inducer of the mesenchymal stem cells that yields only cartilage. In vitro studies in which differentiation is achieved yields a mixture of cell types. For example, studies described in U.S. Pat. Nos.
5,226,914 and 5,197,985 in which the cells were absorbed into porous ceramic blocks and implanted were shown to yield primarily bone. Other studies using bone morphogenic protein-2 20 (rhBMP-2) in-vivo always yielded an endochondral bone cascade: that is, cartilage is formed first, but this cartilage hypertrophies; is then invaded by vasculature and osteoblasts; and is eventually replaced by bone complete with marrow (Wozney, Progress in Growth Factor Research 1: 267-280 (1989)). Studies testing- _ rhBMP-2 on the mesenchymal stem cells in vitro produced mixtures of differentiated cells, 25 although cartilage predominated (Dalton et al., J. Cell Biol. 278: PZ202 (February 1994)). Incubation of mesenchymal cell cultures with insulin led to a mixed myogenic and adipogenic response, while incubation with insulin-like growth factors I or II led to a primarily myogenic response (Young et al., J. Cell Biochem.
136:
CD207 (April 1992)). Also U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,774,322 and 4,434,094 report the 3o isolation of a factor that induces an osteogenic response in vivo or cartilage formation in vitro when mixed with muscle cells.
Coverall, the U.S. patent literature provides a broad range of information and knowledge concerning mesenchymal stem cells, their immediate progeny cells, and their descendant, lineage-directed, differentiated cells. The isolated mesenchymal stem cells and their individual mammalian sources are described in full by U.S. Patent Nos. 5,827,735; 5,486,359; 5,591,625; and 6,214,639. Methods for isolating and purifying mesenchymal stem cells from a variety of naturally occurring sources are described by U.S. Patent Nos. 5,197,985; 5,226,914; 5,908,782; 5,965,436; and 6,261,549. Ligands and methods for controlling and directing the lineage commitment and differentiation of cells descending from mesenchymal stem cells are to described by U.S. Patent Nos. 5,811,094; 5,827,740; 5,942,225; 6,022,540, 6,149,906;
6,322,784; 5,719,058; 5,856,186; 5,908,784; 6,214,639; 6,248,587; and 6,338,942.
The range and variety of intended commercial applications and/or therapeutic uses for mesenchymal stem cells and their offspring cells is examplified by U.S. Patent Nos.
5,700,289; 5,716,616; 5,719,058; 5,811,094; 5,837,539; 6,010,696; 6,149,906;
15 6,174,333; 6,225,119; 6,239,157; 6,255,112; 6,281,012; and 6328960. The descriptive text for each of these issued U.S. Patents is expressly and individually incorporated by reference herein.
Examples of the Isolation and Purification of Human Mesenchymal Stem Cells 20 The human mesenchymal stem cells can be derived, for example, from bone marrow, blood, dermis, periosteum, or even adipose tissues. When obtained from bone marrow, this can be marrow from a number of different sources, including:
from plugs of femoral head cancellous bone pieces; from patients with degenerative joint disease during hip or knee replacement surgery; or from aspirated marrow obtained 25 from normal donors and oncology patients who have marrow harvested for future bone marrow transplantation.
The harvested marrow is then prepared for cell culture. The isolation process involves the use of a specially prepared medium that contains agents which allow for not only mesenchymal stem cell growth without differentiation, but also for the direct 3o adherence of only the mesenchymal stem cells to the plastic or glass surface of the culture vessel. By creating a medium which allows for the selective attachment of the desired mesenchymal stem cells which were present in the mesenchymal tissue samples in very minute amounts, it then became possible to separate the mesenchymal stem cells from the other cells (i.e., red and white blood cells, other differentiated mesenchymal cells, etc.) present in the mesenchymal tissue of origin.
As a result, a variety of processes have been developed for isolating and purifying human mesenchymal stem cells from tissue prior to differentiation;
and then for culture expanding the mesenchymal stem cells. The objective of such manipulation is to greatly increase the number of mesenchymal stem cells; and later to utilize these cells to redirect and/or reinforce the body's normal reparative capacity.
The mesenchymal stem cells are preferably expanded to great numbers and can be to applied to areas of connective tissue damage to enhance or stimulate in vivo growth for regeneration and/or repair, to improve implant adhesion to various prosthetic devices through subsequent activation and differentiation.
Also, various procedures are contemplated for transferring, immobilizing, and activating the culture-expanded, purified mesenchymal stem cells at the site for repair, 15 implanation, etc., including injecting the cells at the site of a skeletal defect, incubating the cells with a prosthesis and implanting the prosthesis, etc.
Thus, by isolating, purifying and greatly expanding the number of cells prior to differentiation and then actively controlling the differentiation process by virtue of their positioning at the site of tissue damage or by pretreating in vitro prior to their transplantation, the 2o culture-expanded, mesenchymal stem cells have been utilized for various therapeutic purposes (such as to alleviate cellular, skeletal dysplasias, cartilage defects, ligament and tendon injury and other musculoskeletal and connective tissue disorders).
Several media have been prepared which are particularly well suited to the desired selective attachment and are often referred to herein as "Complete Media"
25 when supplemented with serum as described below. One such medium is an augmented version of Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's Medium-Low Glucose (DMEM-LG), which is well known and readily commercially available. Other in-vitro culture media formulations are described by U.S. Patent Nos. 5,942,225; 5,908,782;
5,919,702; 5,795,781; 6,174,333; 6,030,836; and 5,486,359.
Lineage-Committed Cells And Partially-Differentiated Cells Much of the information presented here is a pertinent restatement of the information provided by U.S. Patent No. 5,942,225.
The capacity of undifferentiated progenitor progeny cells to enter discrete lineage pathways is referred to as the mesengenic process, and is diagrammatically represented in Flow Scheme A. In the mesengenic process, MSCs are recruited to enter specific mufti-step lineage pathways which eventually produce functionally differentiated tissues such as bone, cartilage, tendon, muscle, dermis, bone marrow stroma, and other mesenchymal connective tissues. For example, a detailed scheme l0 for the differentiation pathway of bone forming cells is presented in Flow Scheme B.
This lineage pathway map implies the existence of individual controlling elements which recruit the MSCs into the osteogenic lineage; promote pre-osteoblast replication; and direct step-wise differentiation aI1 the way to the terminal stage osteocyte. Substantial work has been published that supports the view that each step 15 of this complex pathway is controlled by different bioactive factors.
A similar lineage commitment diagram has been developed for chondrocyte differentiation, as shown by Flow Scheme C. Again, progression of each lineage pathway step is under the control of unique bioactive factors including, but not limited to, the family of bone morphogenetic proteins. Each modulator of the differentiation 20 process, whether in bone, cartilage, muscle, or any other mesenchymal tissue, may affect the rate of lineage progression and/or may specifically affect individual steps along the pathway. That is, whether a cell is nascently committed to a specific lineage, is in a biosymetrically active state, or progresses to an end stage phenotype will depend on the variety and timing of bioactive factors in the local environment.
Flow Scheme A [reproduced from U.S. Patent No. 5,942,225]
ab w VH
i-0 ~ t Z
oo ~
a a a a, p ~ ~ H
.. ~ _~_d , a z o F Q ~~ $ ~ '_'~ -...~ ~ ~ o ... '~ ~i ~ ~ v a »
c~
° ~ ~ °V m= a w O
.c ° ~ ~3 t3 ~ b c~
co ~ N ~ N is w b '$ ~ 1 fl Lit N
Z
.g _ ~o ' v o w ~ c ~ ~ ~'1~y J. ~ ~ a ~. t~'J
o ..~~~.. r o 0 1 1 ~ ''' o ~ ~ ~rt '' ~ ~" , aa. r °' ~ s v v ~~~o°~'~'.~~
o ~ a ~ ~ I ~ I°i a °°
a c a 0 0 .~. o d V d D
Flow Scheme B [reproduced from U.S. Patent No. 5,942,225]
lQ_~vo Pheno~~y~)s Peetnros Osuotuopsnicor No probes eurnrtdy awiabtaOataoptotfMitor Pn-0saoWast S81 lsntl,Alkallrm Phasphatasv!posldwPn-0stsablsst Noe~.s~enton, mitotic St<1-. S83-postttr~ T~ansitonr l Cstso6laa Non.satxatoew. mitotte rtansiton~tsoblastS N~~i~ T~~, o n ~ ~ Ostsoblat ~
~
i 1 mk ta s.aaonstaobu=tss~.. se.z-. se-s.oosit~",s.emon o o~t.o~aa Ss~xstorY. non.dividinp OstsocydestaoblaaSaZ. Sa-6.posiciw tSB.t.SB-3nsastiwlOasoe~rde O ost~oblsst as Osboc~ra s8.6po~ 'pstivs) Ostaaeyb Flow Scheme C [reproduced fromU.S. Patent No. 5,942,225]
STEM CELL
COMMITTED Chondroprogtnitor : Type I Collagen y Chondrogcnic PROGIrMTOR . Type VI Collagen, CSPG-M
Cbondroblast . Type iI Collagen, CDI(28Kd), CSPG-H (aggnxan) y Chondrocyte I : 148Kd, link protein y Chondroeyte II : 100 Kd, matriac vesicle production Hypertrophic Chondrocyte : Type X Collagen, 59Kd, 1,25-(OFI]=D,R
y Calcifying Chondrocyte : Type I Collagen, 63Kd, osteopontin, osteocalcin, osteonecxin It is thus clearly indicated that under certain conditions, culture expanded mesenchymal stem cells have the ability to differentiate into bone, or cartilage, or any of the other types shown by Fow Scheme A. The environmental factors which influence the mesenchymal stem cells to differentiate into bone or cartilage cells appears, in part, to be the direct accessibility of the mesenchymal stem cells to growth and nutrient factors supplied by the vasculature; or to cells that are closely associated with the vasculature.
As a result, the isolated and culture expanded mesenchymal stem cells can be utilized, under certain specific conditions and/or under the influence of certain factors, commit to a specific lineage pathway and to differentiate and produce the desired cell phenotype needed for connective tissue repair or regeneration and/or for the implantation of various prosthetic devices. For example, using porous ceramic cubes filled with culture-expanded human mesenchymal stem cells, bone formation inside the pores of the ceramics has been generated after subcutaneous incubations in immunocompatible hosts.
Factors which stimulate osteogenesis (i.e., are osteoinductive) from isolated human mesenchymal stem cells in accordance with the invention are provided by several classes of molecules, including: bone morphogenic proteins, such as and BMP-3; growth factors, such as basic fibroblast growth factor (bFGF);
glucocorticoids, such as dexamethasone; and prostaglandins, such as prostaglandin El. Furthermore, ascorbic acid and its analogs (such as ascorbic acid-2-phosphate) and glycerol phosphates (such as beta.-glycerophosphate) are effective adjunct factors for advanced differentiation, although alone they do not induce osteogenic differentiation.
Factors which have chondroinductive activity on human MSCs also are present in several classes of molecules, including: compounds within the transforming growth factor-beta (TGF-beta) superfamily such as (i) TGF-beta.l, (ii) Inhibin A, (iii) chondrogenic stimulatory activity factor (CSA) and (iv) bone morphogenic proteins, such as BMP-4; collagenous extracellular matrix molecules, including type I
collagen, particularly as a gel; and vitamin A analogs such as retinoic acid.
Factors which have stromagenic inductive activity on human MSCs are also present in several classes of molecules, especially the interleukins, such as IL-1 alpha and IL-2.
Factors which have myogenic inductive activity on human MSCs are also present in several classes of molecules, especially cytidine analogs, such as azacytidine and 5-aza-2'-deoxycytidine.
The effect of these modulating factors on human MSCs is disclosed here merely as illustrative examples. This disclosure is not an all-inclusive listing of potentially useful modulatory factors for inducing differentiation into a particular lineage, but merely illustrates the variety of compounds which have shown biologic activity for promoting the step-wise progression of mammalian mesenchymal stem cell differentiation along specific pathways.
Adult Stem Cell Category 3: Neural Stem Cells And Their Offspring; Their Progenitor Cells, Their Lineage-Committed Cells And Their Partially-Differentiated Cells.
Neural stem cells are uncommitted and undifferentiated cells that exist in many tissues of embryos and adult organisms. In embryos, blastocyst stem cells are the source of cells which differentiate to form the specialized tissues and organs of the developing fetus. In adults, specialized stem cells in individual tissues are the source of new cells, replacing cells lost through cell death due to natural attrition, disease, or injury. These stem cells may be used as substrates for producing healthy tissue where a disease, disorder, or abnormal physical state has destroyed or damaged normal tissue.
Neural Stem Cells Of Mammalian Origin Neural stem cells (NSCs) are primordial, uncommitted cells that exist in the developing and even adult nervous system and are responsible for giving rise to the array of more specialized cells of the mature CNS. They are operationally defined by their ability (a) to differentiate into cells of all neural lineages (neurons--ideally of multiple subtypes, oligodendroglia, astroglia) in multiple regional and developmental contexts (i.e., be multipotent); (b) to self-renew (i.e., also give rise to new NSCs with similar potential); (c) to populate developing and/or degenerating CNS
regions.
An unambiguous demonstration of monoclonal derivation is obligatory to the definition - that is, a single cell must possess these attributes. With the earliest recognition that rodent neural cells with stem cell properties coukld be propagated in culture and stably express foreign genes, gene therapists and restorative neurobiologists began to consider how such cells might be harnessed for therapeutic advantage as well as for a better understanding of cell developmental mechanisms.
Neural stem cells (NSCs) have been isolated from the mammalian embryonic, to human neonatal and adult rodent CNS; and propagated in vitro by a variety of effective and safe means -- both epigenetic (e.g., with mitogens such as epidermal growth factor or basic fibroblast growth factor); or genetic (e.g., with propagating genes such as vmyc or SV40 large T-antigen). Maintaining such NSCs in a proliferative state in culture media does not appear to subvert their ability to respond 15 to normal developmental cues in vivo following transplantation; or to interact with host cells; or to differentiate into specific phenotypes appropriately. These extremely plastic NSCs migrate and differentiate in a temporally and regionally appropriate manner particularly following implantation into germinal zones throughout the brain.
Once situated, they participate in normal development along the neuraxis, 2o intermingling non-disruptively with endogenous progenitors, responding similarly to local microenvironmental cues for their phenotypic determination and appropriately differentiating into diverse neuronal and glial cell types. In addition, NSCs can express foreign genes (both reporter genes and therapeutic genes) in vivo and are capable of specific neural cell replacement in the setting of absence or degeneration of 25 neurons and/or glia.
The growing interest in the potential of NSCs has been analogous to that in other Orders of adult stem cells. This interest derives from the realization that NSCs are not simply a substitute for fetal tissue in transplantation paradigms or simply another vehicle for gene delivery. Their basic biology, at least as revealed through the 3o examination of cells, appears to endow them with a potential that other vehicles for gene therapy and repair do not possess. For example, that they may integrate into neural structures after transplantation may allow for the regulated release of various gene products as well for literal cell replacement (While presently available gene transfer vectors usually depend on relaying new genetic information through established neural circuits, which may, in fact, have degenerated and require replacement, NSCs can participate in the reconstitution of these pathways.) The replacement of enzymes and of cells may not only be targeted to specific anatomically circumscribed regions of CNS, but also to larger areas of the CNS
by implantation into germinal zones. NSCs pass readily and unimpeded through the blood-brain barrier and deliver their foreign gene products immediately, directly; and in a disseminated fashion to the CNS. In addition, NSCs can be responsive to to neurodegeneration, shifting the specifics of their differentiation to compensate for deficient cell types. The biology underlying these properties is not only of practical value, but also may illuminate some fundamental cell developmental mechanisms.
It will be noted and appreciated that the published patent and scientific literature provides an abundant basis of knowledge and information concerning 15 human and other mammalian neural stem cells, their progeny progenitor cells, and their lineage-committed descendant cells. The identification and characterization of neural stem cells, obtained from a range of mammalian sources, are provided by U.S.
Patent Nos. 5,849,553; 5,928,947; 5,958,767; 5,968,829; and 6,103,530 respectively.
A variety of methods for the isolation, purification, and maintenance in-vitro of neural 2o stem cells and their offspring cells are described within U.S. Patent Nos.
5,851,832;
5,750,376; 5,753,506; 5,958,767; 5,411,883; 5,082,670; 6,103,530; and 6,171,610.
Particular techniques and processes for purposely inducing commitment to one cellular lineage and directing differentiation of descendant cells into becoming specific kinds of cells is provided by U.S. Patent Nos. 5,980,885; 5,981,165;
25 6,001,654; 6,033,906; 6,071,889; 6,238,922; and 6,340,668. Each of these issued U.S. patents is expressly incorporated by reference herein.
Lineage-Committed Cells And Partially-Differentiated Cells NSCs are multipotent and self-renewing cells which can be repeatedly 30 passaged in vitro and can become differentiated into numerous cell types of the body, including derivatives of the ectodermal and mesodermal tissues. NSCs are positive for nestin protein (an immunological marker of stem cells and progenitor cells) as well as for fibronectin protein; but are negative for vimentin or cytokeratin when assayed by immunohistochemistry. Moreover, NSCs can be grown as non-adherent clusters when cultured in-vitro; and one of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that such cells will grow as non-adherent clusters when cultured on a variety of substratum including but not limited to uncoated plastic or plastic coated with a neutral substrate such as gelatin or agar. NSCs are also negative for the neural crest stem cell marker p75. The differences in phenotype characteristics thus distinguish the NSCs from other types of adult stem cells, including hematopoietic stem cells, mesenchymal stem cells and neural crest stem cells.
to Under certain conditions, the lineage-committed descendants of NSCs are capable of differentiating as dopaminergic neurons, and thus are a useful source of dopaminergic neurons. The descendant offspring cells of NSCs have also been demonstrated to make some mesodermal derivative cell types, including smooth muscle cells, adipocytes and bone. NSCs are believed to be capable of producing other mesodermal and endodermal types of differentiated cells, including cardiac muscle cells, pancreatic islet cells (e.g., alpha, beta, phi, delta cells), hematopoietic cells, hepatocytes, and the like.
Similarly, the lineage-committed cells of a NSC can fully differentiate as a neuron, an astrocyte, an oligodendrocyte, a Schwann cell, or a non-neural cell. Some 2o differentiated forms of neurons include those neurons expressing one or more neurotransmitters such as dopamine, GABA, glycine, acetylcholine, glutamate, and serotonin. In comparison, some differentiated forms of non-neural cells exist as cardiac muscle cells, pancreatic cells (e.g., islet cells (alpha, beta, phi and delta cells)), exocine cells, endocrine cells, chondrocytes, osteocytes, skeletal muscle cells, smooth muscle cells, hepatocytes, hematopoietic cells, and adipocyes.
When completely differentiated, most of the descendant offspring cells lose their nestin positive immunoreactivity. In particular, antibodies specific for various neuronal or glial proteins may be employed to identify the phenotypic properties of completely differentiated cells. Neurons may be identified using antibodies to neuron specific enolase ("NSE"), neurofilament, tau, b-tubulin, or other known neuronal markers. Astrocytes may be identified using antibodies to glial fibrillary acidic protein ("GFAP"), or other known astrocytic markers. Oligodendrocytes may be identified using antibodies to galactocerebroside, 04, myelin basic protein ("MBP") or other known oligodendrocytic markers.
It is also possible to identify cell phenotypes by identifying compounds characteristically produced by those phenotypes. For example, it is possible to identify neurons by the production of neurotransmitters such as acetylcyholine, dopamine, epinephrine, norepinephrine, and the like.
Specific neuronal phenotypes can be identified according to the specific products produced by those neurons. For example, GABA-ergin neurons may be identified by their production of glutamic acid decarboxylase ("GAD") or GABA.
to Dopaminergic neurons may be identified by their production of dopa decarboxylase ("DDC"), dopamine or tyrosine hydroxylase ("TH"). Cholinergic neurons may be identified by their production of choline acetyltransferase ("ChAT").
Hippocampal neurons may be identified by staining with NeuN. It will be appreciated that any suitable known marker for identifying specific neuronal phenotypes may be used.
Genetically Modified Cells In addition, the human or other mammalian neural stem cells described herein can be genetically engineered or modified according to known methodologies.
Any gene of interest (i.e., a gene that encodes a biologically active molecule) can be 2o inserted into a cloning site of a suitable expression vector by using standard techniques. These techniques are well known to those skilled in the art. See for example, VVO 94/16718, the text of which is expressly incorporated by reference herein.
The expression vector containing the gene of interest may then be used to transfect the desired cell line. Standard transfection techniques such as calcium phosphate co-precipitation, DEAF-dextran transfection, electroporation, biolistics, or viral transfection may be utilized. Commercially available mammalian transfection kits may be purchased from e.g., Stratagene. Human adenoviral transfection may be accomplished as described in Berg et al., Exp. Cell Res. 192: (1991).
Similarly, lipofectomine-based transfection may be accomplished as described in Cattaneo, Mol.
Brain Res. 42: 161-66 (1996).
A wide variety of host/expression vector combinations may be used to express a gene encoding a biologically active molecule of interest. See U.S. Pat. No.
5,545,723, herein incorporated by reference, for suitable cell-based production expression vectors.
Increased expression of the biologically active molecule can be achieved by increasing or amplifying the transgene copy number using amplification methods well known in the art. Such amplification methods include, e.g., DHFR amplification (see, U.S. Pat. No. 4,470,461) or glutamine synthetase ("GS") amplification (see U.S. Pat.
No. 5,122,464 and European published application EP 338,841, all of which are incorporated herein by reference).
The neural stem cells described herein, and their differentiated progeny may also be immortalized or conditionally immortalized using known techniques, preferably conditional immortalization of stem cells and most preferably conditional immortalization of their differentiated progeny. Among the conditional immortalization techniques contemplated are Tet-conditional immortalization (see WO 96/31242, incorporated herein by reference), and Mx-1 conditional immortalization (see WO 96/02646, incorporated herein by reference).
Adult Stem Cell Category 4: Neural Crest Stem Cells And Their Offspring;
2o Their Progenitor Cells, Their Lineage-Committed Cells And Their Partially-Differentiated Cells.
Neural crest stem cells originate within and constitute part of the neural crest tissue in vertebrates. In turn, the neural crest of the vertebrate embryo serves as the main source of the cells forming the peripheral nervous system (PNS) and the autonomic nervous system (ANS). The neural crest itself is a transitory embryonic structure arising from the lateral ridges of the neural primordium autonomic nervous system; and develops into multiple lineages, including the sympathoadrenal lineage.
The sympathoadrenal lineage, being derived from the neural crest, gives rise primarily to chromaffin cells of the adrenal gland and sympathetic neurons.
These 3o two cell types can be distinguished at a number of levels. Chromaffin cells are small cells, without significant processes, and they secrete primarily the catecholamine epinephrine into the circulation. Sympathetic neurons are much larger cells, with dendritic and axonal processes that receive and send synaptic connections, respectively. These neurons secrete primarily norepinephrine, a catecholamine compound. While both cell types store their neurotransmitters and neuropeptides in vesicles, the chromaffin vesicles are about 150-350 nm in diameter, while neuronal 5 synaptic vesicles are only about 50 nm in diameter. A third, apparently minor, population of cells in this lineage, known as small intensely fluorescent (S1F) cells, is somewhat intermediate in character between neurons and chromaffin cells and has vesicles of 75-120 nm in diameter.
In addition to these chemical and morphological characteristics, chromaffin 1o cells and sympathetic neurons can be distinguished by numerous molecular markers, such as genes encoding specific cytoskeletal, vesicle and surface proteins;
and neurotransmitter-synthesizing enzymes such as phenyl-N-methyl transferase (which is chromaffin cell specific). These markers have proven useful both in the identification of intermediate stages of differentiation and in the identification and isolation of a 15 sympathoadrenal progenitor cell.
The step at which a multipotent neural crest cell becomes committed to the sympathoadrenal lineage is not well understood. Catecholamine-producing cells that resemble neurons or chromaffin cells have been observed in cultures of neural crest cells but these possible sympathoadrenal precursors have not as yet been isolated for 20 further study. Committed sympathoadrenal progenitors that are at least bipotential (giving rise to either chromaffin cells or sympathetic neurons) have, however, been isolated from embryonic adrenal medullae as well as embryonic and neonatal rat sympathetic ganglia. Embryonic progenitors can be isolated by fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS), using several surface membrane antigens. In cell 25 culture, these progenitors can be induced to become neurons or chromaffin cells that express cell type-specific antigens or genes, as well as the appropriate morphology and ultra-structure.
For more detailed information, empirical evidence, and reviews of the sympathoadrenal lineage system, the reader is directed to the following list of relevant 3o and representative publications: Patterson et al., Cell 62: 1035-1038 (1990); Stemple, D.L. and D.J. Anderson, Cell 71: 973-985 (1992); Anderson, D.J., Ann. Rev.
Neurosci. 16: 129-158 (1993); Le Douarin, N.M., Science 231: 1515-1522 (1986);
Kim et al., J. Neurosci. Res. 22: 50-59 (1989); Lo et al., Dev. Biol. 145: 139-(I991); Jessen et al., Neuron 12: 509-527 (1994); Anderson, D.L., Curr. Olin.
Neurobiol. 3: 8-13 (1993); and the references cited within each of these publications.
The avian embryo has also provided considerable information via in-vivo and in-vitro experimental studies of the lineage patterning of neural crest stem cell descendants. For more detailed information, empirical data, and reviews of the avian lineage analyses for neural crest cells, the reader is directed to the following representative publications: Le Douarin et al., Dev. Biol. 159: 24-49 (1993);
N.M. Le Douarin, Nature 286: 663-669 (1980); N.M. Le Douarin, The Neural Crest, to Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, U.K., 1982; Sieber-Blum et al., Dev.
Biol.
80: 96-106 (1980); Baroffio et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85: 5325-5329 (I988);
Bronner-Fraser et al., Neuron 3: 755-766 (1989); Cohen et al., Dev. Biol. 46:
(1975); Dupin et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 87: 1119-1123 (1990); Duff et al., Dev. Biol. 147: 451-459 (1991); Bronner-Frasier et al., Nature 355: 161-164 (1988).
The Mammalian Neural Crest Stem Cell The isolation and characterization of neural crest stem cells to date has been the consequence of the ongoing effort to seek out, isolate and portray a "stem cell" for neurons and glia which is derived from the mammalian neural crest. Most illustrative of this approach are the scientific publications and issued U.S. patents of D.J.
Anderson and his colleagues identified below. In the main, these publications have identified mammalian neural crest cells - chiefly rat arid mouse cells - using antibodies to cell surface antigens; and have used sub-cloning to examine the developmental potential of these cells and their progeny.
Three main findings emerge from their analyses. First, mammalian neural crest stem cells are pluripotent cells. Second, multipotent neural crest stem cells generate pluripotent progeny, indicating that these offspring are capable of self-renewal and therefore are also stem cells. Third, neural crest stem cells also generate some descendant offsrping cells that form only neurons or glia, showing that these 3o stem cells eventually produce lineage-committed neuroblasts and glioblasts.
The empirical data also shows that in-vivo neural crest stem cells exist in living mammals;
maintain their pluriipotency as they continue to proliferate; and that lineage-committed pathway choices occur within developing ganglia via the generation of committed blast cells.
Among the relevant scientific publications which document and support these findings are: D.J. Anderson, Neuron 3: 1-12 (1989); D.J. Anderson, Annu. Rev.
Neurosci. I6: I29-158 (1993); Stemple, D.L. and D.J. Anderson, CeII 71: 973-(1992); Anderson et al., J. Neurosci. 11: 3507-3519 (1991); Anderson, D.L. and R.
Axel, Cell 42: 649-662 (I985); Anderson, D.L. and R. Axel, Cell 47: 1079-1090 (1986); Shah et al., Cell 85: 331-343 (1996); Lo et al., Dev. Biol. 145: 139-(1991).
The reader is also directed to several issued U.S. Patents for further information and guidance. These are U.S. Patent Nos. 6,001,654; 5,928,947;
5,849,553; 5,693,482; 5,824,489; 5,654,183; and 5,589,376. The texts of all these issued U.S. Patents, individually and collectively, are expressly incorporated by reference herein.
The human neural crest stem cell, its isolation, maintenance in-vitro, and phenotopic characterization has been described in full by Seung U. Kim and his colleagues; and a stable clone of human neural crest stem cells has been prepared and characterized in depth. See for example: "Production Of Immortalized Human neural Crest Stem Cells" in Neural Stem Cells: Methods and Protocols, Humana Press, 2o Totowa, N.J., 2002; and PCT Publication No. WO- .
To characterize the phenotopic range of human neural crest stem markers, a listing of the representative identifying antigens is provided by Table 2 below.
Table 2:
Human Neural Crest Stem Cell Characteristics Presence Meaning/Value (+) Marker or of Marker Substance T a Absence Indicator Detected (-) human mitochondria~l~(+) human cell origincell organelle pan-myc oncoprotein~2~(+) contains vmvc cellular oncoprotein nestin~3~ (+) NCSC cytoskeletal protein p75NGFRt~ (+) NCSC surface receptor antigen vimentin~sj (+) NCSC cytoskeletal protein A2B5~6~ (+) NCSC surface antigen Musashit~~ (+) neural progenitortranscription cells factor FORSE-1~8~ (+) neural progenitorsurface antigen cells PSA-NCAM~~~ (+) neural progenitorsurface antigen cells NG2 proteoglycan~l~(+) progenitor cells/surface antigen glial precursor cells NF-L~In (+) early stage neuronspecific neuron marker NF-M~II~ (+) middle stage specific neuron neuron marker NF-H~In (+) differentiated specific neuron neuron marker (3 tubulin~II~ (-) differentiated specific neuron neuron marker isotype III
peripherin~in (-) mature peripheralPNS specific neuron nervous system marker neuron trkA~in (-) neuron neurotrophin (NGF) receptor protein Ol~In (-) oligodendrocyte specific oligodendrocyte marker 04~In (-) oligodendrocyte specific oligodendrocyte marker GFAP~In (-) astrocyte cell specific astrocyte marker Table 2 (continued) Presence (+) MeaningJValue Marker or of Marker Substance T a Absence (-) Indicator Detected MBP~ (-) oligodendrocyte specific oligodendrite marker B7-2~n (-) microglia specific marker PO~In (-) Schwann cell specific Schwann cell marker trkBltrkC~in (-) special classes of neurotrophin receptor neurons protein S1OO~III) (_) ~ glial cell ~ mature Schwann cell marker chromogranintIV~(-) adrenal chromaffin cell chromaffin cell specific marker desminw~ (-) skeletal muscle cytoskeletal protein cell myosinw~ (-) skeletal muscle cytoskeletal protein cell Table 2 References:
1. Flax et al., Nature Biotech 16: 1033-1039 (1998).
2. Spotts, R. and B. Hann, Mol. Cell Biol. 10: 3952-3956 (1990).
3. Lendahl et al., Cell 60: 585-595 (1990); Stemple, D.L.
and D.J. Anderson, Cell 71: 973-985 (1992); Friedman et al., J. Comp. Neurol. 295: 43-51 (1990); Hockfield et al., J. Neurosci. 5:
3310-3328 (1985); Reyno1ds et al., Science 255: 1707-1710 (1992).
4. Chao, M.V., Neuron 9: 583-593 (1992); Morrison et al., Cell 96: 737-749 (1999).
5. Houle, J. and S. Fedoroff, Dev. Brain Res. 9: 189-195 (1983).
6. Eisenbarth et al., Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. LTSA 46: 4913-4917 (1979).
Stromal cell-associated hematopoiesis is described by Paul et al. (1991) Blood 77:1723-1733. The phenotype of stem cells with rhodamine staining is discussed in Spangrude and Johnson (1990) P.N.A.S. 87: 7433-7437. Cell surface antigen expression in hematopoietic is discussed in Strauss et al. (1983) Blood 61: 1222-1231 and Sieff et 2o al. (1982) Blood 60: 703-713. Descriptions of pluripotential hematopoietic cells are found in McNiece et al. (1989) Blood 74: 609-612 and Moore et al. (1979) Blood Cells 5: 297-311. Characterization of a human hematopoietic progenitor cell capable of forming blast cell-containing colonies in vitro is found in Gordon et al.
(1987) J.
Cell. Physiol. 130: 150-156 and Brandt et al. (1988) J. Clin. Invest. 82: 1017-1027.
25 The use of progenitor cells in transplantation is discussed in To et al., in Progenitor Threshold in Transplantation (ISBN 1-880854 17-1), pp. 15-20. All of these publications are expressly incorporated by reference herein.
In addition, the U.S. patent literature provides the following: methods for culturing human hematopoietic stem cells in vitro [Nos. 5,436,151; 5,460,964;
and 30 5,605,822]; methods for regulating the specific lineages of cells produced in a human hematopoietic cell culture [No. 5,635,386]; methods for purifying a population of cells enriched for hematopoietic stem cells [No. 5,665,557]; a method and compositions for the ex-vivo replication of human hematopoietic stem cells [No.
5,670,351]; method for producing a highly enriched population of hematopoietic stem cells [Nos. 5,814,440 and 5,681,559]; peripheralization of hematopoietic stem cells [Nos. 5,843,438, 5,695,755 and 5,824,304]; and the expansion of human hematopoietic progenitor cells in a liquid medium [No. 5,744,361]. The texts of these issued patents are each expressly incorporated by reference herein.
The hematopoietic stem cell A useful description of and means for identifying human hematopoietic stem l0 cells and its progenitor cells is provided by U.S. Patent No. 5,643,741, of which a pertinent part is restated below.
The hematopoietic stem cells are characterized both by the presence of markers associated with specific epitopic sites identified by antibodies and the absence of certain markers as identified by the lack of binding of certain antibodies.
15 It is not necessary that selection is achieved with a marker specific for stem cells. By using a combination of negative selection (removal of cells) and positive selection (isolation of cells), a substantially homogeneous hematopoietic stem cell composition can be achieved.
The hematopoietic stem cells are characterized by being for the most part 2o CD34+, CD3-, CD7-, CD8-, CD 10-, CD 14-, CD 15-, CD 19-, CD20-, CD33-, and Thy-1+. A highly stem cell concentrated cell composition is CD34+, CD10-, CD19-and CD33-, more particularly in addition CD3- and CD8-, preferably in addition Thy-1+. The CD3-, CD8-, CD10-, CD19-, CD20-, and CD33-, will be referred to as Lin-. The CD10/19120 markers are associated with B-cells, CD3/4/8 markers are 25 associated with T -cells, CD14/15/33 cell markers are associated with myeloid cells.
The Thy-1 marker is absent on human T -cells. Also, for human CD34+, rhodamine 123 can divide the cells into high and low subsets. [See Spangrude, (1990) Proc.
Natl. Acad. Sci. 87: 7433 for a description of the use of rhodamine 123 with mouse stem cells.] Preferably the cells are rhodamine low.
Isolation of hematopoietic stem cells In order to obtain hematopoietic stem cells, it is necessary to isolate the rare pluripotent stem cell from the other cells in bone marrow or other hematopoietic source. Initially, bone marrow cells may be obtained from a source of bone marrow, e.g., iliac crests, tibiae, femora, spine, or other bone cavities. Other sources of human hematopoietic stem cells include embryonic yolk sac, fetal liver , fetal and adult spleen, blood, including adult peripheral blood and umbilical cord blood.
For isolation of bone marrow from fetal bone or other bone source, an appropriate solution may be used to flush the bone, which solution will be a balanced 1o salt solution, conveniently supplemented with fetal calf serum or other naturally occurring factors, in conjunction with an acceptable buffer at low concentration, generally from about 5-25 mM. Convenient buffers include Hepes, phosphate buffers, lactate buffers, etc. Otherwise bone marrow may be aspirated from the bone in accordance with conventional ways.
15 Morphologic evaluation of the 34+ Thy+Lin- cells indicates that the multipotent stem cells. are of medium size. Light scatter evaluation shows that stem cells have a blast cell profile with low side scatter. These observations indicate that the stem cells have a unique density profile. It has been found that the low density fractions from density fractionated human bone marrow are enriched for CD34+
20 Thy+Lin- cells.
Various techniques may be employed to separate the cells by initially removing cells of dedicated lineage. Monoclonal antibodies are particularly useful for identifying markers (surface membrane proteins) associated with particular cell Iineages and/or stages of differentiation. The antibodies may be attached to a solid 25 support to allow for crude separation. The separation techniques employed should maximize the retention of viability of the fraction to be collected. For "relatively crude" separations (that is, separations where up to 10%, usually not more than about 5% and preferably not more than about 1% of the total cells present having the marker may remain with the cell population to be retained) various techniques of different 3o efficacy may be employed. The particular technique employed will depend upon efficiency of separation; cytotoxicity of the methodology; ease and speed of performance; and necessity for sophisticated equipment and/or technical skill.
Procedures for stem cell separation may include magnetic separation, using antibody-coated magnetic beads, affinity chromatography, cytotoxic agents joined to a monoclonal antibody or used in conjunction with a monoclonal antibody, e.g., complement and cytotoxins, and "panning" with antibody attached to a solid matrix, e.g., plate, or other convenient technique. Techniques providing accurate separation include fluorescence activated cell sorters, which can have varying degrees of sophistication, e.g., a plurality of color channels, low angle and obtuse light scattering detecting channels, impedance channels, etc.
One procedure which may be used is in a first stage after incubating the cells l0 from the bone marrow for a short period of time at reduced temperatures, generally about 4°C., with saturating levels of antibodies specific for a particular cell type, e.g., CD3 and CD8 for T -cell determinants. The cells are then washed with a fetal calf serum (FCS) cushion. The cells may then be suspended in a buffer medium as described above and separated by means of the antibodies for the particular 15 determinants, using various proteins specific for the antibodies or antibody-antigen complex.
Conveniently, the antibodies may be conjugated with markers, such as magnetic beads, which allow for direct separation, biotin, which can be removed with avidin or streptavidin bound to a support, fluorochromes, which can be used with a 2o fluorescence activated cell sorter, or the like, to allow for ease of separation of the particular cell type. Thus, any technique may be employed which is not unduly detrimental to the viability of the remaining cells.
After substantial enrichment of the cells lacking the mature cell markers (generally by at least about 50% and preferably at least about 70%) the cells may now 25 be separated by a fluorescence activated cell sorter ("FACS") or other methodology having high specificity. Multi-color analyses may be employed with the FACS
which is particularly convenient.
The cells may be separated on the basis of the level of staining for the particular antigens. In a first separation, starting with at least about 1-3 x 101° cells, 3o the antibody for CD34 may be labeled with one fluorochrome, while the antibodies for the various dedicated lineages may be conjugated to a different fluorochrome.
Fluorochromes which may find use in a mufti-color analysis include phycobiliproteins, e.g., phycoerythrin and allophycocyanins, fluorescein, Texas red, etc. While each of the lineages may be separated in a separate step, desirably the lineages are separated at the same time as one is positively selecting for CD34 or equivalent marker. Generally, the number of cells obtained will be fewer than about 1 % of the original cells, generally fewer than about 0.5% and may be as low as 0.2%
or less.
The cells may then be further separated by positively selecting for Thy+, where the cells will generally be fewer than 0.5% of the original cells, generally in the range of 0.01-0.5%. The cells may be selected against dead cells, by employing dyes 1o associated with dead cells (propidium iodide, LDS). Desirably, the cells are collected in a medium comprising 2% fetal calf serum. Other techniques for positive selection may be employed, which permit accurate separation, such as affinity columns, and the like. The method should permit the removal to a residual amount of less than about 20%, preferably less than about 5%, of the non-stem cell populations.
15 The CD34+ Lin- and the CD34+ Lin- Thy-1+ have low side scatter and low forward scatter profiles by FACS analysis. CYTOSPIN preparations show the stem cell to have a size between mature lymphoid cells and mature granulocytes.
Cells may be selected based on light-scatter properties as well as their expression of various cell surface antigens.
Lineage-Committted Cells And Partially-Differentiated Cells Compositions having greater than 90% (usually greater than about 95%) of human hematopoietic stem cells may be isolated -- where the desired where the desired stem cells are identified by being CD34+, Lln- and Thy-1+. These cells are able to provide for cell regeneration and development of members of all of the various hematopoietic lineages.
The human hematopoietic stem cells provide for production of myeloid cells and lymphoid cells in appropriate cultures; cultures providing hydrocortisone for production of myeloid cells (associated with Dexter-type cultures); and B
lymphocytes in cultures lacking hydrocortisone, (associated with Whitlock-Witte type cultures). In each of the cultures, mouse or human stromal cells are provided, which may come from various strains. AC3 or AC6, stromal cells derived from mouse or human fetal bone marrow by selection are able to maintain human stem cells.
The medium employed for the culturing of the cells is conveniently a defined enriched medium, such as IIVVIDM (Iscove's Modified Dulbecco's Medium), a 50:50 mixture of MOM and RPMI, and will generally be composed of salts, amino acids, vitamins, 5×l0-5 M 2-ME, streptomycin/penicillin and 10°70 fetal calf serum, and may be changed from time to time, generally at least about once to twice per week.
Particularly, by transferring cells from one culture with hydrocortisone, to the other culture without hydrocortisone, and demonstrating the production of members of the different Iineages in the different cultures, the presence of the stem cell and its 1o maintenance is supported. In this manner, one may identify the production of both myeloid cells and B-cells.
To demonstrate differentiation to T-cells, one may isolate fetal thymus and culture the thymus for from 4-7 days at about 25°C., so as to substantially deplete the lymphoid population of the fetal thymus. The cells to be tested are then microinjected into the thymus tissue, where the HLA of the population which is injected is mismatched with the HLA of the thymus cells. The thymus tissue may then be transplanted into a scidlscid mouse as described in EPA 0 322 240, particularly transplanting in the kidney capsule.
For red blood cells, one may use conventional techniques to identify BFU-E
units, for example methylcellulose culture (Metcalf (1977) In: Recent Results in Cancer Research 61. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, pp 1-227) demonstrating that the cells are capable of developing the erythroid lineage.
In identifying myeloid and B-cell capability, conveniently, the population to be tested is introduced first into a hydrocortisone containing culture and allowed to grow for six weeks in such culture. The medium employed will comprise a 50:50 mixture of RPMI 1640 and MOM containing 10% FCS, 10°70 horse serum, streptomycin/penicillin, glutamine and 5×l0-7 M hydrocortisone.
During the six week period it would be anticipated that in the absence of progenitor cells, all of the mature cells would die. If at the end of six weeks, myeloid cells are still observed, one may conclude that there is a progenitor cell which is providing for the continuous differentiation to myeloid cells. At this time, one may then change the medium, so that the medium now lacks hydrocortisone, to encourage the growth of B-cells. By waiting 3-4 weeks and demonstrating the presence of B-cells by FRCS
analysis, one may conclude that the progenitor cells which previously were capable of producing myeloid cells are also capable of producing B-cells. Human hematopoietic cells grown in the presence of hydrocortisone can be maintained for at least four 5 months. Similarly, human hematopoietic cells grown in the absence of hydrocortisone contain B lymphocytes (CD19+ ), as well as myelomonocytic cells for at least four months. From these cultures, one may sort for CD34+ Lin-, CD34+
Thy+, Thy+Lin-, or CD34+ Thy+ Lin-, which should provide a composition substantially concentrated in the progenitor cell. The CD34+Lin-, CD34+ Thy+, 1o Thy+Lin-, or CD34+ Thy+Lin- cells obtained from these cultures can give rise to B-cells, T -cells and myelomonocytic cells.
Adult Stem Cell Category 2: Mesenchymal Stem Cells And Their Offspring;
Their Progenitor Cells, Their Lineage-Committed Cells And Their Partially 15 Differentiated Cells.
Mesenchymal stem cells (MSCs) are the formative pluripotent embryonic-like cells found in bone marrow, blood, dermis, and periosteum; and are capable of differentiating into specific types of mesenchymal or connective tissues including adipose, osseous, cartilaginous, elastic, muscular, and fibrous connective tissues. The 2o specific lineage-commitment and differentiation pathway which these cells enter depends upon various influences from mechanical influences and/or endogenous bioactive factors, such as growth factors, cytokines, and/or local microenvironmental conditions established by host tissues. Although these mesenchymal stem cells are normally present at very low frequencies in bone marrow, a number of processes for 25 isolating, purifying, and mitotically expanding the population of these cells in tissue culture are presently known conventionally and used commercially.
Mesenchymal stem cells are defined as cells which are not terminally differentiated; which can divide without limit; and divide to yield daughter cells that are either stem cells or are progenitor cells which in time will irreversibly differentiate 30 to yield a phenotypic cell. Those mesenchymal stem cells which give rise to many cell types are called pluripotent cells.
Chondro/osteoprogenitor cells, which are bipotent cells with the ability to differentiate into cartilage or bone, can be isolated from bone marrow (for example, as described in Owen, J. Cell Sci. Suppl. 10: 63-76 (1988) and in U.S. Pat. No.
5,226,914). These cells led Owen to postulate the existence of pluripotent mesenchymal stem cells, which were subsequently isolated from muscle (Pate, et al., Proc. 49th Ann. Sess. Forum Fundamental Sure Problems 587-589 (Oct. 10-15, 1993); heart (Dalton et al., J. Cell Biol. 119: 8202 (March 1993)); and granulation tissue (Lucas et al., J. Cell Biochem. 122: 8212 (March 1993)). Pluripotency is demoonstrated using a non-specific inducer, dexamethasone (DMSO), which elicits to differentiation of the stem cells into chondrocytes (cartilage), osteoblasts (bone), rnyotubes (muscle), adipocytes (fat), and connective tissue cells.
Unfortunately, although it is highly desirable to have stem cells which are easily obtained by a muscle biopsy, cultured to yield large numbers, and can be used as a source of connective tissue, or marrow, or chondrycytes, or osteoblasts, or 15 myocytes; there is no known specific inducer of the mesenchymal stem cells that yields only cartilage. In vitro studies in which differentiation is achieved yields a mixture of cell types. For example, studies described in U.S. Pat. Nos.
5,226,914 and 5,197,985 in which the cells were absorbed into porous ceramic blocks and implanted were shown to yield primarily bone. Other studies using bone morphogenic protein-2 20 (rhBMP-2) in-vivo always yielded an endochondral bone cascade: that is, cartilage is formed first, but this cartilage hypertrophies; is then invaded by vasculature and osteoblasts; and is eventually replaced by bone complete with marrow (Wozney, Progress in Growth Factor Research 1: 267-280 (1989)). Studies testing- _ rhBMP-2 on the mesenchymal stem cells in vitro produced mixtures of differentiated cells, 25 although cartilage predominated (Dalton et al., J. Cell Biol. 278: PZ202 (February 1994)). Incubation of mesenchymal cell cultures with insulin led to a mixed myogenic and adipogenic response, while incubation with insulin-like growth factors I or II led to a primarily myogenic response (Young et al., J. Cell Biochem.
136:
CD207 (April 1992)). Also U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,774,322 and 4,434,094 report the 3o isolation of a factor that induces an osteogenic response in vivo or cartilage formation in vitro when mixed with muscle cells.
Coverall, the U.S. patent literature provides a broad range of information and knowledge concerning mesenchymal stem cells, their immediate progeny cells, and their descendant, lineage-directed, differentiated cells. The isolated mesenchymal stem cells and their individual mammalian sources are described in full by U.S. Patent Nos. 5,827,735; 5,486,359; 5,591,625; and 6,214,639. Methods for isolating and purifying mesenchymal stem cells from a variety of naturally occurring sources are described by U.S. Patent Nos. 5,197,985; 5,226,914; 5,908,782; 5,965,436; and 6,261,549. Ligands and methods for controlling and directing the lineage commitment and differentiation of cells descending from mesenchymal stem cells are to described by U.S. Patent Nos. 5,811,094; 5,827,740; 5,942,225; 6,022,540, 6,149,906;
6,322,784; 5,719,058; 5,856,186; 5,908,784; 6,214,639; 6,248,587; and 6,338,942.
The range and variety of intended commercial applications and/or therapeutic uses for mesenchymal stem cells and their offspring cells is examplified by U.S. Patent Nos.
5,700,289; 5,716,616; 5,719,058; 5,811,094; 5,837,539; 6,010,696; 6,149,906;
15 6,174,333; 6,225,119; 6,239,157; 6,255,112; 6,281,012; and 6328960. The descriptive text for each of these issued U.S. Patents is expressly and individually incorporated by reference herein.
Examples of the Isolation and Purification of Human Mesenchymal Stem Cells 20 The human mesenchymal stem cells can be derived, for example, from bone marrow, blood, dermis, periosteum, or even adipose tissues. When obtained from bone marrow, this can be marrow from a number of different sources, including:
from plugs of femoral head cancellous bone pieces; from patients with degenerative joint disease during hip or knee replacement surgery; or from aspirated marrow obtained 25 from normal donors and oncology patients who have marrow harvested for future bone marrow transplantation.
The harvested marrow is then prepared for cell culture. The isolation process involves the use of a specially prepared medium that contains agents which allow for not only mesenchymal stem cell growth without differentiation, but also for the direct 3o adherence of only the mesenchymal stem cells to the plastic or glass surface of the culture vessel. By creating a medium which allows for the selective attachment of the desired mesenchymal stem cells which were present in the mesenchymal tissue samples in very minute amounts, it then became possible to separate the mesenchymal stem cells from the other cells (i.e., red and white blood cells, other differentiated mesenchymal cells, etc.) present in the mesenchymal tissue of origin.
As a result, a variety of processes have been developed for isolating and purifying human mesenchymal stem cells from tissue prior to differentiation;
and then for culture expanding the mesenchymal stem cells. The objective of such manipulation is to greatly increase the number of mesenchymal stem cells; and later to utilize these cells to redirect and/or reinforce the body's normal reparative capacity.
The mesenchymal stem cells are preferably expanded to great numbers and can be to applied to areas of connective tissue damage to enhance or stimulate in vivo growth for regeneration and/or repair, to improve implant adhesion to various prosthetic devices through subsequent activation and differentiation.
Also, various procedures are contemplated for transferring, immobilizing, and activating the culture-expanded, purified mesenchymal stem cells at the site for repair, 15 implanation, etc., including injecting the cells at the site of a skeletal defect, incubating the cells with a prosthesis and implanting the prosthesis, etc.
Thus, by isolating, purifying and greatly expanding the number of cells prior to differentiation and then actively controlling the differentiation process by virtue of their positioning at the site of tissue damage or by pretreating in vitro prior to their transplantation, the 2o culture-expanded, mesenchymal stem cells have been utilized for various therapeutic purposes (such as to alleviate cellular, skeletal dysplasias, cartilage defects, ligament and tendon injury and other musculoskeletal and connective tissue disorders).
Several media have been prepared which are particularly well suited to the desired selective attachment and are often referred to herein as "Complete Media"
25 when supplemented with serum as described below. One such medium is an augmented version of Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's Medium-Low Glucose (DMEM-LG), which is well known and readily commercially available. Other in-vitro culture media formulations are described by U.S. Patent Nos. 5,942,225; 5,908,782;
5,919,702; 5,795,781; 6,174,333; 6,030,836; and 5,486,359.
Lineage-Committed Cells And Partially-Differentiated Cells Much of the information presented here is a pertinent restatement of the information provided by U.S. Patent No. 5,942,225.
The capacity of undifferentiated progenitor progeny cells to enter discrete lineage pathways is referred to as the mesengenic process, and is diagrammatically represented in Flow Scheme A. In the mesengenic process, MSCs are recruited to enter specific mufti-step lineage pathways which eventually produce functionally differentiated tissues such as bone, cartilage, tendon, muscle, dermis, bone marrow stroma, and other mesenchymal connective tissues. For example, a detailed scheme l0 for the differentiation pathway of bone forming cells is presented in Flow Scheme B.
This lineage pathway map implies the existence of individual controlling elements which recruit the MSCs into the osteogenic lineage; promote pre-osteoblast replication; and direct step-wise differentiation aI1 the way to the terminal stage osteocyte. Substantial work has been published that supports the view that each step 15 of this complex pathway is controlled by different bioactive factors.
A similar lineage commitment diagram has been developed for chondrocyte differentiation, as shown by Flow Scheme C. Again, progression of each lineage pathway step is under the control of unique bioactive factors including, but not limited to, the family of bone morphogenetic proteins. Each modulator of the differentiation 20 process, whether in bone, cartilage, muscle, or any other mesenchymal tissue, may affect the rate of lineage progression and/or may specifically affect individual steps along the pathway. That is, whether a cell is nascently committed to a specific lineage, is in a biosymetrically active state, or progresses to an end stage phenotype will depend on the variety and timing of bioactive factors in the local environment.
Flow Scheme A [reproduced from U.S. Patent No. 5,942,225]
ab w VH
i-0 ~ t Z
oo ~
a a a a, p ~ ~ H
.. ~ _~_d , a z o F Q ~~ $ ~ '_'~ -...~ ~ ~ o ... '~ ~i ~ ~ v a »
c~
° ~ ~ °V m= a w O
.c ° ~ ~3 t3 ~ b c~
co ~ N ~ N is w b '$ ~ 1 fl Lit N
Z
.g _ ~o ' v o w ~ c ~ ~ ~'1~y J. ~ ~ a ~. t~'J
o ..~~~.. r o 0 1 1 ~ ''' o ~ ~ ~rt '' ~ ~" , aa. r °' ~ s v v ~~~o°~'~'.~~
o ~ a ~ ~ I ~ I°i a °°
a c a 0 0 .~. o d V d D
Flow Scheme B [reproduced from U.S. Patent No. 5,942,225]
lQ_~vo Pheno~~y~)s Peetnros Osuotuopsnicor No probes eurnrtdy awiabtaOataoptotfMitor Pn-0saoWast S81 lsntl,Alkallrm Phasphatasv!posldwPn-0stsablsst Noe~.s~enton, mitotic St<1-. S83-postttr~ T~ansitonr l Cstso6laa Non.satxatoew. mitotte rtansiton~tsoblastS N~~i~ T~~, o n ~ ~ Ostsoblat ~
~
i 1 mk ta s.aaonstaobu=tss~.. se.z-. se-s.oosit~",s.emon o o~t.o~aa Ss~xstorY. non.dividinp OstsocydestaoblaaSaZ. Sa-6.posiciw tSB.t.SB-3nsastiwlOasoe~rde O ost~oblsst as Osboc~ra s8.6po~ 'pstivs) Ostaaeyb Flow Scheme C [reproduced fromU.S. Patent No. 5,942,225]
STEM CELL
COMMITTED Chondroprogtnitor : Type I Collagen y Chondrogcnic PROGIrMTOR . Type VI Collagen, CSPG-M
Cbondroblast . Type iI Collagen, CDI(28Kd), CSPG-H (aggnxan) y Chondrocyte I : 148Kd, link protein y Chondroeyte II : 100 Kd, matriac vesicle production Hypertrophic Chondrocyte : Type X Collagen, 59Kd, 1,25-(OFI]=D,R
y Calcifying Chondrocyte : Type I Collagen, 63Kd, osteopontin, osteocalcin, osteonecxin It is thus clearly indicated that under certain conditions, culture expanded mesenchymal stem cells have the ability to differentiate into bone, or cartilage, or any of the other types shown by Fow Scheme A. The environmental factors which influence the mesenchymal stem cells to differentiate into bone or cartilage cells appears, in part, to be the direct accessibility of the mesenchymal stem cells to growth and nutrient factors supplied by the vasculature; or to cells that are closely associated with the vasculature.
As a result, the isolated and culture expanded mesenchymal stem cells can be utilized, under certain specific conditions and/or under the influence of certain factors, commit to a specific lineage pathway and to differentiate and produce the desired cell phenotype needed for connective tissue repair or regeneration and/or for the implantation of various prosthetic devices. For example, using porous ceramic cubes filled with culture-expanded human mesenchymal stem cells, bone formation inside the pores of the ceramics has been generated after subcutaneous incubations in immunocompatible hosts.
Factors which stimulate osteogenesis (i.e., are osteoinductive) from isolated human mesenchymal stem cells in accordance with the invention are provided by several classes of molecules, including: bone morphogenic proteins, such as and BMP-3; growth factors, such as basic fibroblast growth factor (bFGF);
glucocorticoids, such as dexamethasone; and prostaglandins, such as prostaglandin El. Furthermore, ascorbic acid and its analogs (such as ascorbic acid-2-phosphate) and glycerol phosphates (such as beta.-glycerophosphate) are effective adjunct factors for advanced differentiation, although alone they do not induce osteogenic differentiation.
Factors which have chondroinductive activity on human MSCs also are present in several classes of molecules, including: compounds within the transforming growth factor-beta (TGF-beta) superfamily such as (i) TGF-beta.l, (ii) Inhibin A, (iii) chondrogenic stimulatory activity factor (CSA) and (iv) bone morphogenic proteins, such as BMP-4; collagenous extracellular matrix molecules, including type I
collagen, particularly as a gel; and vitamin A analogs such as retinoic acid.
Factors which have stromagenic inductive activity on human MSCs are also present in several classes of molecules, especially the interleukins, such as IL-1 alpha and IL-2.
Factors which have myogenic inductive activity on human MSCs are also present in several classes of molecules, especially cytidine analogs, such as azacytidine and 5-aza-2'-deoxycytidine.
The effect of these modulating factors on human MSCs is disclosed here merely as illustrative examples. This disclosure is not an all-inclusive listing of potentially useful modulatory factors for inducing differentiation into a particular lineage, but merely illustrates the variety of compounds which have shown biologic activity for promoting the step-wise progression of mammalian mesenchymal stem cell differentiation along specific pathways.
Adult Stem Cell Category 3: Neural Stem Cells And Their Offspring; Their Progenitor Cells, Their Lineage-Committed Cells And Their Partially-Differentiated Cells.
Neural stem cells are uncommitted and undifferentiated cells that exist in many tissues of embryos and adult organisms. In embryos, blastocyst stem cells are the source of cells which differentiate to form the specialized tissues and organs of the developing fetus. In adults, specialized stem cells in individual tissues are the source of new cells, replacing cells lost through cell death due to natural attrition, disease, or injury. These stem cells may be used as substrates for producing healthy tissue where a disease, disorder, or abnormal physical state has destroyed or damaged normal tissue.
Neural Stem Cells Of Mammalian Origin Neural stem cells (NSCs) are primordial, uncommitted cells that exist in the developing and even adult nervous system and are responsible for giving rise to the array of more specialized cells of the mature CNS. They are operationally defined by their ability (a) to differentiate into cells of all neural lineages (neurons--ideally of multiple subtypes, oligodendroglia, astroglia) in multiple regional and developmental contexts (i.e., be multipotent); (b) to self-renew (i.e., also give rise to new NSCs with similar potential); (c) to populate developing and/or degenerating CNS
regions.
An unambiguous demonstration of monoclonal derivation is obligatory to the definition - that is, a single cell must possess these attributes. With the earliest recognition that rodent neural cells with stem cell properties coukld be propagated in culture and stably express foreign genes, gene therapists and restorative neurobiologists began to consider how such cells might be harnessed for therapeutic advantage as well as for a better understanding of cell developmental mechanisms.
Neural stem cells (NSCs) have been isolated from the mammalian embryonic, to human neonatal and adult rodent CNS; and propagated in vitro by a variety of effective and safe means -- both epigenetic (e.g., with mitogens such as epidermal growth factor or basic fibroblast growth factor); or genetic (e.g., with propagating genes such as vmyc or SV40 large T-antigen). Maintaining such NSCs in a proliferative state in culture media does not appear to subvert their ability to respond 15 to normal developmental cues in vivo following transplantation; or to interact with host cells; or to differentiate into specific phenotypes appropriately. These extremely plastic NSCs migrate and differentiate in a temporally and regionally appropriate manner particularly following implantation into germinal zones throughout the brain.
Once situated, they participate in normal development along the neuraxis, 2o intermingling non-disruptively with endogenous progenitors, responding similarly to local microenvironmental cues for their phenotypic determination and appropriately differentiating into diverse neuronal and glial cell types. In addition, NSCs can express foreign genes (both reporter genes and therapeutic genes) in vivo and are capable of specific neural cell replacement in the setting of absence or degeneration of 25 neurons and/or glia.
The growing interest in the potential of NSCs has been analogous to that in other Orders of adult stem cells. This interest derives from the realization that NSCs are not simply a substitute for fetal tissue in transplantation paradigms or simply another vehicle for gene delivery. Their basic biology, at least as revealed through the 3o examination of cells, appears to endow them with a potential that other vehicles for gene therapy and repair do not possess. For example, that they may integrate into neural structures after transplantation may allow for the regulated release of various gene products as well for literal cell replacement (While presently available gene transfer vectors usually depend on relaying new genetic information through established neural circuits, which may, in fact, have degenerated and require replacement, NSCs can participate in the reconstitution of these pathways.) The replacement of enzymes and of cells may not only be targeted to specific anatomically circumscribed regions of CNS, but also to larger areas of the CNS
by implantation into germinal zones. NSCs pass readily and unimpeded through the blood-brain barrier and deliver their foreign gene products immediately, directly; and in a disseminated fashion to the CNS. In addition, NSCs can be responsive to to neurodegeneration, shifting the specifics of their differentiation to compensate for deficient cell types. The biology underlying these properties is not only of practical value, but also may illuminate some fundamental cell developmental mechanisms.
It will be noted and appreciated that the published patent and scientific literature provides an abundant basis of knowledge and information concerning 15 human and other mammalian neural stem cells, their progeny progenitor cells, and their lineage-committed descendant cells. The identification and characterization of neural stem cells, obtained from a range of mammalian sources, are provided by U.S.
Patent Nos. 5,849,553; 5,928,947; 5,958,767; 5,968,829; and 6,103,530 respectively.
A variety of methods for the isolation, purification, and maintenance in-vitro of neural 2o stem cells and their offspring cells are described within U.S. Patent Nos.
5,851,832;
5,750,376; 5,753,506; 5,958,767; 5,411,883; 5,082,670; 6,103,530; and 6,171,610.
Particular techniques and processes for purposely inducing commitment to one cellular lineage and directing differentiation of descendant cells into becoming specific kinds of cells is provided by U.S. Patent Nos. 5,980,885; 5,981,165;
25 6,001,654; 6,033,906; 6,071,889; 6,238,922; and 6,340,668. Each of these issued U.S. patents is expressly incorporated by reference herein.
Lineage-Committed Cells And Partially-Differentiated Cells NSCs are multipotent and self-renewing cells which can be repeatedly 30 passaged in vitro and can become differentiated into numerous cell types of the body, including derivatives of the ectodermal and mesodermal tissues. NSCs are positive for nestin protein (an immunological marker of stem cells and progenitor cells) as well as for fibronectin protein; but are negative for vimentin or cytokeratin when assayed by immunohistochemistry. Moreover, NSCs can be grown as non-adherent clusters when cultured in-vitro; and one of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that such cells will grow as non-adherent clusters when cultured on a variety of substratum including but not limited to uncoated plastic or plastic coated with a neutral substrate such as gelatin or agar. NSCs are also negative for the neural crest stem cell marker p75. The differences in phenotype characteristics thus distinguish the NSCs from other types of adult stem cells, including hematopoietic stem cells, mesenchymal stem cells and neural crest stem cells.
to Under certain conditions, the lineage-committed descendants of NSCs are capable of differentiating as dopaminergic neurons, and thus are a useful source of dopaminergic neurons. The descendant offspring cells of NSCs have also been demonstrated to make some mesodermal derivative cell types, including smooth muscle cells, adipocytes and bone. NSCs are believed to be capable of producing other mesodermal and endodermal types of differentiated cells, including cardiac muscle cells, pancreatic islet cells (e.g., alpha, beta, phi, delta cells), hematopoietic cells, hepatocytes, and the like.
Similarly, the lineage-committed cells of a NSC can fully differentiate as a neuron, an astrocyte, an oligodendrocyte, a Schwann cell, or a non-neural cell. Some 2o differentiated forms of neurons include those neurons expressing one or more neurotransmitters such as dopamine, GABA, glycine, acetylcholine, glutamate, and serotonin. In comparison, some differentiated forms of non-neural cells exist as cardiac muscle cells, pancreatic cells (e.g., islet cells (alpha, beta, phi and delta cells)), exocine cells, endocrine cells, chondrocytes, osteocytes, skeletal muscle cells, smooth muscle cells, hepatocytes, hematopoietic cells, and adipocyes.
When completely differentiated, most of the descendant offspring cells lose their nestin positive immunoreactivity. In particular, antibodies specific for various neuronal or glial proteins may be employed to identify the phenotypic properties of completely differentiated cells. Neurons may be identified using antibodies to neuron specific enolase ("NSE"), neurofilament, tau, b-tubulin, or other known neuronal markers. Astrocytes may be identified using antibodies to glial fibrillary acidic protein ("GFAP"), or other known astrocytic markers. Oligodendrocytes may be identified using antibodies to galactocerebroside, 04, myelin basic protein ("MBP") or other known oligodendrocytic markers.
It is also possible to identify cell phenotypes by identifying compounds characteristically produced by those phenotypes. For example, it is possible to identify neurons by the production of neurotransmitters such as acetylcyholine, dopamine, epinephrine, norepinephrine, and the like.
Specific neuronal phenotypes can be identified according to the specific products produced by those neurons. For example, GABA-ergin neurons may be identified by their production of glutamic acid decarboxylase ("GAD") or GABA.
to Dopaminergic neurons may be identified by their production of dopa decarboxylase ("DDC"), dopamine or tyrosine hydroxylase ("TH"). Cholinergic neurons may be identified by their production of choline acetyltransferase ("ChAT").
Hippocampal neurons may be identified by staining with NeuN. It will be appreciated that any suitable known marker for identifying specific neuronal phenotypes may be used.
Genetically Modified Cells In addition, the human or other mammalian neural stem cells described herein can be genetically engineered or modified according to known methodologies.
Any gene of interest (i.e., a gene that encodes a biologically active molecule) can be 2o inserted into a cloning site of a suitable expression vector by using standard techniques. These techniques are well known to those skilled in the art. See for example, VVO 94/16718, the text of which is expressly incorporated by reference herein.
The expression vector containing the gene of interest may then be used to transfect the desired cell line. Standard transfection techniques such as calcium phosphate co-precipitation, DEAF-dextran transfection, electroporation, biolistics, or viral transfection may be utilized. Commercially available mammalian transfection kits may be purchased from e.g., Stratagene. Human adenoviral transfection may be accomplished as described in Berg et al., Exp. Cell Res. 192: (1991).
Similarly, lipofectomine-based transfection may be accomplished as described in Cattaneo, Mol.
Brain Res. 42: 161-66 (1996).
A wide variety of host/expression vector combinations may be used to express a gene encoding a biologically active molecule of interest. See U.S. Pat. No.
5,545,723, herein incorporated by reference, for suitable cell-based production expression vectors.
Increased expression of the biologically active molecule can be achieved by increasing or amplifying the transgene copy number using amplification methods well known in the art. Such amplification methods include, e.g., DHFR amplification (see, U.S. Pat. No. 4,470,461) or glutamine synthetase ("GS") amplification (see U.S. Pat.
No. 5,122,464 and European published application EP 338,841, all of which are incorporated herein by reference).
The neural stem cells described herein, and their differentiated progeny may also be immortalized or conditionally immortalized using known techniques, preferably conditional immortalization of stem cells and most preferably conditional immortalization of their differentiated progeny. Among the conditional immortalization techniques contemplated are Tet-conditional immortalization (see WO 96/31242, incorporated herein by reference), and Mx-1 conditional immortalization (see WO 96/02646, incorporated herein by reference).
Adult Stem Cell Category 4: Neural Crest Stem Cells And Their Offspring;
2o Their Progenitor Cells, Their Lineage-Committed Cells And Their Partially-Differentiated Cells.
Neural crest stem cells originate within and constitute part of the neural crest tissue in vertebrates. In turn, the neural crest of the vertebrate embryo serves as the main source of the cells forming the peripheral nervous system (PNS) and the autonomic nervous system (ANS). The neural crest itself is a transitory embryonic structure arising from the lateral ridges of the neural primordium autonomic nervous system; and develops into multiple lineages, including the sympathoadrenal lineage.
The sympathoadrenal lineage, being derived from the neural crest, gives rise primarily to chromaffin cells of the adrenal gland and sympathetic neurons.
These 3o two cell types can be distinguished at a number of levels. Chromaffin cells are small cells, without significant processes, and they secrete primarily the catecholamine epinephrine into the circulation. Sympathetic neurons are much larger cells, with dendritic and axonal processes that receive and send synaptic connections, respectively. These neurons secrete primarily norepinephrine, a catecholamine compound. While both cell types store their neurotransmitters and neuropeptides in vesicles, the chromaffin vesicles are about 150-350 nm in diameter, while neuronal 5 synaptic vesicles are only about 50 nm in diameter. A third, apparently minor, population of cells in this lineage, known as small intensely fluorescent (S1F) cells, is somewhat intermediate in character between neurons and chromaffin cells and has vesicles of 75-120 nm in diameter.
In addition to these chemical and morphological characteristics, chromaffin 1o cells and sympathetic neurons can be distinguished by numerous molecular markers, such as genes encoding specific cytoskeletal, vesicle and surface proteins;
and neurotransmitter-synthesizing enzymes such as phenyl-N-methyl transferase (which is chromaffin cell specific). These markers have proven useful both in the identification of intermediate stages of differentiation and in the identification and isolation of a 15 sympathoadrenal progenitor cell.
The step at which a multipotent neural crest cell becomes committed to the sympathoadrenal lineage is not well understood. Catecholamine-producing cells that resemble neurons or chromaffin cells have been observed in cultures of neural crest cells but these possible sympathoadrenal precursors have not as yet been isolated for 20 further study. Committed sympathoadrenal progenitors that are at least bipotential (giving rise to either chromaffin cells or sympathetic neurons) have, however, been isolated from embryonic adrenal medullae as well as embryonic and neonatal rat sympathetic ganglia. Embryonic progenitors can be isolated by fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS), using several surface membrane antigens. In cell 25 culture, these progenitors can be induced to become neurons or chromaffin cells that express cell type-specific antigens or genes, as well as the appropriate morphology and ultra-structure.
For more detailed information, empirical evidence, and reviews of the sympathoadrenal lineage system, the reader is directed to the following list of relevant 3o and representative publications: Patterson et al., Cell 62: 1035-1038 (1990); Stemple, D.L. and D.J. Anderson, Cell 71: 973-985 (1992); Anderson, D.J., Ann. Rev.
Neurosci. 16: 129-158 (1993); Le Douarin, N.M., Science 231: 1515-1522 (1986);
Kim et al., J. Neurosci. Res. 22: 50-59 (1989); Lo et al., Dev. Biol. 145: 139-(I991); Jessen et al., Neuron 12: 509-527 (1994); Anderson, D.L., Curr. Olin.
Neurobiol. 3: 8-13 (1993); and the references cited within each of these publications.
The avian embryo has also provided considerable information via in-vivo and in-vitro experimental studies of the lineage patterning of neural crest stem cell descendants. For more detailed information, empirical data, and reviews of the avian lineage analyses for neural crest cells, the reader is directed to the following representative publications: Le Douarin et al., Dev. Biol. 159: 24-49 (1993);
N.M. Le Douarin, Nature 286: 663-669 (1980); N.M. Le Douarin, The Neural Crest, to Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, U.K., 1982; Sieber-Blum et al., Dev.
Biol.
80: 96-106 (1980); Baroffio et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85: 5325-5329 (I988);
Bronner-Fraser et al., Neuron 3: 755-766 (1989); Cohen et al., Dev. Biol. 46:
(1975); Dupin et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 87: 1119-1123 (1990); Duff et al., Dev. Biol. 147: 451-459 (1991); Bronner-Frasier et al., Nature 355: 161-164 (1988).
The Mammalian Neural Crest Stem Cell The isolation and characterization of neural crest stem cells to date has been the consequence of the ongoing effort to seek out, isolate and portray a "stem cell" for neurons and glia which is derived from the mammalian neural crest. Most illustrative of this approach are the scientific publications and issued U.S. patents of D.J.
Anderson and his colleagues identified below. In the main, these publications have identified mammalian neural crest cells - chiefly rat arid mouse cells - using antibodies to cell surface antigens; and have used sub-cloning to examine the developmental potential of these cells and their progeny.
Three main findings emerge from their analyses. First, mammalian neural crest stem cells are pluripotent cells. Second, multipotent neural crest stem cells generate pluripotent progeny, indicating that these offspring are capable of self-renewal and therefore are also stem cells. Third, neural crest stem cells also generate some descendant offsrping cells that form only neurons or glia, showing that these 3o stem cells eventually produce lineage-committed neuroblasts and glioblasts.
The empirical data also shows that in-vivo neural crest stem cells exist in living mammals;
maintain their pluriipotency as they continue to proliferate; and that lineage-committed pathway choices occur within developing ganglia via the generation of committed blast cells.
Among the relevant scientific publications which document and support these findings are: D.J. Anderson, Neuron 3: 1-12 (1989); D.J. Anderson, Annu. Rev.
Neurosci. I6: I29-158 (1993); Stemple, D.L. and D.J. Anderson, CeII 71: 973-(1992); Anderson et al., J. Neurosci. 11: 3507-3519 (1991); Anderson, D.L. and R.
Axel, Cell 42: 649-662 (I985); Anderson, D.L. and R. Axel, Cell 47: 1079-1090 (1986); Shah et al., Cell 85: 331-343 (1996); Lo et al., Dev. Biol. 145: 139-(1991).
The reader is also directed to several issued U.S. Patents for further information and guidance. These are U.S. Patent Nos. 6,001,654; 5,928,947;
5,849,553; 5,693,482; 5,824,489; 5,654,183; and 5,589,376. The texts of all these issued U.S. Patents, individually and collectively, are expressly incorporated by reference herein.
The human neural crest stem cell, its isolation, maintenance in-vitro, and phenotopic characterization has been described in full by Seung U. Kim and his colleagues; and a stable clone of human neural crest stem cells has been prepared and characterized in depth. See for example: "Production Of Immortalized Human neural Crest Stem Cells" in Neural Stem Cells: Methods and Protocols, Humana Press, 2o Totowa, N.J., 2002; and PCT Publication No. WO- .
To characterize the phenotopic range of human neural crest stem markers, a listing of the representative identifying antigens is provided by Table 2 below.
Table 2:
Human Neural Crest Stem Cell Characteristics Presence Meaning/Value (+) Marker or of Marker Substance T a Absence Indicator Detected (-) human mitochondria~l~(+) human cell origincell organelle pan-myc oncoprotein~2~(+) contains vmvc cellular oncoprotein nestin~3~ (+) NCSC cytoskeletal protein p75NGFRt~ (+) NCSC surface receptor antigen vimentin~sj (+) NCSC cytoskeletal protein A2B5~6~ (+) NCSC surface antigen Musashit~~ (+) neural progenitortranscription cells factor FORSE-1~8~ (+) neural progenitorsurface antigen cells PSA-NCAM~~~ (+) neural progenitorsurface antigen cells NG2 proteoglycan~l~(+) progenitor cells/surface antigen glial precursor cells NF-L~In (+) early stage neuronspecific neuron marker NF-M~II~ (+) middle stage specific neuron neuron marker NF-H~In (+) differentiated specific neuron neuron marker (3 tubulin~II~ (-) differentiated specific neuron neuron marker isotype III
peripherin~in (-) mature peripheralPNS specific neuron nervous system marker neuron trkA~in (-) neuron neurotrophin (NGF) receptor protein Ol~In (-) oligodendrocyte specific oligodendrocyte marker 04~In (-) oligodendrocyte specific oligodendrocyte marker GFAP~In (-) astrocyte cell specific astrocyte marker Table 2 (continued) Presence (+) MeaningJValue Marker or of Marker Substance T a Absence (-) Indicator Detected MBP~ (-) oligodendrocyte specific oligodendrite marker B7-2~n (-) microglia specific marker PO~In (-) Schwann cell specific Schwann cell marker trkBltrkC~in (-) special classes of neurotrophin receptor neurons protein S1OO~III) (_) ~ glial cell ~ mature Schwann cell marker chromogranintIV~(-) adrenal chromaffin cell chromaffin cell specific marker desminw~ (-) skeletal muscle cytoskeletal protein cell myosinw~ (-) skeletal muscle cytoskeletal protein cell Table 2 References:
1. Flax et al., Nature Biotech 16: 1033-1039 (1998).
2. Spotts, R. and B. Hann, Mol. Cell Biol. 10: 3952-3956 (1990).
3. Lendahl et al., Cell 60: 585-595 (1990); Stemple, D.L.
and D.J. Anderson, Cell 71: 973-985 (1992); Friedman et al., J. Comp. Neurol. 295: 43-51 (1990); Hockfield et al., J. Neurosci. 5:
3310-3328 (1985); Reyno1ds et al., Science 255: 1707-1710 (1992).
4. Chao, M.V., Neuron 9: 583-593 (1992); Morrison et al., Cell 96: 737-749 (1999).
5. Houle, J. and S. Fedoroff, Dev. Brain Res. 9: 189-195 (1983).
6. Eisenbarth et al., Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. LTSA 46: 4913-4917 (1979).
7. Sakakibara, S. and H. Okano, J. Neurosci. 17: 8300-8312 (1997).
8. Tole, S. and P.H. Patterson, J. Neurosci. 15: 970-980 (1995).
9. Grinspan, J.B. and B. Franceschino, J. Neurosci. Res.
41: 540-551 (1995).
41: 540-551 (1995).
10. Stallcup, W.B. and L. Beasley, J. Neurosci. 7: 2797-2744 (1987).
II. See Table 3 references.
III. See Table 4 references.
IV. See Table 5 references.
V. See Table 6 references.
Lineage-Committed Cells And Partially-Differentiated Cells Human neural crest cells and their progenitor progeny cells can commit to at least four different pathway lineages when cultured in-vitro; which, in turn, will result in and yeild a variety of partially-differentiated cells and then terminally differentiated cells. These pathway lineages are: the neuronal cell line; the glial cell line; the adrenal chromaffin cell line; and the skeletal muscle cell line.
A variety of different immunological and histochemical markers have been identified in the published scientific literature which offers reliable surface antigen phenotypes by which to separate and distinguish the different possible choices of cell 10 lineage development. The range of identifying markers for a specific cell lineage pathway are described by Tables 3-6 respectively below.
Table 3: Neuronal Cell Lineage Characteristics Absence (-) Meaning or Marker or Value of Substance (Type) Presence (+) of Indicator Detected NF-L~l~ (+) early stage neuron neurofilament protein-specific neuron marker NF-M (+) middle stage neuron neurofilament protein-specific neuron marker NF-H (+) mature neuron neurofilament protein-specific neuron marker (3 tubulin~2~ (+) mature neuron specific neuron marker isotype III
peripherin~3~ (+) mature peripheral specific neuron marker nervous system neuron trkA~~ (+) sensory and receptor protein specific sympathetic neurons for NGF
trkB/trkC~S~ (-) special classes of receptor protein specific neurons for BDNF (trkB) or NT-3 (trkC) Table 3 References:
1. Julien et al., Biochem. Biophys. Acta.
909: 10-20 (1987); Lee et al., EMBO
J. 7: 1947-1955 (1988); Myers et al., EMBO J. 6: 1617-1626 (1987).
2. Ferreira, A. and A. Caceres, J. Neurosci.(1992).
Res. 32: 516-529 3. Parysek, L.M. and R.D. Goldman, J. (1988); Gorham et Neurosci. 8: 555-563 al., Dev. Brain Res. 57: 235-248 (1990).
4. Chao, M.V., Neuron 9: 583-587 (1992).
5. Obermeyer et al., J. Biol. Chem. 268:
22963-67 (1993).
Table 4: Glial Cell Lineage Characteristics Absence Meaning or (-) Marker or Value of Substance T a Presence Indicator Detected (+) glial fibrillary~l~(+) astrocyte and cellular protein of acidic protein Schwann cell astrocyte and Schwann cells (GFAP) S 100~2~ (+) Schwann cells Schwann cell specific marker 01~3~ (-) oligodendrocyteoligodendrocyte specific marker 04~4~ (-) oligodendrocyteoligodendrocyte specific marker ~P~S~ (-) oligodendrocyteoligodendrocyte specific marker P0~67 (+) Schwann cell Schwann cell specific marker B7-2~~~ (-) microglia microglia specific marker Table 4 References 1. Jessen et al., Neuron 12: 509-527 (1994).
2. Jessen et al., Development 109: 91-103 (1990).
3. Sommer, L. and M. Schachner, Dev. Biol.
83: 311-327 (1981).
4. Schachner et al., Dev. Biol. 83: 328-338 (1981).
5. Sternberger et al., Proc. Nat. Acad.
Sci. USA 75: 2521-2524 (1978).
6. Jessen et al., Neuron 12: 509-527 (1994).
7. Satoh et al., Brain Ras. 704: 92-96 (1995).
Table 5: Lineage Characteristics of Adrenal Chromaffin Cells Absence Meaning or (-) Marker or Value of Substance T a Presence Indicator Detected (-) chromogranin~l~ (+) adrenal chromaffincell surface cell marker tyrosine hydroxylase~2~(+) sympathetic neuronsspecific of the autonomic enzyme nervous system PNMT(3~ adrenal chromaffincell marker cell Table 5 References 1. Wilson, B.S. and R.V. Lloyd, Am. J. Pathol. 115: 458-468 (1984).
2. Pickel et al., Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 72: 659-663 (1975).
3. Connett, R. and N. Kirschner, J. Biol. Chem. 245: 329-334 (1970).
Table 6: Lineage Characteristics of Skeletal Muscle Cells Absence (+) Meaning or Marker or Value of Substance (Ty~ Presence (-) Indicator Detected morphologically flat, (+) myoblasts physical elongated, multinucleated appearance cells~l~ of cells desmin~2~ (+) skeletal cellular muscle cellfilament myosin~3~ (+) skeletal cellular muscle cellfilament Table b References 1. Le Douarin et al., Dev. Biol. 159:
24-49 (1993).
2. Naumann, K. and D. Pette, Differentiation 55: 203-211 (1994).
3. Ibid.
V. Experiments and Empirical Data To demonstrate the merits and value of the present invention, a series of planned experiments and empirical data are presented below. It will be expressly 5 understood, however, that the experiments described and the results provided are merely the best evidence of the subject matter as a whole which is the invention; and that the empirical data, while limited in content and design, is only illustrative and representative of the scope of the invention envisioned and claimed.
10 Experimental Series I
Despite considerable advances in biomedical sciences, the incidence of heart failure remains high in patients after myocardial infarction (MI). This experimental study investigated the effects of intramyocardial transplantation of embryonic stem i5 cells (ESCs) with or without tansfection of a cDNA of vascular endothelial growth factor (phVEGFI6s) on infarcted heart function.
Background:
After myocardial infarction (MI), dead myocardium is replaced by 20 noncontractile fibrous scar which leads to ventricular dysfunction.
Significant advances have been made in diagnosis and treatment of heart diseases in the last several decades, but effective therapy for heart failure remains a great challenge for clinicians. The morbidity and mortality of heart failure are significantly higher in developed countries. Limited proliferation of endogenous myocardial cells in 25 infarcted myocardium has been reported, but the massive loss of mammalian cardiomyocytes due to ischemia is not regenerated by the remaining myocytes.
Cardiomyogenic cells derived from embryonic stem cells (ESCs) can be a viable source for donor cardiomyocytes. ESCs derived from the inner cell mass of the mouse preimplantation blastocyst are pluripotent cells and retain the ability to 30 differentiate in vitro into numerous cell types, including spontaneously contracting cardiomyocytes. In addition, differentiation of ESCs to cardiomyogenic cells is accompanied by the expression of a number of cardiac and muscle-specific contractile proteins, including cardiac a- and (3- myosin heavy chain, a-tropomyosin, phospholamban and type B natriuretic factor. It has also been shown that transplantation of cultured cardiomyocytes from differentiating murine ESCs formed stable intracardiac grafts. Thus, transplantation of ESCs might yield new cardiomyocytes to repair injured myocardium and improve cardiac function.
One of the most important growth and survival factors for endothelium is vascular endothelial growth factor ("VEGF"). VEGF induces angiogenesis and endothelial cell proliferation, and plays an important role in regulating angiogenesis.
VEGF is a heparin-binding glycoprotein that is secreted as a homodimer of 45 kDa.
l0 The development of new blood vessels, or angiogenesis, begins with activation of parent vessel endothelial cells. In the case of a major artery obstruction, blood flow to the ischemic tissue is often dependent on collateral vessels. It has been demonstrated in vivo and in patients that VEGF improves collateral blood flow in ischemic regions;
and, more recently, that direct injection of phVEGFI6s alone improved myocardial 15 blood perfusion in patients with myocardial ischemia.
This Experimental Series I was therefore designed to evaluate whether transplanted ESCs could survive in injured myocardium and improve cardiac function in MI mice. In addition, the experiments determined whether transplantation of ESCs with overexpression of VEGF produced a greater effect on improvement of cardiac 20 function in MI mice. The effects of transplantation of ESCs alone or ESCs with overexpression of VEGF on neovascularization in ischemic myocardium were also evaluated and compared.
Materials and Methods:
Culture of embryonic stem cells and progezzitor progeny cells The mouse cell line, ES-D3, was obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC, Manassas, VA) and maintained in DMEM (Gibco BRL, Grand Island, NY) on mitotically inactive mouse embryonic fibroblast feeder cells (ATCC).
3o The medium was supplemented with 15% fetal bovine serum (FBS), 0.1 mM ~i-mercaptoethanol, and 103 Units/ml of leukemia inhibitory factor (L1F) (Gibco BRL, Grand Island, NY). To initiate differentiation, ESCs and their progenitor progeny cells were dispersed with trypsin and resuspended in the medium without supplemental LIF; and cultured with the hanging drops (approximate 400 cells per 20 ~ul) method for two days using the technique of Wobus et al. [Differentiation 48: 177-182 (1991)]. The resulting embryoid bodies were transferred from the hanging drops into 100 mm dishes and cultured for another 5 days. Beating cardiomyogenic clusters, the lineage-committed but undifferentiated descendant offspring, were dissected by use of a sterile micropipette [Maltser et al., Mech. Dev. 191: 42-(1993)]; and cultivated the cells into 100 mm culture dishes. Action potentials were recorded in cultured cardiac-like stem cells by the current-clamp technique [Xiao, l0 Y.F. and J.P. Morgan, J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. 2~4: 10-18 (1998)] and cell-shortening was measured by the edge-detected method [Xiao et al., J. Physiol.
(Lond) 508: 777-792 (1998)].
Transfection of greef2 fluoYescent protein gene Before cell transplantation, ESCs were transfected with a cDNA of green fluorescent protein (GFP) to identify the survival of implanted cells. Plasmid with hCMVIE promoter/enhancer driving green fluorescent protein gene (5.7 kb) and GenePORTERTM transfection reagent was obtained from Gene Therapy System, Inc.
(GTS Inc., San Diego, CA). Briefly, ESCs were plated in 100-mm dishes and 2o cultured to 60% confluent on the day of transfection. The plasmid GFP DNA
(8 p,g) was added to each dish with a calcium phosphate precipitation method [Xiao et al., Am. J. Physiol. 279: H35-H46 (2000)]. After 2 days of GFP transfection, cultured ESCs were trypsinized and resuspended in Joklik modified medium (Sigma, St.
Louis, MO) with a density of 10~ cells/ml. Stable GFP expression was detected in cultured cells for 8 weeks.
Transfection of plasrnid VEGF DNA (phVEGFl6s) The plasmid of VEGF cDNA (phVEGFISS) was a generous gift from Dr.
Kenneth Walsh (St. Elizabeth' s Medical Center, Tufts University School of Medicine, 3o Boston, MA). It is a eukaryotic expression plasmid that uses the 736 by CMV
promoter/enhancer to drive VEGF expression [Leung et al., Science 244: 1306-(1989)]. 60-80% confluent ESCs were transfected with 8 ~,g phVEGF165 per 100-mm dish according to the manufacture's protocol (Gibco BRL, Grand Island, NY).
Cells were trypsinized 48 hours post transfection and were resuspended in Joklik modified medium for transplantation. Overexpression of VEGF in cultured ESCs was observed by immunoflurescent assay. In brief, after 48 hours transfection of phVEGFI6sa ESCs were washed with phosphate-buffered saline (PBS) twice and then fixed in 4°70 paraformaldehyde. A rabbit anti-human VEGF antibody (Santa Cruz Biotechnology Inc, Santa Cruz, CA) was used to incubate with ESCs. A goat anti-rabbit IgG
conjugated fluorescein (Pierce Chemical Company, Rockford, IL) was as a second antibody to test fluorescence. Western blot analysis of VEGF with with Leung et al.
method also showed a significant increase in VEGF-transfected ESCs.
Animal model of MI arcd ESCs transplahtatiore The experiments were performed on male FVB mice (Charles River, Wilmington, MA) 8-12 wk of age (24-35 g body weight). Myocardial infarction was induced by ligation of the left anterior descending coronary artery as described previously [Michael et al., Am. J. Ph, siol. 269: H2147-H2154 (1995)].
Briefly, animals were anesthetized by intraperitoneal injection of pentobarbital sodium, 40 p.g body weight. A midline cervical skin incision was made and the endotracheal tube was placed in the trachea. A lateral incision between fourth and fifth ribs was made 2o to open the chest. A rodent ventilator (Harvard Apparatus Inc, Holliston, MA) was connected to the endotracheal tube to maintain animal respiration after opening the chest. The heart was oriented to better expose the left main coronary artery system.
Ligation proceeded with a 6-0 silk suture passed with a tapered needle underneath the left anterior descending branch of the left coronary artery, 2 mm down of the tip of the normally positioned left auricle. ESCs suspension (3 x 105 in 30 ~.1) was separately injected into ischemic myocardium 10 to 15 minutes after MI
induction.
Another MI group was transplanted with the same amount of cells with overexpression of VEGF. Control MI animals received the same MI operation, but were only injected with the equivalent volume of the cell-free medium. The sham group underwent the identical surgery with neither ligation of the coronary artery nor cell transplantation. The experimental protocol was approved by the Animal Care Committee of Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center and performed according to the Guide for the Care and Use of Laboratory Animals published by the US National Institutes of Health (NIH Publication No.85-23, revised 1996).
Measurements of hemody~camics and isometric contraction Six weeks after MI operation and cells transplantation, hemodynamic measurements in vivo were performed with the methods described previously [Gao et al., Cardiovasc. Res. 45: 330-338 (2000)]. After the measurements, the heart was rapidly removed from the sacrificed mouse. Left ventricular papillary muscle strips were dissected and vertically connected to a train-gauge tension transducer.
1o Developed tension (DT) of muscle strips was recorded at their maximal length. The bath solution contained the modified Krebs-Henseleit solution and different concentrations of isoproterenol (10-6, 10-5, and 10-4 M). The inotropic response of dissected ventricular papillary muscles from MI hearts to (3-adrenergic stimulation was evaluated in MI control and cell- transplanted MI mice.
Flistological and immuhofluorescent ayzalysis The subsets of animals were sacrificed after 6 weeks of MI induction. After quickly removing the hearts, the free wall of the left ventricle including the infarcted and peri-infarcted regions were embedded in tissue freezing medium (Fisher 2o Scientific, Fair Lawn, NJ). Frozen tissue was sectioned to 10-~,m slides and stained with hematoxylin and eosin (HE). Survival of engrafted cells was confirmed by identification of GFP-positive spots under fluorescent microscopy.
To identify regenerated myocytes from engrafted ESCs, we used an immunofluoresceilt technique to detect cardiac troponin-I (cTn-I) and a-myosin heavy chain (a-MHC), two of the structural markers of myocardium. Frozen tissue sections were fixed in acetone for 10 minutes and then dried in air. Nonspecific binding was blocked by incubation in 1% bovine serum albumin in PBS. The samples were then reacted with an anti-troponin-I antibody (goat polyclonal IgG, Santa Cruz Biotechnology Inc, Santa Cruz, CA), or a mouse anti-a-MHC monoclonal antibody (Berkeley Antibody Company, Richmond, CA) for 1 hour. After washing with PBS, sections were incubated with a rabbit anti-goat conjugated rhodamine IgG (H+L) for cTn-I or a goat anti-mouse conjugated fluorescein IgG for a-MHC (Pierce Chemical Company, Rockford, IL). Fluorescent immunostaining for cTn-I and a-MHC was examined and photographed under fluorescent microscopy.
Double staining for GFP (ZYMED Lab, Inc, San Francisco, CA) and connexin43 (CX-43, Sigma, St. Louis, MO) was carried out with the mouse anti-GFP
and rabbit anti-CX-43 antibodies in myocardial frozen section to verify the formation of gap junction in cell-transplanted myocardium. GFP labeling was detected with a goat anti-mouse antibody conjugated to FITC (Pierce Chemical Company, Rockford, IL). CX-43 labeling was detected with a goat anti-rabbit antibody conjugated to Texas Red (Vector Lab, Inc, Burlingame, CA). Confocal microscopy was applied to 10 analyze immunofluorescence labeling of engrafted cells in injured myocardium with the antibodies recognizing GFP and CX-43.
Assessnaefzt of angiogeszesis The density of capillary vessels was examined in injured HE staining 15 myocardium with or without ESCs transplantation. The number of capillaries, less than 20 ~,m, was counted in the ischemic zone of all groups. Each section was randomly detected in five high-power fields (x400 magnification) and the number of capillaries in each microscopy field was presented as the mean of blood vessels per unit area (0.2 mm2). In addition, we also used immunohistochemical staining for 20 blood vessel endothelial cells by anti-von Willebrand Factor (vWF, DAKO
LSAB
Kit, DAKO Corp, Carpinteria, CA) antibody to evaluate ESCs-induced angiogenesis in infarcted myocardium. After tissue fixation in acetone, frozen sections were treated with 3% hydrogen peroxide for 5 minutes and then incubated with a rabbit anti-human vWF IgG. Following PBS washing, the sections were linked with a 25 biotinylated link antibody and labeled with streptavidin. A mixed substrate-chromogen solution was used to incubate with sections. Finally, sections were stained with hematoxylin for 2 minutes. Images were captured with the Spot Software (Version 2.1, Diagnostic Instruments Inc, Sterling Heights, MI).
30 Data afaalysis The averaged data are expressed as mean ~ SE. Statistical significance between two groups was determined by paired or unpaired Student's t-test.
Results for more than two experimental groups were evaluated by one way variance analysis (ANOV A) with repeated measurements to specify differences between groups. A P
value less than 0.05 was considered as significant difference.
Empirical Results:
Experiment 1: Differentiation of ESCs Spontaneously beating cells were observed in cultured ESCs after 9 to 14 days to of withdrawal of LIF from conditioned culture medium. The action potentials recorded from ESCs-derived cardiomyocytes are shown by Figs. lA-1C
respectively.
ESCs were cultured for ~10 days after withdrawal of LIF from cultured medium. Spontaneous action potentials were observed with the zero-current clamp method in a representative beating cell, as shown by Fig. 1A. Electrical-stimulated 15 action potential was elicited in an ESC cell after depolarizing the membrane potential by the current clamp method, as shown by Fig. 1B. Finally, Fig. 1C shows the.
response of cell shortening and spontaneously beating to changes to changes of extracellular Ca2+ concentration in cultured ESCs by the edge-detected method.
Thus, the data shows that some of the beating cells had spontaneous action 2o potentials recorded by the zero current-clamp technique (Fig. 1A); while some of the others had no spontaneous action potential, but were elicited action potentials after electrical stimulation (Fig. 1B). Also the data shows that increase in extracellular Ca~+ concentration enhanced the rate of spontaneous contractions and the amplitude of cell shortening in differentiated cells from cultured mouse ESCs (Fig. 1C).
These 25 results demonstrate that after ~10 days in culture, ESCs in the absence of LIF are able, at least part of them, to differentiate to spontaneously beating cardiac-like cells.
Experiment 2: Improvement of myocardial contractility after ESCs transplantation Six weeks after MI induction, hemodynamic measurements showed that the 3o MI mice injected with the cell-free medium had a lower LV systolic pressure (LVSP, P <0.01), a higher LV end-diastolic pressure (LVEDP, P <0.01), and a slower rate to reach the peak of LV systolic pressure (+dP/dt, P <0.01) than those in sham operated mice (see Table El). However, ESCs implantation significantly improved the left ventricular function at 6 weeks after MI induction and cell transplantation.
Myocardial contractility reflected by the parameters of LVSP, LVEDP, and +dP/dt was significantly increased in cell-transplanted mice (P <0.05, versus MI
control).
This is shown by Figs. 2A-2C.
Fig. 2 shows the original traces of hemodynamic measurements in MI mice.
Fig. 2A represents the sham-operated control; Fig. 2B represents the MI
control with injection of the cell-free medium; and Fig. 2C represents the MI with intramyocardial transplantation of ESCs. Measurements were conducted after 6 weeks of MI
induction and cell transplantation. LVP, left ventricular pressure; dP/dt, rate of left ventricular pressure change.
Table El: Improvement of left ventricular function by ESCs transplantation in MI mice Sham MI+Medium MI+ESCs (n=8) (n=7) (n=8) LVSP (mmHg) 94.2 2.3 50.5 t 2.0** 79.8 2.1#
LVEDP (mmHg) 9.6 0.3 18.2 0.7** 12.5 0.4#
+dP/dt (mmHg/s) 8100 220 4600 310** 7200 260#
Values are presented as mean ~ SE. Sham: sham-operated mice; MI+Medium:
myocardial infarction mice injected with cell-free medium; MI+ESCs: myocardial infarction mice transplanted with ESCs. LVSP: left ventricular systolic pressure;
LVEDP: left ventricular end-diastolic pressure; +dp/dt: rate of peak left ventricular systolic pressure raise. **, P <0.01 vs. Sham; #, P <0.05 vs. MI+Medium.
The empirical data also showed the inotropic response to the (3-adrenergic stimulation in isolated papillary muscles. This is illustrated by Fig. 3. An increase in developed tension to isoproterenol stimulation was observed in papillary muscles isolated from sham-operated mice (Sham, , n = 8). However, the positive inotropic response to isoproterenol stimulated was blunted in MI+Medium group ( , n =
7). In contrast, developed tension to the (3-adrenergic stimulation was significantly preserved in papillary muscles isolated from post-infarcted mice transplanted with ESCs (MI+ESCs, , n = 8). Data are expressed as mean ~ SE. *, P < 0.05, vs.
Sham;
#, P < 0.05, vs. MI+Medium.
l0 These results demonstrated that the developed tension of isolated papillary muscles was similar at the baseline for the sham-operated mice and for the MI
mice with or without cell transplantation (Fig. 3, see Baseline). Beta-adrenergic stimulation with different concentrations of isoproterenol significantly increased the developed tension of papillary muscles isolated from the sham-operated mice (Fig. 3, 15 Sham). In contrast, papillary muscles isolated from the MI mice with intramyocardial injection of the cell-free medium did not response to the ~i-adrenergic stimulation well (Fig. 3, MI+Medium). However, papillary muscles isolated from MI mice transplanted with ESCs remarkably responded to the stimulation of isoproterenol (Fig.
3, MI+ESCs), especially at 10-4 M of the [3-adrenergic agonist (P < 0.05, versus 20 MI+Medium). This result indicates that intramyocardial transplantation of ESCs partially preserved the contractility of the left ventricular papillary muscles.
Experiment 3: Histologic analysis An analysis was done to show morphological changes after MI induction and 25 cell transplantation. The results are shown by Figs. 4A-4C respectively.
Fig. 4A illustrates HE staining in sham-operated mouse heart tissue (Sham);
Fig. 4B shows the MI mouse injected with cell-free medium (MI+Medium); and Fig.
4C represents the MI mouse injected with ESCs (MI+ESCs). Original magnification x200.
3o Thus, the empirical evidence shows that normal myocardium is observed in the sham-operated mice by hematoxylin and eosin staining (Fig. 4A). However, necrotic and fibrous scar tissue was clearly formed in the MI myocardium injected with the cell-free medium after 6 weeks of ligation of the left anterior descending coronary artery (Fig. 4B). In contrast, engrafted cells were found in infarcted hearts 6 weeks after MI induction and cell transplantation (Fig. 4C). This result reveals that engrafted ESCs survive in injured myocardium.
5 To further confirm the survival of implanted cells, the marker GFP cDNA was transfected into cultured ESCs before they were transplanted into myocardium.
The results are illustrated by Figs. 5A-5C.
Fig. 5 demonstrates GFP expression in cultured ESCs and in myocardium with cell transplantation. Fig. 5A shows cultured ESCs under light-contrast microscopy to (x200); Fig. 5B illustrates GFP expression in cultured ESCs 2 days after GFP
transfection under fluorescent microscopy (x200); and Fig. 5c identifies GFP
positive spots detected under fluorescent microscopy (x100) in myocardium sectioned from a MI heart with transplantation of GFP-transfected ESCs.
This histological analysis thus shows the cultured ESCs under phase-contrast 15 light microscopy (Fig. 5A). After 4~ hours of transfection with the GFP
gene, ESCs exhibited green fluorescence in more than 90% of transfected cells (Fig. 5B).
In addition, GFP positive spots were detected under fluorescent microscopy in frozen sections prepared from MI hearts at 6 weeks after MI induction and cell transplantation (Fig. 5C). Moreover, engrafted cells were able to regenerate 20 myocardial tissue in injured hearts.
Subsequently, immunostaining for cTn-I and a-MHC in mouse hearts was conducted, as is shown by Figs. 6A-6F. Upper panels (red): Fig. 6A shows immunofluorescent staining for a-MHC in sham-operated myocardium; Fig. 6B is the staining in infarcted myocardium with injection of the cell-free medium; and Fig. 6C
25 shows the staining in infarcted myocadium with ESCs transplantation. Lower panels (green): Fig. 6D shows the irnmunofluorescent staining for cTn-I in sham-operated myocardium; Fig. 6E shows staining in infarcted myocardium with injection of the cell-free medium; and Fig. 6F shows staining in infarcted myocardium with ESCs transplantation.
30 Overall, Fig. 6 shows that intensive immunostaining for cTn-I and a-MHC
was identified in normal myocardium with an even distribution (Fig. 6A) and in infarcted myocardium with ESCs transplantation (Fig. 6C). In contrast, immunostaining for both cTn-I and a-MHC was much lower in MI areas injected with the cell-free medium.
In addition, positive double staining for GFP and CX-43 was verified in injured myocardium with ESCs transplantation, as shown by Fig. 7. In contrast, both GFP and CX-43 were stained negatively in infarcted myocardium with medium injection (data not shown). These results demonstrate that engrafted cells not only survived in injured myocardium, but also formed new cardiac tissue.
Fig. 7 is a photograph of confocal microscopy of Immunofluorescence labeling of engrafted cells in injured myocardium (100x) with the antibodies recognizing GFP and CX-43. Double staining for GFP and CX-43 was carried out with the mouse anti-GFP and rabbit anti-CX-43 antibodies in myocardial frozen sections. GFP labeling was detected with a goat anti-mouse IgG conjugated to FITC
and CX-43 labeling was detected with a goat anti-rabbit IgG conjugated to Texas Red.
The arrows point the possible connection between GFP positive and negative cells (white arrow) and between GFP negative cells (yellow arrow).
Experiment 4: Effects of transplantation of ESCs transfected with VEGF on heart function Application of VEGF is known to improve myocardial blood perfusion by an 2o increase in collateral blood vessels in patients with myocardial ischemia.
To test whether transplantation of ESCs overexpressing VEGF into injured myocardium improved cardiac function even greater, we transfected ESCs with a VEGFISS
cDNA
and implanted ESCs with overexpression of VEGF to MI hearts. The results are illustrated by Figs. 8A-8C respectively.
Fig. 8 as a whole shows the expression of VEGF in cultured ESCs with or without transfection of VEGFI6s. VEGF was detected in cultured ESCs without transfection of the VEGF cDNA. Fig. 8A shows that the intensity of VEGF
staining detected under fluorescent microscopy (x400) was markedly increased in cultured ESCs after 2 days of VEGFI6s transfection. Fig. 8C is a Western blot analysis of 3o VEGF in cultured ESCs. The upper panels show the original VEGF and internal control (Cyclophilin A) blots for ESCs (left) and ESCs-VEGF (right) The lower panel is the normalized VEGF levels for ESCs (n = 4) and ESCs VEGF (n = 4).
**, P
< 0.01, vs. ESCs.
The observed results thus show that cultured ESCs expressed a certain level of VEGF detected by immunofluorescent staining (Fig. 8A). After the human VEGFISs gene was transfected into ESCs for 2 days, intensive immunofluorescence of VEGF in transfected ESCs was observed and indicated an overexpression of the growth factor (Fig. 8B). Western blot analysis further confirmed that VEGF was increased by fold in cultured ESCs transfected with cDNA of VEGF (Fig. 8C).
In addition, the experiments in vivo showed that the improvement of left to ventricular function was significantly greater in the MI mice transplanted with ESCs plus VEGF than in the MI animals transplanted with ESCs alone. The differences of LVSP (P < 0.05) and LVEDP (P < 0.05) were statistically significant between the two group, as shown by Figs. 9A and 9B.
Fig. 9 as a whole shows a comparison of left ventricular function in MI mice.
Normalized left ventricular systolic pressure (LVSP, Fig. 9A) and normalized left ventricular end diastolic pressure (LVEDP,Fig. 9B) are shown in MI mice.
Transplantation of ESCs alone (MI + ESCs, n = 8) or ESCs-VEGF (MI + ESCs-VEGF, n = 8) significantly improved left ventricular function compared the MI
control animals (MI + Medium, n = 7). The data was normalized to the values (100°l0) of the sham-operated animals (Sham, n = 8). **, P < 0.01, vs.
Sham; #, P <
0.05, vs. MI + Medium; 1., P < 0.05, vs. MI + ESCs.
To assess the angiogenesis effect of VEGF, we calculated capillary density and compared the differences among animals with various treatments. The number of capillaries in injured myocardium with ESCs transplantation was significantly greater (P < 0.01) than that in MI-untreated hearts. The capillary density in the ESCs-EVGF
group was also significantly higher (P < 0,01) than the control. In addition, the capillary density was significant higher in the ESCs- VEGF-transplanted mice than that in the animals transplanted With ESCs alone. This is shown by Figs. 10A
and 10B.
3o Fig. 10 as a whole shows the effects of ESCs transplantation on capillary density in infarcted myocardium. Fig. IOA reveals the FiE staining of a myocardial section from a MI mouse heart transplanted with ESCs overexpressing VEGF.
Arrows indicate the blood vessels in infarcted myocardium (magnification x200).
Fig. lOB graphically shows the averaged numbers of blood vessels for sham (n =
8), MI + medium (n = 7), MI + ESCs (n = 8), and MI + ESCs-VEGF (n = 7). **, P <
0.01, vs. Sham; #, P < 0.05, vs. MI + Medium; 1., P < 0.05, vs. MI + ESCs.
Subsequently, the effects of engrafted cells on neovascularization in the infarcted and peri-infarcted myocardium were further evaluated by immunohistochemical analysis. An anti-von Willebrand Factor (vWF, a marker of endothelial cells) antibody was applied to confirm new blood vessels in infarcted area.
The results are shown by Figs. 11A-11C respectively.
Fig. 11 as a whole reveals the positive immunostaining for blood vessel endothelial cells by anti-von Willebrand Factor (vWF) antibody in mouse myocardial sections. Fig. 11A shows Rich vWF staining (red) in a normal myocardial section demonstrates normal blood vessel distribution in a sham-operated mouse heart.
Fig.
11B demonstrates that vWF staining was significantly reduced in infarcted myocardium injected with the. cell-free medium. Sporadic vWF staining indicates few blood vessels in MI region; Fig. 11C shows that transplantation of ESCs with overexpression of VEGF significantly increased vWF staining in infarcted myocardium with numerous engrafted cells. Magnification x200.
Fig. 11 clearly shows the red positive staining of vWF. Compared to normal 2o myocardium (Fig. 11A), the density of vWF staining was dramatically decreased in infarcted myocardium sectioned from the MI heart injected with the cell-free medium (Fig. 11B). However, transplantation of ESCs with overexpression of VEGF
markedly increased the density of vWF staining in infarcted myocardium with cell implantation. Figure 11C clearly shows neovascularization in the infarcted area with engrafts of implanted cells. These results demonstrate that transplantation of ESCs with overexpression of VEGF produced a greater improvement of cardiac function in MI mice; and that the better outcome may result from a stronger angiogenesis effect.
Conclusions Drawn From The Results Of Experiment Series I:
The empirical findings show that transplanted ESCs survived and differentiated into cardiomyocytes in injured myocardium and significantly improved left ventricular function in MI mice. The improvement of cardiac function was even greater in the MI hearts transplanted with overexpressing VEGF. In addition, ESCs themselves quantitatively expressed a sufficient amount of VEGF and were able to stimulate the growth of new blood vessels in injured myocardium. The angiogenesis effect was even stronger in infarcted myocardium when engrafted ESCs were to transfected with VEGF to be expressed in-situ. Therefore, ESCs and their differentiated cells constitute and comprise important sources for cell therapy in patients with MI-induced heart failure in the future.
2. ESCs transplantation significantly improved left ventricular function and 15 isometric contractility in post MI mice. One clinical possibility for the improvement of ventricular function is a reduction of infarcted area by regeneration of myocardium of engrafted ESCs. Reduction of infarct size could prevent over-stretching of the ventricle and preserve normal contractile function (Frank-Starling Law).
20 3. Myocardial regeneration by engrafted ESCs resulted in an improvement of global function in infarcted hearts, which could preserve papillary muscle function.
Our morphological data confirm that the engrafted cells survived in infarcted myocardium by identification of GFP positive cells within implanted hearts 6 weeks after MI induction and cell transplantation. The intensive immunostaining for cTn-I
25 and a-MHC in cell-transplanted MI hearts indicates differentiation and maturity of engrafted cells in injured myocardium. In contrast, both cTn-I and a-MHC were stained at a very low level in infarcted myocardium with medium injection.
Furthermore, positive double staining for GFP and CX-43 in injured myocardium with ESCs transplantation indicates possible formation of morphological and 3o functional connections among engrafted and host heart cells.
4. Another beneficial effect of ESCs transplantation is that engrafted ESCs induces angiogenesis in ischemically injured myocardium. In the present study, transplantation of ESCs alone or ESCs plus VEGF significantly increased the density of capillary blood vessels in infarcted myocardium. Thus, the improvement of left ventricular function in postinfarcted failing hearts after cell transplantation can result from regeneration of myocardium and blood vessels. Subsequently, this regeneration attenuated infarcted size and improved heart function.
5. Therapeutic angiogenesis markedly increases by combining application of to ESCs and VEGF in infarcted myocardium. Our data show that ESCs-VEGF
transplantation provided an even more effective approach to improve cardiac function in postinfarcted failing hearts. After intramyocardial transplantation, these cells communicate with their surrounding cells and tissues, signaling the formation of blood vessels to nourish them. The capillary density was significantly higher in the 15 ESCs-treated MI animals than in the MI control mice. The difference between ESCs and ESCs-VEGF groups was significant. This difference enhances graft survival and account for the significantly greater improvement of ventricular function in the MI
mice transplanted with ESCs-VEGF than in MI animals implanted with ESCs alone.
In addition, this increase in capillary density is deemed to be significant for the life 2o quality and life span in patients with heart failure.
6. Engrafted cells can restore damaged cardiac function. The present study demonstrates the beneficial effect of ESCs transplantation on cardiac function in MI
animals. ESCs transplantation was not only able to regenerate injured myocardium, 25 but also able to enhance neovascularization in infarcted area. As certain immune-related cell surface proteins are not yet expressed in ESCs, another advantage of using ESCs for cell therapy is a decrease in immunorejection. Therefore, the improvement of cardiac function results from regeneration of cardiomyocytes and blood vessels in MI mice transplanted with ESCs alone or with ESCs overexpressing VEGF. This 3o novel approach will provide the basis for future cell therapy for patients dying of MI
and heart failure.
Experimental Series II
Permanent loss of cardiomyocytes results in irreversible damage of cardiac function in patients who have suffered from myocardial infarction (MI).
Replacing scar tissue of damaged heart with new functional cardiomyocytes is believed to improve myocardial contractility and prevent the progression of heart failure.
A number of recent studies demonstrated that transplantation of a range of different cultured cells into damaged myocardium was able to restore the impaired cardiac function in either cryoinjured or infarcted hearts. Some of these engrafted cells have been shown to survive, proliferate, and form gap junctions with the host myocardium. In contrast, other reported data found that fetal and neonatal pig cardiomyocytes and cardiac-derived cell line HL-1 did not survive after grafting into pig myocardium. The above discrepancies are believed to result from differences in the types of donor cells or the status of the host myocardium at the time of transplantation.
Embryonic stem (ES) cells are totipotent cells containing the capability of unlimited, in vitro proliferation useful to cardiogenesis. Our recent study showed that ES cell transplantation was feasible in infarcted rat myocardium and that improvement of heart function was observed in MI rats after 6 weeks of ES cell transplantation [Min et al., Circulation 102 (Supply: 156, Abstract (2000)].
However, the long-term functional effects of ES cell transplantation on postinfarcted failing hearts remains to be determined. Therefore, this study was made to investigate the long-term effects of ES cell transplantation on mortality and the improvement of cardiac function in postinfarcted rats after 32 weeks of MI induction and cell implantation.
METHODS
ES cell preparatiora for transplantation.
3o The mouse ES cell line, ES-D3, was obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (A TCC, Manassas, VA) and maintained with the method as previously described (19). Briefly, ES-D3stem cells and their progenitor progeny cells were cultured in Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium (DMEM) on mitotically inactive mouse embryonic fibroblast feeder cells (ATCC, Manassas, VA). The medium was supplemented with 15% fetal bovine serum, 0.1 mM (3-mercaptoethanol (Sigma, St. Louis, MO), and 103 units/ml of leukemia inhibitory factor (LlF) conditioned medium (BRL, Gaithersburg, MD) to suppress differentiation. To initiate lineage selection/commitment and differentiation, ES cells and their progenitor progeny cells were dispersed with trypsin and resuspended in the medium without supplemental leukemia inhibitory factor (LIF) and cultured with hanging drops (approximate 400 cells per 20 ~,l) for 5 days. They were then seeded into 100-mm 1o cell culture dishes. The lineage-committed but undifferentiated beating cardiomyogenic clusters which resulted were then dissected by use of a sterile micropipette and re-cultured for another 2 days at 37°C in a humidified atmosphere with 5% CO2.
Before transplantation, cells were transfected with green fluorescent protein 15 (GFP), a marker for identification of engrafted cells from host myocytes in injured myocardium. Plasmids with a hCMV IE promoterlenhancer diving GFP gene (5.7 kb) and Gene PORTERS transfection reagent were obtained from Gene Therapy Systems Inc. (GTS Inc, San Diego, CA). An adequate amount of ES cells were plated in 100-mm dishes to obtain 50-60% confluence on the day of transfection. Two days 20 after GFP transfection, cultured ES cells were trypsinized and resuspended in Joklik modified medium (Sigma, St. Louis, MO) with a density of 10' cells/ml for cell transplantation.
Experimental myocara'ial infarcxion and ES cell transplantation 25 Experiments were performed in male Wistar rats (Charles River, Wilmington, MA) with an initial body weight of 300 g. The investigation conformed to the Guide for the Care and Use of Laboratory Animals published by the US National Institutes of Health (NIH Publication No.85-23, revised I996), and the protocol was approved by our Institutional Animal Care Committee. MI was created by ligation of the left 30 anterior descending coronary artery as previously described (10). Shortly after induction of MI, 3 x 105 ES cell suspension was injected into 3 sites in MI
hearts with a tuberculin syringe. Two injection sites were at the border of ischemic area and one was in the middle of the infarcted region. Control animals received the same MI
operation but were only injected with an equivalent volume of the cell-free medium.
The survival rate was evaluated in all groups during the whole process of experiments, i.e., 32-weeks follow up. The study was comprised of the following groups: MI rats transplanted with ES cells (MI+ES Cells, n = 26); MI control rats injected with an equivalent volume of the cell-free medium (MI+Medium, n =
31);
and sham-operated rats with neither ligation of the coronary artery nor intramyocardial injection (Sham, n = 23).
l0 Echocardiographic studies and measurement of infarct si,~e.
Thirty-two weeks after transplantation, the animals were anesthetized with pentobarbital. The echo cardiographic procedure was performed as previously described (8). A commercially available echocardiographic system equipped with a 12.5-MHz probe (Agilgent Sonos 5500) was used for all studies. Initially, a two-15 dimensional short-axis view of the left ventricle was obtained at the level of papillary muscles. After optimizing gain settings and ensuring that the image was on-axis, M-mode tracings were recorded through the anterior and posterior left ventricular (LV) walls at a paper speed of 100 mm/s. This orientation was chosen to allow delineation of wall thickness and motion in infarcted and noninfarcted territories. The data of M-20 mode tracings were analyzed from data recorded on an optical disk. LV mass was calculated using a standard cube formula. Relative anterior wall thickness, relative posterior wall thickness, and LV internal dimensions were measured from at least three consecutive cardiac cycles on a M-mode strip chart recording.
Endocardial fractional shortening and midwall fractional shortening were also used as indices to 25 estimate LV systolic function.
After echo cardiographic measurements, the rats were sacrificed to measure infarct size as described by Pfeffer et al. [Circ. Res. 57: 84-95 (1985)].
Infarct size was calculated by dividing the sum of the planimetered endocardial and epicardial circumferences of the infarcted area by the sum of the total epicardial and endocardial 3o circumferences of the left ventricle.
Measurement of henZOdynamics In another series of experiments, rats were anesthetized again with pentobarbital after 32 weeks of MI operation and cell transplantation.
Hemodynamic measurements in vivo were performed with the method as described previously [Orlic et al., Nature 410: 701-705 (2001)]. After hemodynamic measurements, the rats were sacrificed and the heart was rapidly excised. The left ventricle including the septum was weighed and normalized by body weight. The ratio was calculated as indices of hypertrophy.
Idetatification of transpla~ated cells and histological studies.
Subsets of animals were sacrificed at 32 weeks after ES cell transplantation;
to evaluate the morphological characteristics and to identify the engrafted cells. The hearts were quickly removed and the free wall of the left ventricle, including the infarcted and periinfarcted regions, was embedded in tissue freezing medium for hematoxylin-eosin stain. Survival of transplanted cells was demonstrated by GFP
positive engrafts with the frozen sections from infarcted rat myocardium.
Regenerated cardiac-like cells from engrafted ES cells were verified by using an immunofluorescent method to identify cardiac specific proteins, cardiac myosin heavy chain (MHC) and troponin I (eTnI). Briefly, frozen tissue sections were fixed in 2o acetone (4°C) for 10 min, and incubated separately with a goat polyclonal IgG anti-TnI antibody (Santa Cruz Biotechnology Inc., Santa Cruz, CA) or a mouse anti-MHC
monoclonal antibody (Berkeley Antibody Co., Richmond, CA) for 60 min at room temperature. After washing with PBS, sections were incubated with a rabbit anti-goat conjugated rhodamine IgG (for TnI) or a goat anti-mouse conjugated fluorescein IgG
(for MHC) (Pierce Chemical Co., Rockford, IL). In addition, cardiomyocytes were .isolated using the Xiao et al. method [J. Ph, siol. (Lond) 508: 777-792 (1998)] from 32 weeks postinfarcted rat hearts to further verify the survival of engrafted cells.
Measurement of capillary density 3o The effect of ES cell transplantation on angiogenesis was evaluated by counting the number of capillary vessels [Tomita et al., Circulation 100 (Suppl. II):
II247-II256 (1999)], which is defined as the vessel diameter is less than 20 ~,m. The number of capillaries was counted under microscopy (x400 magnification) for five random fields in infarcted area and presented as the mean of blood vessels per unit area (0.2 mm2).
5 Data Analysis All values are presented as mean ~ S.E. Data was evaluated by one-way analysis of variance (ANOV A) with repeated measurements. Difference between two individual groups was compared by using pair or unpaired Student's t-test.
Survival rate during 32-week observation was analyzed by standard Kaplan-Meier 1o analysis and a statistical comparison between survival curves was made using the log rank test. The criterion for statistical significance was set at the level of P < 0.05.
Experiment 5: Survival Rates To evaluate the effect of ES cell transplantation on the mortality in MI
animals, the survival rate during 32-week observation was calculated in three animal 20 groups. The results are illustrated graphically by Fig. 12.
Fig. 12 shows: Kaplan-Meier survival curves for sham-operated rats, postinfarcted rats injected with the cell-free medium, and postinfarcted rats transplanted with ES cells during the 32-week trial. Sham, sham-operated rats;
MI+Medium, postinfarcted rats with injection of the cell-free medium; MI+ES
Cells, 25 postinfarcted rats with transplantation of ES cells. ES cell transplantation significantly increased the survival rate compared to MI rats with injection of the cell-free medium during 32-week follow up.
Fig. 12 reveals that transplantation of ES cells significantly increased the survival rate in the MI rats. Only 3 out of 26 (11%) animals in this group died during 30 the whole process of experiment. In contrast, the mortality was much higher in the post-MI rats injected with the cell-free medium. During the period of 32-week follow up, 7 out of 31 rats died in the MI+Medium group (23%). The Kaplan-Meier analysis showed a significant improvement (P < 0.05) of survival rate in the MI rats transplanted with ES cells than the animals received intramyocardial injection of the cell-free medium.
Experiment 6: Improvement Of Left Ventricular Function The effects of ES cell transplantation on left ventricular (LV) function and infarct area are shown in Table E2 for the MI rats after 32 weeks of MI
operation and cell transplantation. LV weight and the ratio of LV weight to body weight were significantly increased in MI+Medium group compared to sham-operated rats.
to However, ES cell transplantation significantly reduced not only the severity of LV
hypertrophy, but also the infarct size, in the MI rats with the 32-week follow up.
Table E2: General characteristics of sham-operated and MI rats Sham MI+Medium MI+ESCs (n-8) (n-7) (n-8) BW (g) 623.6 14.2 619.5 13.9 598.5 16.4 LVW (mg) 978. 3 9.9 1224.3 12.7* 1143.6 8.9#
LVWBW (mg/g) 1.5 0.15 2.1 0.12 1.7 0.11 1o Infarct Size 37.2 1.5 30.6 1.1#
Values are presented as mean ~ SE. Sham, sham-operated rats 32 weeks after operation; MI+Medium, postinfarcted rats injected with the cell-free medium 32 weeks after operation; MI+ES Cells, postinfarcted rats with ES cell transplantation 32 weeks after operation. BW, body weight; LVW, left ventricular weight; LVWBW, ratio of left ventricular weight against body weight. * P <0.05, vs. Sham; #, P <0.05, vs. MI+Medium.
In addition, as shown by Figs. 13A-13C, the LV systolic pressure (LVSP) and maximum arising rate of pressure (+dP/dtmax) significantly recovered in the postinfarcted rats transplanted with ES cells compared to the cell-free medium group.
The LV end-diastolic pressure (LVEDP) was significantly smaller in cell-transplanted MI animals than in postinfarcted rats injected with the cell-free medium.
These results indicate that ES cell transplantation significantly improved left ventricular function after 32 weeks of MI induction and cell implantation.
Fig. 13 as a whole demonstrates that ES cell transplantation significantly improved left ventricular function in postinfarcted rats using: Sham, sham-operated rats (n = 10); MI+Medium, postinfarcted rats injected with the cell-free medium (n =
9); MI+ES Cells, postinfarcted rats transplanted with ES cells (n = 10). Fig.
presents LVSP, the left ventricular systolic pressure; Fig. 13B shows LVEDP, the left ventricular end-diastolic pressure; Fig. 13C identifies +dP/dtmax, the rate of peak left ventricular systolic pressure raise. Measurements were conducted at 32 weeks after MI operation.* P < 0.05, ** P < 0.01, vs. Sham; # P < 0.05, vs. MI+Medium.
Experiment 7: Echocardiographic Assessment The results of echocardiographic assessment on cardiac function in MI rats after 32 weeks of ES cell implantation are shown by Table E3 and Fig. 14. The LV
2o cavity became dilated in infarcted rat hearts with injection of the cell-free medium.
Enlargement of LV cavity dimensions in infarcted hearts resulted in a significant decrease in anterior and posterior well thickness, and subsequently produced a reduction of endocardial and midwall fractional shortening. Transplantation of ES
cells significantly attenuated the development of LV modeling with a lower ratio of LV mass/body weight 32 weeks after MI. LV anterior and posterior wall thicknesses were partially reserved in MI rats transplanted with ES cells. In addition, LV
diastolic and systolic dimensions decreased in MI rats with cell transplantation.
Figs. 14A-14C are representative echocardiographic recordings in a sham-operated rat (Sham), a postinfarcted rat with injection of the cell-free medium (MI+Medium), and a postinfarcted rat with transplantation of ES cells (MI+ES
Cells).
The anterior and posterior walls were thinned and hypokinetic, whereas the left ventricular cavity became dilated in the postinfarcted rat heart injected with the cell-free medium. In contrast, ES cell transplantation improved ventricular wall contractility and reduced the left ventricular dilation compared to MI hearts with injection of the cell-free medium.
Table E3: Echocardiographic measurements of left ventricular function in vivo.
Sham MI+Medium MI+ES Cells 5 PW th (%) 79.2 8.5 46.2 3.5** 59.5 4*#
AW th (%) 64.4 7.5 39.5 4.5* 54.6 5#
LVDd (mm) 8.0 0.2 10.5 0.3** 8.6 0.3#
LVDs (mm) 5.1 0.2 7.7 0.4** 6.2 0.3*#
En FS(%) 36.71.3 24.21.2* 31.00.8#
to MW FS(%) 21.11.3 14.51.1 17.60.6 LV Mass (g) 0.92 0.1 1.38 0.2** 1.09 0.1#
LV MassB W (mg/g) 1.5 0.1 2.3 0.1 * 1.8 0.3#
*
15 Values are mean ~ SE. Each group represents 5 rats. PW th, relative posterior wall thickness; AW th, relative anterior wall thickness; LVDd, left ventricular diastolic dimension; LVDs, left ventricular systolic dimension; En FS, endocardial fractional shortening; MW FS, midwall fractional shortening; LV MassBW, ratio of left ventricular mass against body weight. * P < 0.05, ** P < 0.01, vs. Sham; # P <
0.05, 20 vs. MI+Medium.
Experiment 8: Survival of Engrafted Cells in Damaged Myocardium In order to identify the survival of engrafted cells in damaged myocardium, fresh frozen sections were prepared from postinfarcted hearts at 32 weeks after ES
cell transplantation. These sections are illustrated by Figs. 15A-15C
respectively.
Fig. 15 as a whole reveals GFP positive spots and single cells from infarcted myocardium with cell transplantation. Fig. 15A illustrates that, under fluorescent microscopy (x200), the frozen section showed strong GFP positive tissue in cell-implanted myocardium after 32 weeks of MI induction and cell transplantation.
Fig.
l0 15B shows that single GFP positive cells were detected with fluorescent microscopy (x200) in cardiomyocytes isolated from a MI heart 32 weeks after cell transplantation.
Fig. 15C corresponds to Fig. 15B, and shows GFP negative host cardiomyocytes.
Both GFP negative and positive cells were rod-shaped with clear striations under light-contrast microscopy (x200). The insets of Figs. 15B and 15C are the enlargement of the parts pointed by the arrows.
It will be noted that Fig. 15A shows that rich GFP positive spots were detected under fluorescent microscopy in one cell-engrafted myocardial slide. This result suggests that engrafted cells, at least part of them, survived well in injured myocardium after 32 weeks of MI induction and ES cell transplantation. In addition, 2o GFP positive cells were observed in single myocytes isolated from infarcted hearts after 32 weeks of ES cell tranplantation (Fig. 15B). These GFP positive cells were rod-shaped with clear striations which are the characteristics of adult mammalian cardiomyocytes (Fig. 15C).
In addition, an analysis of myocardial sections was made with hematoxylin and eosin staining. These results are shown by Figs. 16A-16H respectively.
Fig. 16 as a whole illustrates engrafted ES cells in postinfarcted rat myocardium which were identified with hematoxylin-eosin staining at 32 weeks after transplantation. Figs. 16A and 16B show the lower (x40) and higher (x200) magnification, correspondingly, of infarcted myocardium with injection of the cell-3o free medium. Figs. 16C and 16D show infarcted myocardium with transplantation of ES cells at lower (x40) and higher (x200) power, respectively. Engrafted cells are clearly seen in the infarcted area. Figs. 16E and 16F reveal positive immunostaining for MHC (x200) and cTnI (x200) which was observed in infarcted myocardium transplanted with ES cells. In contrast, immunostaining for either MHC (Fig.
16E) or cTnI (Fig. 16F) was negative in MI myocardium with injection of the cell-free medium.
This hematoxylin and eosin staining of myocardial sections clearly showed engrafted cells in infarct areas of 32-week MI hearts with ES cell transplantation (Figs. 16C and 16I~). The engrafted cells in infarcted myocardium were stained positively to MHC and cTnI (Figs. 16G and 16H). In contrast, scar tissue induced by MI with injection of the cell-free medium was stained negatively to MHC (Fig.
16E) and cTnI (Fig. 16F). These data demonstrate that engrafted ES cells not only survived in postinfarcted myocardium up to 32 weeks after cell transplantation, but also differentiated to mature cardiomyocytes. These new matured cardiomyocytes might play an important role in improvement of ventricular function in MI animals with ES
cell transplantation.
Experiment 9: Angiogenic Effects To examine whether transplanted ES cells induced an angiogenesis effects in injured myocardium, the density of blood vessels was calculated in infarcted area of MI hearts after 32 weeks of MI operation and cell transplantation. As shown by Fig.
17, the number of capillaries increased significantly (P < 0.01) in damaged myocardium in MI rats with ES cell transplantation than in MI animals with injection of the cell-free medium. This result indicates that engrafted ES cells were able to cause or enhance neovascularization in injured myocardium.
Fig. 17 graphically shows the numerical density of capillaries (vessels/0.2 mm2) from sham-operated rat myocardium, infarcted rat myocardium with injection of the cell-free medium, and infarcted rat myocardium with transplantation of ES cells at 32 weeks after MI operation. ES cell transplantation significantly increased the capillary density compared to the infarcted myocardium with injection of the cell-free medium. ** P < 0.01, vs. Sham; P < 0/0l, vs. MI+Control.
Conclusion Drawn From The Empirical Data Of Experimental Series II:
1. The present results show that transplantation of ES cells improved cardiac function up to 32 weeks in postinfarcted rat hearts. These findings reveal that ES cell transplantation provides beneficial effects on heart performance for a prolonged period of time after MI. The data also demonstrate that implanted ES cells can form stable grafts and differentiate to cardiac-like cells in transplanted areas.
2. The present results show that transplantation of ES cells has the beneficial effects on cardiac function after MI for up to 32 weeks. Stable grafts in infarcted area to were evidenced by strong GFP positive spots in MI rats after 32 weeks of MI
induction and cell transplantation. Single GFP positive cells isolated from infarcted hearts with ES cell transplantation were striated and rod-shaped. In addition, immunostaining for the cardiac specific proteins, MHC and cTnI, was found in infarcted area of MI rats with ES cell transplantation. The data strongly support that 15 improvement of cardiac function primarily results from cardiomyogenesis of implanted ES cells. Histologic examination did not show significant evidence of immunorejection of engrafted cells in MI hearts 32 weeks after cell transplantation. It is believed that the weak immunorejection in these experiments is due to the fact that ES cells express far fewer membrane surface antigens than do fully differentiated 20 cardiomyocytes.
3. Angiogenesis also plays a role in improvement of heart function in rats after 32 weeks of MI induction and ES cell transplantation. Damaged myocardial regions with enriched grafted cells were accompanied with new blood vessels found in our 25 experiments. Therefore, the angiogenesis effect is crucial to the survival of transplanted cells. New blood supply to damaged myocardium may provide nutrition to implanted cell and also rescue some host myocytes injured in ischemic area.
These effects will help the heart to improve its function. The initiation of the angiogenesis effect is caused directly by ES cells.
4. The present results demonstrate the long-term beneficial effects on progressive ventricular remodeling and improvement of damaged heart function after ES
cell transplantation in MI rats. Differentiated myocytes and the angiogenesis effect from engrafted cells may result in the functional improvement of MI
hearts after 32 weeks of cell implantation. Therefore, this unique approach offers clinical value for the treatment of myocardial infarction and heart failure.
5.
Experimental Series III
l0 Background Stem cells have traditionally been characterized as either embryonic or organ-specific. Several studies suggest that the latter can transdifferentiate into other cell types, including myocytes and neurons, carrying significant implications for the possible clinical use of these cells. After local transplantation, heart cells and 15 myoblasts show significant potential to repair infarcted myocardium and improve heart function. It has recently been demonstrated that stem cells (bone marrow cells) have the potential to regenerate infarcted myocardium. Other studies have shown that human bone marrow-derived angioblasts accelerate the neovascularization of ishemic myocardium and improve myocardial function.
20 Myocarditis is a multifacted disease process involving viral infection, immune activation, and microvascular spasm. It is characterized by myocardial necrosis and inflammation in the acute stage, followed by myocardial fibrosis, calcification, cardiac dilatation, hypertrophy and heart failure in the chronic stage.
Although the specific cause of myocarditis in any given patient often remains unclear, a large 25 variety of infections, systemic diseases, drugs, and toxins have been associated with the development of this disease.
There is also a consensus that viruses may be a predominant cause of myocarditis. For example, human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) has been detected in heart tissue from patients with the acquired immunodeficiency syndrome.
Hepatitis 30 C is able to replicate in the human myocardium and may also be involved in the development of dilated cardiomyopathy. Other viral agents such as influenza A
and B, polio, mumps, and rubella have been shown to cause myocarditis.
At present, there are no known effective therapies for preventing or reversing the structural and functional changes that occur and may cause death or debility of approximately one third of patients with clinical manifestations of myocarditis.
Nevertheless, we believe that ES cells are capable of responding to signals from areas of inflammation and necrosis in myocarditis by proliferating, migrating into, and restoring functionality of damaged areas. To demonstrate this capability empirically, mice were injected with mouse embryonic stem cells via tail vein and immediately inoculated with encephalomyocarditis virus (EMCV). The morbidity, mortality, and histopathology of these mice were then assessed to evaluate the effect of ES
cells on l0 viral myocarditis.
MATERIALS AND METHODS:
Preparatiofz of ES Cells The mouse ES cell line, ES-D3, was obtained from the American Type 15 Culture Collection (ATCC, Manassas, VA) and maintained as stem cells and progenitor progeny cells with the methods as previously described. Briefly, ES-cells were cultured in Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's medium (DMEM) on mitotically inactive mouse embryonic fibroblast feeder cells (ATCC, Manassas, VA). The medium was supplemented with 15% fetal bovine serum, 0.1 mM ~3-mercaptoethanol 20 (Sigma, St. Louis, MO), and 103 units/ml of leukemia inhibitory factor (LIF) conditioned medium (BRL, Gaithersburg, MD) to suppress differentiation.
Before cell transplantation, however, ES cells were transfected with enhanced green fluorescent protein (GFP), used to identify survival of transplanted ES
cells. A
plasmid with hCMV IE promoter/enhancer diving GFP gene (5.7 kb) and 25 GenePORTER~ transfection reagent was obtained from Gene Therapy Systems Inc.
(GTS Inc., San Diego, CA). An adequate amount of ES cells and their progeny cells were plated in 100-mm dishes to obtain 50-60% confluent on the day of transfection.
Plasmid GFP DNA (8 ~,g) was added to each dish with a calcium phosphate precipitation method. After 2 days of GFP transfection, cultured ES cells were 3o trypsinized and resuspended in Joklik modified medium (Sigma, St. Louis, MO) with a density of 10' cells/ml for the use of infusion.
Virus Preparation a>zd Inoculation of Mice The M variant of encephalomyocarditis virus (EMCV) (ATCC, Manassas, VA) was used in this study. Viral stock was prepared as described. Briefly, human amnion (FL) cell monolayers were infected with EMCV and harvested when cytopathic effects were completed. The viral titers were determined by plaque formation on FL cell monolayer. The viral stock was stored at -80°C
until use. Mice were inoculated intraperitoneally (ip) with 140 plaque-forming units (0.1 ml) of EMCV diluted in Eagle's minimum essential medium.
Experimezztal Protocol A total of 100 4-week-old BALB/c male mice were obtained from the Charles River Laboratories (Wilmington, MA). ES cells were administered via tail vein (1 x 10~ cell per mouse). The mice were immediately inoculated with EMCV after the administration of ES cells. Animals were randomly divided into five groups:
medium control, ES cells, EMCV, EMCV+medium,, and EMCV+ES. The day of virus inoculation was defined as day 0. Animals were sacrificed at 1, 3, 7, 14, 21, and 30 days following virus inoculation to determine pathological changes at each stage of infection. These times were chosen to coincide with the acute phase (day 3), initial myocardial inflammation (day 7), peak inflammatory cell infiltration (day 14), and the 2o beginning of fibrosis and dilated cardiomyopathy (day 21 and 30).
All animal experiments were performed in accordance with National Institute of Health guidelines. Protocols were approved by the Animal Care and Use Committee of Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center and Harvard Medical School.
Histopatlzology a~cd GFP Fluoresceface At each designed day, 4 mice were randomly chosen for sacrifice. Heart, spleen, liver, lung, and kidney were excised and embedded in tissue-freezing medium (Triangle Biomedical Sciences, Durham, NC) and then frozen in liquid nitrogen.
The tissues were then cryostat-sectioned to 5 ~,m thickness. Those sections were kept at -80°C until GFP detection or pathology score was measured by hematoxylin and eosin staining. Several sections of each organ were scored blindly. For each myocardial sample (dead mice did not undergo necropsy), histological evidence of myocarditis and inflammation was classified in terms of the degree of cellular infiltration and myocardial cell necrosis and graded on a five-point scale ranging from 0 to 4+. A
zero score indicated no or questionable presence of lesions in each category.
A 1+
score described a limited focal distribution of myocardial lesions. A score of 2+ to 3+
described intermediate severity with multiple lesions, whereas a 4+ score described the presence of coalescent and extensive lesions over the entire examined heart tissue.
Statistical Analysis Results are presented as mean ~ SD. Survival of mice was analyzed by the to Kaplan-Meier methods. Comparison within and between groups was performed using one-way ANOVA. Post hoc comparison of individual groups was done using Newman-Keul subgroup analysis. A P value of <0.05 was considered significant.
EMPIRICAL RESULTS
Experiment No. 10: Morbidity and Mortality Infection with EMCV produced similar pathological changes in all mice under test. In brief, 3 days after virus inoculation, the mice appeared ill, and some 2o developed coat ruffling, weakness, and irritability. Some mice developed a paralysis of the hind legs. Mortality among the virus control mice was 36%. However, in the ES cell group, the mortality of myocarditis mice was 20% (P < 0.05 compared to the untreated group). These results are graphically illustrated by Fig. 18.
Fig. 18 shows the survival of myocarditis mice. Animals were treated with ES
cells via tail vein. The percent survival in the ES cells-treated groups was significantly higher than that in the V alone group. * P < 0.05. M: medium;
EMCV:
virus; ES: mouse embryonic stem cell; EMCV+ES: virus plus stem cell.
Experiment No. 11: Histological Examination 3o On day 3, a few scattered foci of myocyte necrosis associated with inflammatory cells were noted in myocardium from viral infected mice. On day 7, 14, and 30, myocyte necrosis and accompanying inflammation had become extensive, confluent in some areas and multifocal in others, as shown by Figs. 19A-19I.
In the ES cell group, pathological changes were ameliorated among myocarditic animals.
The histopathological scores of necrosis and inflammatory cell infiltration were significantly lower in the ES cell groups in comparison with those of untreated animals, as shown by Figs. 20A and 20B.
Fig. 19 as a whole provides photomicrographs (light microscopy) of hematoxylin and eosin-stained myocardial sections from ES cells-treated myocarditis mice. In virus control hearts there is inflammatory cell infiltration and necrosis at day 7 (Figs. 19A and 19B; low- and high-power magnification, respectively); at day i0 (Figs. 19C and 19D) and at day 30 (Figs. 19E and 19F), extensive infiltration and necrosis, as well as fibrosis and calcification; photomicrographs of stem cells treated myocarditis hearts at day 7 (Fig. 19G), at day 14 (Fig. 119H), and at day 30 (Fig. 19I).
The arrows point to infiltration and necrosis. Low magnification: original x 40; nigh magnification: original x 200.
15 Fig. 20 as a whole graphically illustrates the histological grading of infected mouse hearts. Histological scoring of hearts ranged from 0 to 4+ in each of the categories of inflammation and necrosis. * P < 0.05 compared to virus group.
Open bar: EMCV group, Solid bar: EMCV plus ES cells group. Fig. 20A illustrates infiltration and Fig. 20B illustrates necrosis.
Experiment 12: ES Cell Migration Into The Heart ES cells are demonstrated to migrate into the myocardium directly. Fig. 21 as a whole provides myocardial sections (confocal microscopy) from viral myocarditic myocardium treated with embryonic stem cells at day 14 after infection. Fig.
shows minimal green fluorescence in myocardium from uninfected mice treated with ES cells; Fig. 21B shows GFP (green) in necrosis area of myocarditic myocardium;
Fig. 21C shows DAPI staining (blue); Fig. 21D shows the overlap of Figs. 21B
and 21C; Figs. 21E and 21H are higher magnification of GFP (green) in myocarditis heart;
a-actinin (red); DAPI (blue); and an overlap of Figs. 21E, 21F and 21G.
3o In particular, it is noted that Fig. 21A shows there is minimal green fluorescence in myocardium from uninfected mice treated with ES cells transfected with cDNA for GFP. In contrast, Fig. 21B indicates that there is significant green fluorescence 14 days after administration of ES cells in myocardium from viral infected mice, indicating that ES cells homed to the hearts of animals with myocarditis. Figs. 21E-21H respectively indicate that ES cells can differentiate into myocytes.
Conclusions Drawn from the Empirical Results:
1. Administration of mouse ES cells significantly decreased the mortality of viral myocarditis. This is the first demonstration of a protective effect against viral myocarditis by ES cell transplantation. The results clearly demonstrate that:
(a) ES
cells significantly increased the survival of mice with myocarditis; (b) invasion of the virus stimulated the migration of ES cells into the myocardium; and (c) ES
cells differentiate into myocytes in the myocarditic heart.
2. Regeneration of organ-specific new cells may be one of the major mechanisms used by stem cells to repair damaged tissue and improve function. The present study shows that ES cells, which were administered via tail vein, significantly decreased the mortality, necrosis and infiltration of inflammatory cells. The GFP and a-actinin 2o fluorescence studies indicated that ES cells migrated into the myocarditic heart and differentiated into new myocytes. Thus, the differentiation of myocytes is deemed to be one of the major reasons that ES cells decrease the necrosis, inflammation and mortality of viral myocarditis.
3. Current theories about myocarditis suggest that a three-step process is involved. The process begins with an acute phase 0-3 days after viral infection.
There is an initial viral infection of genetically susceptible host myocytes that can lead to early pathological evidence of myocardial damage. After viral invasion of the myocardium, cell-mediated immunity activates the subacute phase of myocardial and 3o endothelial damage. Finally, a chronic phase is characterized by slow myocyte loss and myocardial fibrosis, which progresses to dilated cardiomyopathy, terminal failure and death. The principal pathogenic mechanisms probably include direct viral tissue damage and immunocyte-mediated cellular damage critical for the progression of myocarditis to dilated cardiomyopathy and heart failure.
During this pathological period, positive GFP staining was empirically detectable in the myocardium, but there was no significant pathological difference between the treated and untreated groups. Accordingly, it is concluded that ES
cells do not affect this phase. The immune T-cell infiltration peaked on day 7 to 14 after virus inoculation, coinciding with the most severe acute pathological damage in the myocardium. In the period from day 7 to 14, mortality reached its peak and subsequently declined.
to Furthermore, the scores of myocardial necrosis and inflammatory cell infiltration at day 7 and 14 were higher than at other time points, and GFP
and a-actinin were detectable from days 7 to 30 after ES cell administration and virus inoculation. Based on these results, it is also concluded that ES cells migrate from an extra-cardiac source to the heart in order to protect it against myocarditis.
4. ES cells are believed to have to ways to rescue inflammatory or damaged tissue: (a) differentiation into new myocytes to replace dead or damaged cells and (b) delivery of pharmacologically active substances to affected areas of the heart. It is also possible that when myocardial injury or inflammation occurs, the affected tissue 2o may release a signal, which stimulates stem cells to migrate toward the myocardium.
However, at this time the determination of the detailed mechanism of cellular homing remains unknown.
~5 Experimental Series IV
Backgrouyad:
As a result of limited myocyte regenerative capabilities, injured myocardium cannot prevent the onset and evolution of ventricular dysfunction. Although limited 30 ~ regeneration of cardiomyocytes has recently been reported in human infarcted hearts, it is generally acknowledged that dead myocardium is replaced by nonfunctional fibrous tissue. High morbidity of ischemic cardiac dysfunction and shortage of donor hearts demand a constant search for new approaches to treat heart failure.
Cell transplantation, including use of ATl, fetal or neonatal cardiomyocytes, satellite cells and bone marrow cells each have been demonstrated to be of some therapeutic value for the repair of damaged myocardium in animal models.
The bone marrow is known to contain a population of rare progenitor cells known as mesenchymal stem cells (MSCs), which have the capability to colonize different tissues, replicate, and differentiate into multilineage cells, including cardiac muscles. Human MSCs have been demonstrated to have the ability to proliferate extensively, and maintain the ability to differentiate into multiple cell types in vitro.
to A recent study showed that the implanted bone marrow cells can differentiate into myocytes and coronary vessels to ameliorate the function of the injured heart.
In order to provide important clinical insights for cell therapy, the present study investigated the feasibility of transplantation of hMSCs alone or co-transplantation (1:l) of hMSCs plus human fetal cardiomyocytes (hFCs) in MI
pigs.
15 Hemodynamic evaluation of ventricular function and histologic evidence of engrafted cells in injured myocardium were evaluated and compared in MI pigs with or without cell transplantation.
METHODS
Cell culture afzd preparation The hMSCs and hFCs (19 weeks) were obtained from BioWhittaker Inc.
(Walkersville, MD, USA) and maintained with the method as previously described [Smith, A.G., J. Tissue Culture Methods 13: 89-94 (1991)]. Briefly, a Bullet-kit containing mesenchymal growth supplements was used to culture cells. Before cell transplantation, hMSCs were transfected with enhanced GFP cDNA for identification of the survival of engrafted cells. Approximately 3 x 105 of hMSCs were plated in 100-mm dishes and cultured to obtain ~90% confluence on the day of transfection.
Two days after GFP transfection, cultured hMSCs were trypsinized and centrifuged.
3o Collected hMSCs and hFCs were resuspended in the cultured medium for cell transplantation with a concentration of 10' cells/ml.
Experimental arcitnals and surgical preparations MI was performed in male Yorkshire pigs with a body weight of ~15 kg. The animals were sedated with ketamine (15 mg/kg, i.m.) and thiopentathal (5 mglkg, i.v.). After tracheal intubation, animals were ventilated with ~2% isoflurane at a rate of 12 breaths/min (Hallowell EMC Model 2000, Veterinary Anesthesia Ventilator, Pittsfield, MA, USA). Electrocardiogram and respiration were monitored by a multiple-channel recorder (Portal Systems Inc., Beaverton, OR, USA). The right femoral artery was isolated and cannulated with an introduction sheath.
Through the catheter sheath, a 7 Fr. pig-tailed catheter was retrogradely advanced into the left to ventricle. The catheter was connected to a pressure transducer and intraventricular pressure was recorded by a chart-strip recorder. The LVSP, LVEDP, +dP/dt, and -dP/dt were measured to evaluate ventricular function.
The heart was exposed by means of a left thoracotomy through the 4th and 5th intercostal space. The distal end, just below the 3rd diagonal, of the left anterior 15 descending coronary artery was ligated. Five minutes after ligation, 7 x 106 cells of either hMSCs plus hFCs (1:1,10 cells/ml) or hMSCs alone (10' cells/ml) was injected into the border area of ischemic myocardium. Control MI hearts received the same MI operation, but were injected with the same volume of the cell-free medium.
Antibiotics (Cefazolin, 35 mg/kg, i.m.) and analgesics (Buprenex, 0.03 mg/kg, i.m.) 2o were administered shortly after surgery. Cefazolin (35 mg/kg) was maintained daily for 5 days after operation. Cyclosporine A, 15 mg/kg, was given orally every other day until the animals were sacrificed.
Assessme~et of cardiac function afzd myocardial blood flow 25 Ventricular function was assessed by echocardiography as described previously [Litwin et al., J. Am. Coll. Cardiol. 2~: 773-7~1 (1996)]. Briefly, a commercially available echocardiographic system equipped with a 12.5-MHz probe (Agilgent Sonos 5500) was used and the results were analyzed from data recorded on an optical disk. Direct measurement of hemodynamics was conducted by 3o intraventricular catheterization in MI pigs before ligation (baseline values), one hour, and 6 weeks after MI induction and cell implantation.
Six weeks after cell transplantation, stable isotope-labeled microspheres (BioPAL Inc., Worcester, MA, USA) were use to determine coronary blood flow [as per Reinhardt et al., Am. J. Ph sy iol. 280: H108-H116 (2001)] in anesthetized MI pigs under resting condition or with pacing stress by electric stimulation, 180 beats/min.
In brief, a set of microspheres (2 x 106) were diluted in 3 ml of sanSaLine~
saline (BioPAL Inc., Worcester, MA. USA) and injected into the left atrium over 30 seconds. Reference blood samples were withdrawn by using a syringe pump at a constant rate of 5 ml/min through the femoral artery to calculate absolute myocardial blood flow. Finally, the heart was excised and regional myocardial blood flow was l0 determined by BioPAL Inc., where collected heart tissues and blood samples were exposed to a field of neutrons.
Morphology ahd histology of infarcted myocardium Subsets of animals were sacrificed after assessment of hemodynamics and 15 blood flow 6 weeks after MI. The hearts were quickly removed, and selected tissues from the free wall of the left ventricle, including infarct and peri-infarct regions, were embedded in tissue freezing medium (Fisher Scientific, Fair Lawn, NJ, USA).
Frozen sections (8 ~,m in thickness) of left ventricular tissue were made for identification of implanted cells and for immunofluorescent staining. Other hearts were fixed in 10%
20 formalin overnight. The cardiac tissues were paraffin-embedded and sectioned at 5 ~,m thickness for hematoxylin and eosin staining. GFP positive spots under fluorescent microscopy represented the presence of engrafted cells in injured myocardium. Immunostaining for a-myosin heavy,chain (a-MHC) and cardiac troponin I (cTnI) identified the survival and differentiation of engrafted hMSCs and 25 hFCs. Frozen sections were washed three times in PBS and incubated with Cy3-conjugated goat anti-mouse IgG antibody (Sigma, St. Louis, MO, USA) for 45 min.
Nonspecific binding was blocked by incubation with 1 % bovine serum in remaining sections. Different frozen sections were stained immunohistochemically with a mouse monoclonal anti-GFP antibody (Zymed, San Francisco, CA, USA), a goat 30 polyclonal IgG anti-cTnI antibody (Santa Cruz Biotechnology Inc., Santa Cruz, CA, USA), or a mouse anti-a-MHC monoclonal antibody (Berkeley Antibody Co., Richmond, CA, USA) for 60 min. After washing with PBS, sections were incubated with a rabbit anti-goat conjugated rhodamine IgG (for cTnI) or a goat anti-mouse conjugated fluorescein IgG (for a-MHC and GFP) antibody (Pierce Chemical Co., Rockford, IL, USA). Finally, fluorescent staining for a-MHC and cTnI were detected and photographed under fluorescent microscopy.
Data analysis All values are presented as mean ~ SE. The data collected before and after cell transplantation were compared by the paired Student's t test in each group.
ANOVA
was used for the comparison of the differences among the data delivered from groups to more than two. P < 0.05 was considered as significant difference.
EMPIRICAL RESULTS
15 Experiment No. 13: Improvement Of Cardiac Function Experimentally, twenty-five animals received permanent ligation of the left coronary artery just below the third diagonal branch. Five animals died of lethal ventricular arrhythmias within 24 hours after MI operation. The study was comprised of the following groups: MI pigs transplanted with hMSCs alone (MI-hMSCs, n =
6);
2o MI pigs co-transplanted with hMSCs and hFCs (MI- hMSCs+hFCs, n = 7); and MI
control pigs injected with an equivalent volume of the cell-free culture medium (MI-Control, n = 7). Baseline ventricular function before induction of MI assessed by hemodynamic measurements was not significantly different among the three groups.
Myocardial infarction decreased cardiac function reflected by reduction of the left 25 ventricular systolic pressure (LVSP), peak rate of the left ventricular systolic pressure rise (+dP/dt), and peak rate of the left ventricular systolic pressure fall (-dP/dt).
Additionally, the left ventricular end-diastolic pressure (LVEDP) was elevated in all infarcted animals compared to their pre-MI values.
Six weeks after MI operation, cell transplantation significantly improved the 30 ventricular function by reducing the LVEDP and increasing LVSP, +dP/dt and -dP/dt, as illustrated by Tables E4, ES and Fig. 22. Moreover, the beneficial effects of cell transplantation on cardiac function were even greater in MI pigs co-transplanted with hMSCs plus hFCs. The increased improvement in cardiac function in co-transplanted animals was persistent when the MI hearts were paced at a rate of 180 beats/min -- as shown by Tables E6 and E7.
Table E4: Hemodynamic study in porcine hearts before cell transplantation (Baseline values) Cell transplantation was performed shortly after MI and followed 6 weeks LVSP LVEDP +dPldtmax Control-1 (n=7) 108.62.1 4.50.3 2248109 hMSCs+hFCs (n=6) 103.71.7 4.50.3 214650 hMSCs alone (n=7) 119.41.8 4.80.3 216033 hMSCs+hFCs 2o without cyclosporine119.4 1.8 4.8 0.3 2382 74 (n=6) Cell transplantationperformed was 2 weeks after MI
and followed 6 weeks Control-2 (n=5) 118.80.7 6.80.9 210082 hMSCs+hFSc (n=6) 116.31.9 5.70.7 217269 Values are mean ~ SE. Control-l, post-MI pig hearts transplanted with medium performed shortly after MI; hMSCs+hFCs, post-MI pig hearts co-transplanted with hMSCs plus hFCs and administered with cyclosporin A; Control-2, post-MI pig hearts transplanted with medium performed 2 weeks after MI.
Table E5: Hemodynamic study in post-MI porcine hearts after cell transplantation (6 weeks after cell transplantation) Cell transplantation performed shortly after MI and followed was 6 weeks LVSP LVEDP +dP/dtmax Control-1 (n=7) 69.91.7 11.50.6 167179 hMS Cs+hFCs (n=6) 89.72.8**# 11.61.0 189551**
hMSCs alone (n=7) 75.33.2 10.40.7 171794 hMSCs+hFCs without cyclosporine 77.5 3.2* 10.2 1.2 1775 74*
(n = 6) Cell transplantation performed 2 weeks after MI and followed was 6 weeks Control-2 (n=5) 53.23.1 8.81.0 115880 hMSCs+hFSc (n = 6) 66.3 5.3* 8.3 0.6 1594 104*
Values are mean ~ SE. Control-1, post-MI pig hearts transplanted with medium performed shortly after MI; hMSCs+hFCs, post-MI pig hearts co-transplanted with hMSCs plus hFCs and administered with cyclosporin A; Control-2, post-MI pig hearts transplanted with medium performed 2 weeks after MI.
* P < 0.05 vs. Control-1; ** P < 0.01 vs. Control-1; # P < 0.05 vs. hMSCs alone and hMSCs+hFCs without cyclosporine A.
Table E6: Hemodynamics and left ventricular blood flow measurements in postinfarcted pig hearts at 6 weeks after cell transplantation MI Control MI-hMSC MI-hMSCs+hFCs Restin state LVSP 70 2 75 3 a 89 3 a.b LVEDP 11.50.6 10.40.7 9.1 0.7 a +dP/dtmax 1671 79 1717 94 1893 51 a Pacing stress LVSP 28 4 36 4 40 7 a LVEDP 18 3 15 4 14 3 a +dP/dtmax 674 90 713 64 778 + 84 a Data are presented as mean ~ SE. LVSP, left ventricular systolic pressure (rnmHg);
LVEDP, left ventricular end-diastolic pressure (mmHg); +dP/dtmax, the maximum arising rate of peak left ventricular systolic pressure (mmHg/s); Blood flow, measured by microsphere technique (ml/min/g). Rest, the values at basal condition;
Pacing stress, the values at pacing stress (180 beats/min). a P < 0.05 vs. MI
Control; b P <
0.05 vs. MI-hMSCs.
Table E7: Echocardiographic measurements of ventricular function in vivo 6 weeks after cell transplantation in porcine hearts.
MI Control MI-hMSC MI-hMSCs+hFCs PW th (%) 0.68 0.05 0.72 0.06 0.76 0.08 to AW th (%) 0.54 0.07 0.70 0.18 0.65 0.09 En FS (%) 0.31 0.03 0.38 0.01 0.42 0.01 a a'b MW FS (%) 0.17 0.01 0.19 0.01 0.24 0.01 a'b SV (ml/beat) 45.7 4.2 52.9 5.0 73.1 18.4 CI (ml/min/gm) 194.7 16.0 234.8 27.0 280.6 28.9 a Values are mean ~ SE. MI-Control, postinfarcted pigs with transplantation of the cell-free medium; MI-hMSCs, postinfarcted pigs with transplantation of hMSCs alone; MI-hMSCs+hFCs, postinfarcted pigs with co-transplantation of hMSCs plus hFCs. PW th, posterior relative wall thickness; AW th, anterior relative wall thickness; En FS, endocardial fractional shortening; MW FS, mid-wall fractional shortening; SV, stroke volume; CI, cardiac index. a P < 0.05 vs. MI Control; b P <
0.05 vs. MI-hMSCs.
Fig. 2~ as a whole graphically provides hemodynamic measurements in postinfarcted porcine hearts before ligation (Baseline); at one hour; and at 6 weeks after MI. Cell transplantation of hMSCs alone, or of hMSCs plus hFC, improved the ventricular function compared to the MI control animals. There is a trend of greater beneficial effects on ventricular function with co-transplantation of hMSCs plus hFCs compared to transplantation of hMSCs alone. MI-Control, postinfarcted pigs with transplantation of the cell-free medium (n = 7); MI- hMSCs, postinfarcted pigs with transplantation of hMSCs alone (n = 6); MI- hMSCs+hFCs, postinfarcted pigs with co-transplantation of hMSCs plus hFCs (n = 7). Fig. 22A shows LVSP, the left l0 ventricular systolic pressure; Fig. 22B illustrates LVEDP, the left end-diastolic pressure; Figs. 22C shows +dP/dt, the peak rate of pressure rise; and Fig. 22D
shows -dP/dt, the peak rate of pressure fall. * P < 0.05, ** P < 0.01 vs. MI-Control at 6 weeks after MI; # P < 0.05 vs. MI- hMSCs 6 weeks after MI.
Experiment No. 14: Echocardiographic Parameters As clinically measured, the baseline echocardiographic parameters were similar among the animals with or without cell transplantation (data not shown). Six weeks after MI operation, left ventricular contractility was decreased in MI
pigs injected with the cell-free medium. This is revealed by the data presented by Table 2o E8.
Table E8: Echocardiographic measurements of ventricular function in vivo 6 weeks after MI induction and cell transplantation in porcine hearts.
Control hMSCs hMSCs+hFCs (n=7) (n=6) (n=7) PW th (%) 0.68 0.05 0.72 0.06 0.76 0.08 1o AW th (%) 0.54 0.07 0.70 0.18 0.65 0.09 En FS(%) 0.310.03 0.380.01* 0.420.01**~
MW FS (%) 0.170.01 0.190.01 0.240.01**~
SV (ml/beat) 45.7 4.2 52.9 5.0 73.1 18.4 CI (ml/min/gm) 194.7 16.0 234.8 27.0 280.6 28.9*
Values are mean ~ SE. Control, postinfarcted pigs with injection of the cell-free medium; hMSCs, postinfarcted pigs with transplantation of hMSCs alone;
hMSCs+hFCs, postinfarcted pigs with co-transplantation of hMSCs plus hFCs. PW
th, posterior relative wall thickness; AW th, anterior relative wall thickness; En FS, endocardial fractional shortening; MW FS, mid-wall fractional shortening; SV, stroke volume; CI, cardiac index. *, P < 0.05; **, P < 0.01 vs. Control; #, P < 0.05;
vs.
hMSCs.
As shown by Table E~, cell transplantation significantly improved ventricular function reflected by an increase of endocardial fractional shortening, mid-wall fractional shortening, stroke volume and cardiac index. The beneficial effects were more profound in MI pigs that received co-transplantation of hMSCs plus hFCs than in animals transplanted with hMSCs alone.
Experiment No. 15: Histological Assessments Histologic staining of myocardial sections with hematoxylin and eosin confirmed fibrous scar tissue in infarcted areas at 6 weeks after MI operation and cell to transplantation. This is revealed by the stained sections illustrated by Figs. 23A-23F
respectively.
Fig. 23 as a whole illustrates the morphology of H & E staining of: normal porcine myocardium (Fig. 23A); and infarcted myocardium with medium injection (Figs. 23B and 23C). In comparison, Fig. 23D shows GFP positive clusters sectioned 15 from a MI pig heart with co-transplantation of hMSCs plus hFCs. The H & E
staining of infarcted porcine myocardium with co-transplantation of hMSCs plus hFCs is shown by Figs. 23E and 23F. The arrows in Figs. 23B and 23E point to the areas corresponding with the magnification seen in Figs. 23C and 23F.
In particular, it will be noted and appreciated that engrafted cells were 2o diversely distributed in infarcted areas transplanted with hMSCs plus hFCs (Figs. 23E
and 23F) and hMSCs alone (data not shown). Fibrosis without regenerated cell islets was found in infarcted myocardium injected with the cell-free medium (Figs.
23B and 23C). Positive GFP spots observed under fluorescent microscopy demonstrated the survival of engrafted cells in myocardium transplanted with hMSCs plus hFCs (Fig.
25 23D) or with hMSCs alone (data not shown).
Furthermore, the intensity of immunostaining for a-cardiac myosin heavy chain (a-MHC, Fig. 24, left column) and cardiac troponin I (cTnI, Fig. 24, right column) was much higher in infarcted myocardium with co-transplantation of hMSCs plus hFCs than with injection of the cell-free medium. Double staining for GFP
and 30 cTnI of injured myocardium co-transplanted with hMSCs plus hFCs was shown in Fig. 25, which further confirms that implanted stem cells could differentiate into cardio-like cells.
Figs. 24A-24F are photographic illustrations showing positive immunofluorescent stains to a-MHC and cTnI. These were found in normal myocardium (Figs. 24A and 24B respectively), and in postinfarcted myocardium-transplanted with hMSCs plus hFCs (Figs. 24E and 24F respectively); but not in injured porcine myocardium with medium injection (Figs. 24C and 24D
respectively).
The results were obtained from different animals for fluorescent labeling of aMHC
and cTnI. Magnification: x200.
Figs. 25A-25C are photogenic illustrations showing double staining for GFP
and cTnI of injured myocardium co-transplanted with hMSCs plus hFCs. Figs. 25A
and 25B show the staining of GFP by a monoclonal anti-GFP antibody and of cTnI
by a polyclonal anti-cTnI antibody, respectively. Fig. 25C shows the merger of GFP and cTnI staining and demonstrates that engrafted GFP positive cells differentiated into cardiac myocytes. Magnification: x200.
Experiment No. 16: Improvements In Regional Blood Flow In addition, to evaluate cardiogenesis in infarcted myocardium with cell transplantation, regional blood flow of the myocardium was measured by neutron microspheres. The results are graphically illustrated by Figs. 26A-26B and by Table E9.
Table E9: Blood flow measurement with microsphere technique in post-MI porcine hearts.
Cell transplantation was performed shortly after MI and followed 6 weeks Rest Pacin stress Control (n = 6) 0.26 ~ 0.05 0.12 ~ 0.04 to hMSCs+hFCs (n = 7) 0.47 ~ 0.08*'~ 0.23 ~ 0.01 **
hMSCs alone (n = 6) . 0.33 ~ 0.06 0.21 ~ 0.01 hMSCs+hFCs (n = 5) 0.41 ~ 0.04** 0.17 ~ 0.05 (no cyclosporine) Cell transplantation was performed 2 weeks after MI and followed 6 weeks Control (n = 5) 0.32 ~ 0.05 0.13 ~ 0.04 hMSCs+hFCs (n = 3) 0.38 ~ 0.04 0.28 ~ 0.04**
Values are mean ~ SE. Control-1, post-MI pig hearts transplanted with medium performed shortly after MI; hMSCs+hFCs, post-MI pig hearts co-transplanted with hMSCs plus hFCs and administered with cyclosporine A; Control-2, post-MI pig hearts transplanted with medium performed 2 weeks after MI. * P < 0.05, ** P <
0.01; vs. Control.
Figs. 26A and 26B are graphs showing the recorded blood flow measurements with the neutron microsphere technique in postinfarcted porcine hearts at resting condition (Fig. 26A) and with pacing stress (Fig. 26B). MI-Control, postinfarcted pigs with transplantation of the cell-free medium (n = 7); MI-hMSCs, postinfarcted pigs with transplanation of MI- hMSCs (n = 6); MI- hMSCs+hFCs, postinfarcted pigs with co-transplantation of hMSCs plus hFCs (n = 7). * P < 0.05, ** P < 0.01 vs. MI-Control; # P < 0.05 vs. MI- hMSCs.
As the empirical data shows graphically, six weeks after MI induction, resting to blood flow was significantly decreased in control MI myocardium injected with the cell-free medium. Compared to control MI hearts, cell transplantation increased blood flow in infarcted myocardium. The increase was even greater in pigs co-transplanted with hMSCs plus hFCs than in animals transplanted with hMSCs alone.
In addition, the beneficial effects on blood flow were also observed under the pacing-15 induced stress condition in MI hearts with cell transplantation. Again, co-transplantation of hMSCs plus hFCs produced a greater increase in blood flow during pacing.
C'ofaclusiofzs Based Oya E~rapirical Results:
20 1. Human adult stem cells are alternative cell sources for clinical application.
The data of this study demonstrates that intramyocardial transplantation of hMSCs improved infarcted heart function and the improvement was even greater in MI
pigs co-transfected with hMSCs and hFCs.
25 2. In the present study, transplantation of hMSC alone improved cardiac function in infarcted pigs 6 weeks after MI induction and cell implantation, but co-transplantation of hMSCs plus hFCs produced much greater functional recovery.
Engrafted hMSCs or hMSCs plus hFCs not only survived in injured porcine myocardium, but also generated new myocardium evidenced by positive staining for 3o a-MHC and cTnI.
3. The present data suggest that the improvement of ventricular function, at least partially, results from new cardiomyocytes differentiated from engrafted hMSC
cells.
One explanation for the lesser improvement of cardiac function in MI hearts transplanted with hMSCs alone is that engrafted hMSCs may not yield sufficient myocyte numbers to repair the injured myocardium. In contrast, implanted hFCs survive in injured myocardium and form more new myocardium to further improve heart function in MI pigs with co-transplantation of hMSCs plus hFCs.
4. In the present study, the blood supply to the ischemic territory, as assessed by neutron microsphere method, was improved by the transplantation of hMSCs alone and hMSCs plus hFCs. Engrafted cells thus provide the cell source for formation of new blood vessels and release vascular endothelial growth factor to induce new capillary formation and growth in injured myocardium.
5. Transplantation of hMSCs alone or hMSCs plus hFCs can regenerate injured myocardium and improve cardiac function in our MI porcine model. However, the improvement is much greater in MI hearts co-transplanted with hMSCs plus hFCS.
The better heart function in co-transplanted MI animals apparently results from the regeneration of more myocardium and a stronger effect on angiogenesis caused by engrafted hFCs.
The present invention is not to be limited in scope nor restricted in form except by the claims appended hereto.
II. See Table 3 references.
III. See Table 4 references.
IV. See Table 5 references.
V. See Table 6 references.
Lineage-Committed Cells And Partially-Differentiated Cells Human neural crest cells and their progenitor progeny cells can commit to at least four different pathway lineages when cultured in-vitro; which, in turn, will result in and yeild a variety of partially-differentiated cells and then terminally differentiated cells. These pathway lineages are: the neuronal cell line; the glial cell line; the adrenal chromaffin cell line; and the skeletal muscle cell line.
A variety of different immunological and histochemical markers have been identified in the published scientific literature which offers reliable surface antigen phenotypes by which to separate and distinguish the different possible choices of cell 10 lineage development. The range of identifying markers for a specific cell lineage pathway are described by Tables 3-6 respectively below.
Table 3: Neuronal Cell Lineage Characteristics Absence (-) Meaning or Marker or Value of Substance (Type) Presence (+) of Indicator Detected NF-L~l~ (+) early stage neuron neurofilament protein-specific neuron marker NF-M (+) middle stage neuron neurofilament protein-specific neuron marker NF-H (+) mature neuron neurofilament protein-specific neuron marker (3 tubulin~2~ (+) mature neuron specific neuron marker isotype III
peripherin~3~ (+) mature peripheral specific neuron marker nervous system neuron trkA~~ (+) sensory and receptor protein specific sympathetic neurons for NGF
trkB/trkC~S~ (-) special classes of receptor protein specific neurons for BDNF (trkB) or NT-3 (trkC) Table 3 References:
1. Julien et al., Biochem. Biophys. Acta.
909: 10-20 (1987); Lee et al., EMBO
J. 7: 1947-1955 (1988); Myers et al., EMBO J. 6: 1617-1626 (1987).
2. Ferreira, A. and A. Caceres, J. Neurosci.(1992).
Res. 32: 516-529 3. Parysek, L.M. and R.D. Goldman, J. (1988); Gorham et Neurosci. 8: 555-563 al., Dev. Brain Res. 57: 235-248 (1990).
4. Chao, M.V., Neuron 9: 583-587 (1992).
5. Obermeyer et al., J. Biol. Chem. 268:
22963-67 (1993).
Table 4: Glial Cell Lineage Characteristics Absence Meaning or (-) Marker or Value of Substance T a Presence Indicator Detected (+) glial fibrillary~l~(+) astrocyte and cellular protein of acidic protein Schwann cell astrocyte and Schwann cells (GFAP) S 100~2~ (+) Schwann cells Schwann cell specific marker 01~3~ (-) oligodendrocyteoligodendrocyte specific marker 04~4~ (-) oligodendrocyteoligodendrocyte specific marker ~P~S~ (-) oligodendrocyteoligodendrocyte specific marker P0~67 (+) Schwann cell Schwann cell specific marker B7-2~~~ (-) microglia microglia specific marker Table 4 References 1. Jessen et al., Neuron 12: 509-527 (1994).
2. Jessen et al., Development 109: 91-103 (1990).
3. Sommer, L. and M. Schachner, Dev. Biol.
83: 311-327 (1981).
4. Schachner et al., Dev. Biol. 83: 328-338 (1981).
5. Sternberger et al., Proc. Nat. Acad.
Sci. USA 75: 2521-2524 (1978).
6. Jessen et al., Neuron 12: 509-527 (1994).
7. Satoh et al., Brain Ras. 704: 92-96 (1995).
Table 5: Lineage Characteristics of Adrenal Chromaffin Cells Absence Meaning or (-) Marker or Value of Substance T a Presence Indicator Detected (-) chromogranin~l~ (+) adrenal chromaffincell surface cell marker tyrosine hydroxylase~2~(+) sympathetic neuronsspecific of the autonomic enzyme nervous system PNMT(3~ adrenal chromaffincell marker cell Table 5 References 1. Wilson, B.S. and R.V. Lloyd, Am. J. Pathol. 115: 458-468 (1984).
2. Pickel et al., Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 72: 659-663 (1975).
3. Connett, R. and N. Kirschner, J. Biol. Chem. 245: 329-334 (1970).
Table 6: Lineage Characteristics of Skeletal Muscle Cells Absence (+) Meaning or Marker or Value of Substance (Ty~ Presence (-) Indicator Detected morphologically flat, (+) myoblasts physical elongated, multinucleated appearance cells~l~ of cells desmin~2~ (+) skeletal cellular muscle cellfilament myosin~3~ (+) skeletal cellular muscle cellfilament Table b References 1. Le Douarin et al., Dev. Biol. 159:
24-49 (1993).
2. Naumann, K. and D. Pette, Differentiation 55: 203-211 (1994).
3. Ibid.
V. Experiments and Empirical Data To demonstrate the merits and value of the present invention, a series of planned experiments and empirical data are presented below. It will be expressly 5 understood, however, that the experiments described and the results provided are merely the best evidence of the subject matter as a whole which is the invention; and that the empirical data, while limited in content and design, is only illustrative and representative of the scope of the invention envisioned and claimed.
10 Experimental Series I
Despite considerable advances in biomedical sciences, the incidence of heart failure remains high in patients after myocardial infarction (MI). This experimental study investigated the effects of intramyocardial transplantation of embryonic stem i5 cells (ESCs) with or without tansfection of a cDNA of vascular endothelial growth factor (phVEGFI6s) on infarcted heart function.
Background:
After myocardial infarction (MI), dead myocardium is replaced by 20 noncontractile fibrous scar which leads to ventricular dysfunction.
Significant advances have been made in diagnosis and treatment of heart diseases in the last several decades, but effective therapy for heart failure remains a great challenge for clinicians. The morbidity and mortality of heart failure are significantly higher in developed countries. Limited proliferation of endogenous myocardial cells in 25 infarcted myocardium has been reported, but the massive loss of mammalian cardiomyocytes due to ischemia is not regenerated by the remaining myocytes.
Cardiomyogenic cells derived from embryonic stem cells (ESCs) can be a viable source for donor cardiomyocytes. ESCs derived from the inner cell mass of the mouse preimplantation blastocyst are pluripotent cells and retain the ability to 30 differentiate in vitro into numerous cell types, including spontaneously contracting cardiomyocytes. In addition, differentiation of ESCs to cardiomyogenic cells is accompanied by the expression of a number of cardiac and muscle-specific contractile proteins, including cardiac a- and (3- myosin heavy chain, a-tropomyosin, phospholamban and type B natriuretic factor. It has also been shown that transplantation of cultured cardiomyocytes from differentiating murine ESCs formed stable intracardiac grafts. Thus, transplantation of ESCs might yield new cardiomyocytes to repair injured myocardium and improve cardiac function.
One of the most important growth and survival factors for endothelium is vascular endothelial growth factor ("VEGF"). VEGF induces angiogenesis and endothelial cell proliferation, and plays an important role in regulating angiogenesis.
VEGF is a heparin-binding glycoprotein that is secreted as a homodimer of 45 kDa.
l0 The development of new blood vessels, or angiogenesis, begins with activation of parent vessel endothelial cells. In the case of a major artery obstruction, blood flow to the ischemic tissue is often dependent on collateral vessels. It has been demonstrated in vivo and in patients that VEGF improves collateral blood flow in ischemic regions;
and, more recently, that direct injection of phVEGFI6s alone improved myocardial 15 blood perfusion in patients with myocardial ischemia.
This Experimental Series I was therefore designed to evaluate whether transplanted ESCs could survive in injured myocardium and improve cardiac function in MI mice. In addition, the experiments determined whether transplantation of ESCs with overexpression of VEGF produced a greater effect on improvement of cardiac 20 function in MI mice. The effects of transplantation of ESCs alone or ESCs with overexpression of VEGF on neovascularization in ischemic myocardium were also evaluated and compared.
Materials and Methods:
Culture of embryonic stem cells and progezzitor progeny cells The mouse cell line, ES-D3, was obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC, Manassas, VA) and maintained in DMEM (Gibco BRL, Grand Island, NY) on mitotically inactive mouse embryonic fibroblast feeder cells (ATCC).
3o The medium was supplemented with 15% fetal bovine serum (FBS), 0.1 mM ~i-mercaptoethanol, and 103 Units/ml of leukemia inhibitory factor (L1F) (Gibco BRL, Grand Island, NY). To initiate differentiation, ESCs and their progenitor progeny cells were dispersed with trypsin and resuspended in the medium without supplemental LIF; and cultured with the hanging drops (approximate 400 cells per 20 ~ul) method for two days using the technique of Wobus et al. [Differentiation 48: 177-182 (1991)]. The resulting embryoid bodies were transferred from the hanging drops into 100 mm dishes and cultured for another 5 days. Beating cardiomyogenic clusters, the lineage-committed but undifferentiated descendant offspring, were dissected by use of a sterile micropipette [Maltser et al., Mech. Dev. 191: 42-(1993)]; and cultivated the cells into 100 mm culture dishes. Action potentials were recorded in cultured cardiac-like stem cells by the current-clamp technique [Xiao, l0 Y.F. and J.P. Morgan, J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. 2~4: 10-18 (1998)] and cell-shortening was measured by the edge-detected method [Xiao et al., J. Physiol.
(Lond) 508: 777-792 (1998)].
Transfection of greef2 fluoYescent protein gene Before cell transplantation, ESCs were transfected with a cDNA of green fluorescent protein (GFP) to identify the survival of implanted cells. Plasmid with hCMVIE promoter/enhancer driving green fluorescent protein gene (5.7 kb) and GenePORTERTM transfection reagent was obtained from Gene Therapy System, Inc.
(GTS Inc., San Diego, CA). Briefly, ESCs were plated in 100-mm dishes and 2o cultured to 60% confluent on the day of transfection. The plasmid GFP DNA
(8 p,g) was added to each dish with a calcium phosphate precipitation method [Xiao et al., Am. J. Physiol. 279: H35-H46 (2000)]. After 2 days of GFP transfection, cultured ESCs were trypsinized and resuspended in Joklik modified medium (Sigma, St.
Louis, MO) with a density of 10~ cells/ml. Stable GFP expression was detected in cultured cells for 8 weeks.
Transfection of plasrnid VEGF DNA (phVEGFl6s) The plasmid of VEGF cDNA (phVEGFISS) was a generous gift from Dr.
Kenneth Walsh (St. Elizabeth' s Medical Center, Tufts University School of Medicine, 3o Boston, MA). It is a eukaryotic expression plasmid that uses the 736 by CMV
promoter/enhancer to drive VEGF expression [Leung et al., Science 244: 1306-(1989)]. 60-80% confluent ESCs were transfected with 8 ~,g phVEGF165 per 100-mm dish according to the manufacture's protocol (Gibco BRL, Grand Island, NY).
Cells were trypsinized 48 hours post transfection and were resuspended in Joklik modified medium for transplantation. Overexpression of VEGF in cultured ESCs was observed by immunoflurescent assay. In brief, after 48 hours transfection of phVEGFI6sa ESCs were washed with phosphate-buffered saline (PBS) twice and then fixed in 4°70 paraformaldehyde. A rabbit anti-human VEGF antibody (Santa Cruz Biotechnology Inc, Santa Cruz, CA) was used to incubate with ESCs. A goat anti-rabbit IgG
conjugated fluorescein (Pierce Chemical Company, Rockford, IL) was as a second antibody to test fluorescence. Western blot analysis of VEGF with with Leung et al.
method also showed a significant increase in VEGF-transfected ESCs.
Animal model of MI arcd ESCs transplahtatiore The experiments were performed on male FVB mice (Charles River, Wilmington, MA) 8-12 wk of age (24-35 g body weight). Myocardial infarction was induced by ligation of the left anterior descending coronary artery as described previously [Michael et al., Am. J. Ph, siol. 269: H2147-H2154 (1995)].
Briefly, animals were anesthetized by intraperitoneal injection of pentobarbital sodium, 40 p.g body weight. A midline cervical skin incision was made and the endotracheal tube was placed in the trachea. A lateral incision between fourth and fifth ribs was made 2o to open the chest. A rodent ventilator (Harvard Apparatus Inc, Holliston, MA) was connected to the endotracheal tube to maintain animal respiration after opening the chest. The heart was oriented to better expose the left main coronary artery system.
Ligation proceeded with a 6-0 silk suture passed with a tapered needle underneath the left anterior descending branch of the left coronary artery, 2 mm down of the tip of the normally positioned left auricle. ESCs suspension (3 x 105 in 30 ~.1) was separately injected into ischemic myocardium 10 to 15 minutes after MI
induction.
Another MI group was transplanted with the same amount of cells with overexpression of VEGF. Control MI animals received the same MI operation, but were only injected with the equivalent volume of the cell-free medium. The sham group underwent the identical surgery with neither ligation of the coronary artery nor cell transplantation. The experimental protocol was approved by the Animal Care Committee of Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center and performed according to the Guide for the Care and Use of Laboratory Animals published by the US National Institutes of Health (NIH Publication No.85-23, revised 1996).
Measurements of hemody~camics and isometric contraction Six weeks after MI operation and cells transplantation, hemodynamic measurements in vivo were performed with the methods described previously [Gao et al., Cardiovasc. Res. 45: 330-338 (2000)]. After the measurements, the heart was rapidly removed from the sacrificed mouse. Left ventricular papillary muscle strips were dissected and vertically connected to a train-gauge tension transducer.
1o Developed tension (DT) of muscle strips was recorded at their maximal length. The bath solution contained the modified Krebs-Henseleit solution and different concentrations of isoproterenol (10-6, 10-5, and 10-4 M). The inotropic response of dissected ventricular papillary muscles from MI hearts to (3-adrenergic stimulation was evaluated in MI control and cell- transplanted MI mice.
Flistological and immuhofluorescent ayzalysis The subsets of animals were sacrificed after 6 weeks of MI induction. After quickly removing the hearts, the free wall of the left ventricle including the infarcted and peri-infarcted regions were embedded in tissue freezing medium (Fisher 2o Scientific, Fair Lawn, NJ). Frozen tissue was sectioned to 10-~,m slides and stained with hematoxylin and eosin (HE). Survival of engrafted cells was confirmed by identification of GFP-positive spots under fluorescent microscopy.
To identify regenerated myocytes from engrafted ESCs, we used an immunofluoresceilt technique to detect cardiac troponin-I (cTn-I) and a-myosin heavy chain (a-MHC), two of the structural markers of myocardium. Frozen tissue sections were fixed in acetone for 10 minutes and then dried in air. Nonspecific binding was blocked by incubation in 1% bovine serum albumin in PBS. The samples were then reacted with an anti-troponin-I antibody (goat polyclonal IgG, Santa Cruz Biotechnology Inc, Santa Cruz, CA), or a mouse anti-a-MHC monoclonal antibody (Berkeley Antibody Company, Richmond, CA) for 1 hour. After washing with PBS, sections were incubated with a rabbit anti-goat conjugated rhodamine IgG (H+L) for cTn-I or a goat anti-mouse conjugated fluorescein IgG for a-MHC (Pierce Chemical Company, Rockford, IL). Fluorescent immunostaining for cTn-I and a-MHC was examined and photographed under fluorescent microscopy.
Double staining for GFP (ZYMED Lab, Inc, San Francisco, CA) and connexin43 (CX-43, Sigma, St. Louis, MO) was carried out with the mouse anti-GFP
and rabbit anti-CX-43 antibodies in myocardial frozen section to verify the formation of gap junction in cell-transplanted myocardium. GFP labeling was detected with a goat anti-mouse antibody conjugated to FITC (Pierce Chemical Company, Rockford, IL). CX-43 labeling was detected with a goat anti-rabbit antibody conjugated to Texas Red (Vector Lab, Inc, Burlingame, CA). Confocal microscopy was applied to 10 analyze immunofluorescence labeling of engrafted cells in injured myocardium with the antibodies recognizing GFP and CX-43.
Assessnaefzt of angiogeszesis The density of capillary vessels was examined in injured HE staining 15 myocardium with or without ESCs transplantation. The number of capillaries, less than 20 ~,m, was counted in the ischemic zone of all groups. Each section was randomly detected in five high-power fields (x400 magnification) and the number of capillaries in each microscopy field was presented as the mean of blood vessels per unit area (0.2 mm2). In addition, we also used immunohistochemical staining for 20 blood vessel endothelial cells by anti-von Willebrand Factor (vWF, DAKO
LSAB
Kit, DAKO Corp, Carpinteria, CA) antibody to evaluate ESCs-induced angiogenesis in infarcted myocardium. After tissue fixation in acetone, frozen sections were treated with 3% hydrogen peroxide for 5 minutes and then incubated with a rabbit anti-human vWF IgG. Following PBS washing, the sections were linked with a 25 biotinylated link antibody and labeled with streptavidin. A mixed substrate-chromogen solution was used to incubate with sections. Finally, sections were stained with hematoxylin for 2 minutes. Images were captured with the Spot Software (Version 2.1, Diagnostic Instruments Inc, Sterling Heights, MI).
30 Data afaalysis The averaged data are expressed as mean ~ SE. Statistical significance between two groups was determined by paired or unpaired Student's t-test.
Results for more than two experimental groups were evaluated by one way variance analysis (ANOV A) with repeated measurements to specify differences between groups. A P
value less than 0.05 was considered as significant difference.
Empirical Results:
Experiment 1: Differentiation of ESCs Spontaneously beating cells were observed in cultured ESCs after 9 to 14 days to of withdrawal of LIF from conditioned culture medium. The action potentials recorded from ESCs-derived cardiomyocytes are shown by Figs. lA-1C
respectively.
ESCs were cultured for ~10 days after withdrawal of LIF from cultured medium. Spontaneous action potentials were observed with the zero-current clamp method in a representative beating cell, as shown by Fig. 1A. Electrical-stimulated 15 action potential was elicited in an ESC cell after depolarizing the membrane potential by the current clamp method, as shown by Fig. 1B. Finally, Fig. 1C shows the.
response of cell shortening and spontaneously beating to changes to changes of extracellular Ca2+ concentration in cultured ESCs by the edge-detected method.
Thus, the data shows that some of the beating cells had spontaneous action 2o potentials recorded by the zero current-clamp technique (Fig. 1A); while some of the others had no spontaneous action potential, but were elicited action potentials after electrical stimulation (Fig. 1B). Also the data shows that increase in extracellular Ca~+ concentration enhanced the rate of spontaneous contractions and the amplitude of cell shortening in differentiated cells from cultured mouse ESCs (Fig. 1C).
These 25 results demonstrate that after ~10 days in culture, ESCs in the absence of LIF are able, at least part of them, to differentiate to spontaneously beating cardiac-like cells.
Experiment 2: Improvement of myocardial contractility after ESCs transplantation Six weeks after MI induction, hemodynamic measurements showed that the 3o MI mice injected with the cell-free medium had a lower LV systolic pressure (LVSP, P <0.01), a higher LV end-diastolic pressure (LVEDP, P <0.01), and a slower rate to reach the peak of LV systolic pressure (+dP/dt, P <0.01) than those in sham operated mice (see Table El). However, ESCs implantation significantly improved the left ventricular function at 6 weeks after MI induction and cell transplantation.
Myocardial contractility reflected by the parameters of LVSP, LVEDP, and +dP/dt was significantly increased in cell-transplanted mice (P <0.05, versus MI
control).
This is shown by Figs. 2A-2C.
Fig. 2 shows the original traces of hemodynamic measurements in MI mice.
Fig. 2A represents the sham-operated control; Fig. 2B represents the MI
control with injection of the cell-free medium; and Fig. 2C represents the MI with intramyocardial transplantation of ESCs. Measurements were conducted after 6 weeks of MI
induction and cell transplantation. LVP, left ventricular pressure; dP/dt, rate of left ventricular pressure change.
Table El: Improvement of left ventricular function by ESCs transplantation in MI mice Sham MI+Medium MI+ESCs (n=8) (n=7) (n=8) LVSP (mmHg) 94.2 2.3 50.5 t 2.0** 79.8 2.1#
LVEDP (mmHg) 9.6 0.3 18.2 0.7** 12.5 0.4#
+dP/dt (mmHg/s) 8100 220 4600 310** 7200 260#
Values are presented as mean ~ SE. Sham: sham-operated mice; MI+Medium:
myocardial infarction mice injected with cell-free medium; MI+ESCs: myocardial infarction mice transplanted with ESCs. LVSP: left ventricular systolic pressure;
LVEDP: left ventricular end-diastolic pressure; +dp/dt: rate of peak left ventricular systolic pressure raise. **, P <0.01 vs. Sham; #, P <0.05 vs. MI+Medium.
The empirical data also showed the inotropic response to the (3-adrenergic stimulation in isolated papillary muscles. This is illustrated by Fig. 3. An increase in developed tension to isoproterenol stimulation was observed in papillary muscles isolated from sham-operated mice (Sham, , n = 8). However, the positive inotropic response to isoproterenol stimulated was blunted in MI+Medium group ( , n =
7). In contrast, developed tension to the (3-adrenergic stimulation was significantly preserved in papillary muscles isolated from post-infarcted mice transplanted with ESCs (MI+ESCs, , n = 8). Data are expressed as mean ~ SE. *, P < 0.05, vs.
Sham;
#, P < 0.05, vs. MI+Medium.
l0 These results demonstrated that the developed tension of isolated papillary muscles was similar at the baseline for the sham-operated mice and for the MI
mice with or without cell transplantation (Fig. 3, see Baseline). Beta-adrenergic stimulation with different concentrations of isoproterenol significantly increased the developed tension of papillary muscles isolated from the sham-operated mice (Fig. 3, 15 Sham). In contrast, papillary muscles isolated from the MI mice with intramyocardial injection of the cell-free medium did not response to the ~i-adrenergic stimulation well (Fig. 3, MI+Medium). However, papillary muscles isolated from MI mice transplanted with ESCs remarkably responded to the stimulation of isoproterenol (Fig.
3, MI+ESCs), especially at 10-4 M of the [3-adrenergic agonist (P < 0.05, versus 20 MI+Medium). This result indicates that intramyocardial transplantation of ESCs partially preserved the contractility of the left ventricular papillary muscles.
Experiment 3: Histologic analysis An analysis was done to show morphological changes after MI induction and 25 cell transplantation. The results are shown by Figs. 4A-4C respectively.
Fig. 4A illustrates HE staining in sham-operated mouse heart tissue (Sham);
Fig. 4B shows the MI mouse injected with cell-free medium (MI+Medium); and Fig.
4C represents the MI mouse injected with ESCs (MI+ESCs). Original magnification x200.
3o Thus, the empirical evidence shows that normal myocardium is observed in the sham-operated mice by hematoxylin and eosin staining (Fig. 4A). However, necrotic and fibrous scar tissue was clearly formed in the MI myocardium injected with the cell-free medium after 6 weeks of ligation of the left anterior descending coronary artery (Fig. 4B). In contrast, engrafted cells were found in infarcted hearts 6 weeks after MI induction and cell transplantation (Fig. 4C). This result reveals that engrafted ESCs survive in injured myocardium.
5 To further confirm the survival of implanted cells, the marker GFP cDNA was transfected into cultured ESCs before they were transplanted into myocardium.
The results are illustrated by Figs. 5A-5C.
Fig. 5 demonstrates GFP expression in cultured ESCs and in myocardium with cell transplantation. Fig. 5A shows cultured ESCs under light-contrast microscopy to (x200); Fig. 5B illustrates GFP expression in cultured ESCs 2 days after GFP
transfection under fluorescent microscopy (x200); and Fig. 5c identifies GFP
positive spots detected under fluorescent microscopy (x100) in myocardium sectioned from a MI heart with transplantation of GFP-transfected ESCs.
This histological analysis thus shows the cultured ESCs under phase-contrast 15 light microscopy (Fig. 5A). After 4~ hours of transfection with the GFP
gene, ESCs exhibited green fluorescence in more than 90% of transfected cells (Fig. 5B).
In addition, GFP positive spots were detected under fluorescent microscopy in frozen sections prepared from MI hearts at 6 weeks after MI induction and cell transplantation (Fig. 5C). Moreover, engrafted cells were able to regenerate 20 myocardial tissue in injured hearts.
Subsequently, immunostaining for cTn-I and a-MHC in mouse hearts was conducted, as is shown by Figs. 6A-6F. Upper panels (red): Fig. 6A shows immunofluorescent staining for a-MHC in sham-operated myocardium; Fig. 6B is the staining in infarcted myocardium with injection of the cell-free medium; and Fig. 6C
25 shows the staining in infarcted myocadium with ESCs transplantation. Lower panels (green): Fig. 6D shows the irnmunofluorescent staining for cTn-I in sham-operated myocardium; Fig. 6E shows staining in infarcted myocardium with injection of the cell-free medium; and Fig. 6F shows staining in infarcted myocardium with ESCs transplantation.
30 Overall, Fig. 6 shows that intensive immunostaining for cTn-I and a-MHC
was identified in normal myocardium with an even distribution (Fig. 6A) and in infarcted myocardium with ESCs transplantation (Fig. 6C). In contrast, immunostaining for both cTn-I and a-MHC was much lower in MI areas injected with the cell-free medium.
In addition, positive double staining for GFP and CX-43 was verified in injured myocardium with ESCs transplantation, as shown by Fig. 7. In contrast, both GFP and CX-43 were stained negatively in infarcted myocardium with medium injection (data not shown). These results demonstrate that engrafted cells not only survived in injured myocardium, but also formed new cardiac tissue.
Fig. 7 is a photograph of confocal microscopy of Immunofluorescence labeling of engrafted cells in injured myocardium (100x) with the antibodies recognizing GFP and CX-43. Double staining for GFP and CX-43 was carried out with the mouse anti-GFP and rabbit anti-CX-43 antibodies in myocardial frozen sections. GFP labeling was detected with a goat anti-mouse IgG conjugated to FITC
and CX-43 labeling was detected with a goat anti-rabbit IgG conjugated to Texas Red.
The arrows point the possible connection between GFP positive and negative cells (white arrow) and between GFP negative cells (yellow arrow).
Experiment 4: Effects of transplantation of ESCs transfected with VEGF on heart function Application of VEGF is known to improve myocardial blood perfusion by an 2o increase in collateral blood vessels in patients with myocardial ischemia.
To test whether transplantation of ESCs overexpressing VEGF into injured myocardium improved cardiac function even greater, we transfected ESCs with a VEGFISS
cDNA
and implanted ESCs with overexpression of VEGF to MI hearts. The results are illustrated by Figs. 8A-8C respectively.
Fig. 8 as a whole shows the expression of VEGF in cultured ESCs with or without transfection of VEGFI6s. VEGF was detected in cultured ESCs without transfection of the VEGF cDNA. Fig. 8A shows that the intensity of VEGF
staining detected under fluorescent microscopy (x400) was markedly increased in cultured ESCs after 2 days of VEGFI6s transfection. Fig. 8C is a Western blot analysis of 3o VEGF in cultured ESCs. The upper panels show the original VEGF and internal control (Cyclophilin A) blots for ESCs (left) and ESCs-VEGF (right) The lower panel is the normalized VEGF levels for ESCs (n = 4) and ESCs VEGF (n = 4).
**, P
< 0.01, vs. ESCs.
The observed results thus show that cultured ESCs expressed a certain level of VEGF detected by immunofluorescent staining (Fig. 8A). After the human VEGFISs gene was transfected into ESCs for 2 days, intensive immunofluorescence of VEGF in transfected ESCs was observed and indicated an overexpression of the growth factor (Fig. 8B). Western blot analysis further confirmed that VEGF was increased by fold in cultured ESCs transfected with cDNA of VEGF (Fig. 8C).
In addition, the experiments in vivo showed that the improvement of left to ventricular function was significantly greater in the MI mice transplanted with ESCs plus VEGF than in the MI animals transplanted with ESCs alone. The differences of LVSP (P < 0.05) and LVEDP (P < 0.05) were statistically significant between the two group, as shown by Figs. 9A and 9B.
Fig. 9 as a whole shows a comparison of left ventricular function in MI mice.
Normalized left ventricular systolic pressure (LVSP, Fig. 9A) and normalized left ventricular end diastolic pressure (LVEDP,Fig. 9B) are shown in MI mice.
Transplantation of ESCs alone (MI + ESCs, n = 8) or ESCs-VEGF (MI + ESCs-VEGF, n = 8) significantly improved left ventricular function compared the MI
control animals (MI + Medium, n = 7). The data was normalized to the values (100°l0) of the sham-operated animals (Sham, n = 8). **, P < 0.01, vs.
Sham; #, P <
0.05, vs. MI + Medium; 1., P < 0.05, vs. MI + ESCs.
To assess the angiogenesis effect of VEGF, we calculated capillary density and compared the differences among animals with various treatments. The number of capillaries in injured myocardium with ESCs transplantation was significantly greater (P < 0.01) than that in MI-untreated hearts. The capillary density in the ESCs-EVGF
group was also significantly higher (P < 0,01) than the control. In addition, the capillary density was significant higher in the ESCs- VEGF-transplanted mice than that in the animals transplanted With ESCs alone. This is shown by Figs. 10A
and 10B.
3o Fig. 10 as a whole shows the effects of ESCs transplantation on capillary density in infarcted myocardium. Fig. IOA reveals the FiE staining of a myocardial section from a MI mouse heart transplanted with ESCs overexpressing VEGF.
Arrows indicate the blood vessels in infarcted myocardium (magnification x200).
Fig. lOB graphically shows the averaged numbers of blood vessels for sham (n =
8), MI + medium (n = 7), MI + ESCs (n = 8), and MI + ESCs-VEGF (n = 7). **, P <
0.01, vs. Sham; #, P < 0.05, vs. MI + Medium; 1., P < 0.05, vs. MI + ESCs.
Subsequently, the effects of engrafted cells on neovascularization in the infarcted and peri-infarcted myocardium were further evaluated by immunohistochemical analysis. An anti-von Willebrand Factor (vWF, a marker of endothelial cells) antibody was applied to confirm new blood vessels in infarcted area.
The results are shown by Figs. 11A-11C respectively.
Fig. 11 as a whole reveals the positive immunostaining for blood vessel endothelial cells by anti-von Willebrand Factor (vWF) antibody in mouse myocardial sections. Fig. 11A shows Rich vWF staining (red) in a normal myocardial section demonstrates normal blood vessel distribution in a sham-operated mouse heart.
Fig.
11B demonstrates that vWF staining was significantly reduced in infarcted myocardium injected with the. cell-free medium. Sporadic vWF staining indicates few blood vessels in MI region; Fig. 11C shows that transplantation of ESCs with overexpression of VEGF significantly increased vWF staining in infarcted myocardium with numerous engrafted cells. Magnification x200.
Fig. 11 clearly shows the red positive staining of vWF. Compared to normal 2o myocardium (Fig. 11A), the density of vWF staining was dramatically decreased in infarcted myocardium sectioned from the MI heart injected with the cell-free medium (Fig. 11B). However, transplantation of ESCs with overexpression of VEGF
markedly increased the density of vWF staining in infarcted myocardium with cell implantation. Figure 11C clearly shows neovascularization in the infarcted area with engrafts of implanted cells. These results demonstrate that transplantation of ESCs with overexpression of VEGF produced a greater improvement of cardiac function in MI mice; and that the better outcome may result from a stronger angiogenesis effect.
Conclusions Drawn From The Results Of Experiment Series I:
The empirical findings show that transplanted ESCs survived and differentiated into cardiomyocytes in injured myocardium and significantly improved left ventricular function in MI mice. The improvement of cardiac function was even greater in the MI hearts transplanted with overexpressing VEGF. In addition, ESCs themselves quantitatively expressed a sufficient amount of VEGF and were able to stimulate the growth of new blood vessels in injured myocardium. The angiogenesis effect was even stronger in infarcted myocardium when engrafted ESCs were to transfected with VEGF to be expressed in-situ. Therefore, ESCs and their differentiated cells constitute and comprise important sources for cell therapy in patients with MI-induced heart failure in the future.
2. ESCs transplantation significantly improved left ventricular function and 15 isometric contractility in post MI mice. One clinical possibility for the improvement of ventricular function is a reduction of infarcted area by regeneration of myocardium of engrafted ESCs. Reduction of infarct size could prevent over-stretching of the ventricle and preserve normal contractile function (Frank-Starling Law).
20 3. Myocardial regeneration by engrafted ESCs resulted in an improvement of global function in infarcted hearts, which could preserve papillary muscle function.
Our morphological data confirm that the engrafted cells survived in infarcted myocardium by identification of GFP positive cells within implanted hearts 6 weeks after MI induction and cell transplantation. The intensive immunostaining for cTn-I
25 and a-MHC in cell-transplanted MI hearts indicates differentiation and maturity of engrafted cells in injured myocardium. In contrast, both cTn-I and a-MHC were stained at a very low level in infarcted myocardium with medium injection.
Furthermore, positive double staining for GFP and CX-43 in injured myocardium with ESCs transplantation indicates possible formation of morphological and 3o functional connections among engrafted and host heart cells.
4. Another beneficial effect of ESCs transplantation is that engrafted ESCs induces angiogenesis in ischemically injured myocardium. In the present study, transplantation of ESCs alone or ESCs plus VEGF significantly increased the density of capillary blood vessels in infarcted myocardium. Thus, the improvement of left ventricular function in postinfarcted failing hearts after cell transplantation can result from regeneration of myocardium and blood vessels. Subsequently, this regeneration attenuated infarcted size and improved heart function.
5. Therapeutic angiogenesis markedly increases by combining application of to ESCs and VEGF in infarcted myocardium. Our data show that ESCs-VEGF
transplantation provided an even more effective approach to improve cardiac function in postinfarcted failing hearts. After intramyocardial transplantation, these cells communicate with their surrounding cells and tissues, signaling the formation of blood vessels to nourish them. The capillary density was significantly higher in the 15 ESCs-treated MI animals than in the MI control mice. The difference between ESCs and ESCs-VEGF groups was significant. This difference enhances graft survival and account for the significantly greater improvement of ventricular function in the MI
mice transplanted with ESCs-VEGF than in MI animals implanted with ESCs alone.
In addition, this increase in capillary density is deemed to be significant for the life 2o quality and life span in patients with heart failure.
6. Engrafted cells can restore damaged cardiac function. The present study demonstrates the beneficial effect of ESCs transplantation on cardiac function in MI
animals. ESCs transplantation was not only able to regenerate injured myocardium, 25 but also able to enhance neovascularization in infarcted area. As certain immune-related cell surface proteins are not yet expressed in ESCs, another advantage of using ESCs for cell therapy is a decrease in immunorejection. Therefore, the improvement of cardiac function results from regeneration of cardiomyocytes and blood vessels in MI mice transplanted with ESCs alone or with ESCs overexpressing VEGF. This 3o novel approach will provide the basis for future cell therapy for patients dying of MI
and heart failure.
Experimental Series II
Permanent loss of cardiomyocytes results in irreversible damage of cardiac function in patients who have suffered from myocardial infarction (MI).
Replacing scar tissue of damaged heart with new functional cardiomyocytes is believed to improve myocardial contractility and prevent the progression of heart failure.
A number of recent studies demonstrated that transplantation of a range of different cultured cells into damaged myocardium was able to restore the impaired cardiac function in either cryoinjured or infarcted hearts. Some of these engrafted cells have been shown to survive, proliferate, and form gap junctions with the host myocardium. In contrast, other reported data found that fetal and neonatal pig cardiomyocytes and cardiac-derived cell line HL-1 did not survive after grafting into pig myocardium. The above discrepancies are believed to result from differences in the types of donor cells or the status of the host myocardium at the time of transplantation.
Embryonic stem (ES) cells are totipotent cells containing the capability of unlimited, in vitro proliferation useful to cardiogenesis. Our recent study showed that ES cell transplantation was feasible in infarcted rat myocardium and that improvement of heart function was observed in MI rats after 6 weeks of ES cell transplantation [Min et al., Circulation 102 (Supply: 156, Abstract (2000)].
However, the long-term functional effects of ES cell transplantation on postinfarcted failing hearts remains to be determined. Therefore, this study was made to investigate the long-term effects of ES cell transplantation on mortality and the improvement of cardiac function in postinfarcted rats after 32 weeks of MI induction and cell implantation.
METHODS
ES cell preparatiora for transplantation.
3o The mouse ES cell line, ES-D3, was obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (A TCC, Manassas, VA) and maintained with the method as previously described (19). Briefly, ES-D3stem cells and their progenitor progeny cells were cultured in Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium (DMEM) on mitotically inactive mouse embryonic fibroblast feeder cells (ATCC, Manassas, VA). The medium was supplemented with 15% fetal bovine serum, 0.1 mM (3-mercaptoethanol (Sigma, St. Louis, MO), and 103 units/ml of leukemia inhibitory factor (LlF) conditioned medium (BRL, Gaithersburg, MD) to suppress differentiation. To initiate lineage selection/commitment and differentiation, ES cells and their progenitor progeny cells were dispersed with trypsin and resuspended in the medium without supplemental leukemia inhibitory factor (LIF) and cultured with hanging drops (approximate 400 cells per 20 ~,l) for 5 days. They were then seeded into 100-mm 1o cell culture dishes. The lineage-committed but undifferentiated beating cardiomyogenic clusters which resulted were then dissected by use of a sterile micropipette and re-cultured for another 2 days at 37°C in a humidified atmosphere with 5% CO2.
Before transplantation, cells were transfected with green fluorescent protein 15 (GFP), a marker for identification of engrafted cells from host myocytes in injured myocardium. Plasmids with a hCMV IE promoterlenhancer diving GFP gene (5.7 kb) and Gene PORTERS transfection reagent were obtained from Gene Therapy Systems Inc. (GTS Inc, San Diego, CA). An adequate amount of ES cells were plated in 100-mm dishes to obtain 50-60% confluence on the day of transfection. Two days 20 after GFP transfection, cultured ES cells were trypsinized and resuspended in Joklik modified medium (Sigma, St. Louis, MO) with a density of 10' cells/ml for cell transplantation.
Experimental myocara'ial infarcxion and ES cell transplantation 25 Experiments were performed in male Wistar rats (Charles River, Wilmington, MA) with an initial body weight of 300 g. The investigation conformed to the Guide for the Care and Use of Laboratory Animals published by the US National Institutes of Health (NIH Publication No.85-23, revised I996), and the protocol was approved by our Institutional Animal Care Committee. MI was created by ligation of the left 30 anterior descending coronary artery as previously described (10). Shortly after induction of MI, 3 x 105 ES cell suspension was injected into 3 sites in MI
hearts with a tuberculin syringe. Two injection sites were at the border of ischemic area and one was in the middle of the infarcted region. Control animals received the same MI
operation but were only injected with an equivalent volume of the cell-free medium.
The survival rate was evaluated in all groups during the whole process of experiments, i.e., 32-weeks follow up. The study was comprised of the following groups: MI rats transplanted with ES cells (MI+ES Cells, n = 26); MI control rats injected with an equivalent volume of the cell-free medium (MI+Medium, n =
31);
and sham-operated rats with neither ligation of the coronary artery nor intramyocardial injection (Sham, n = 23).
l0 Echocardiographic studies and measurement of infarct si,~e.
Thirty-two weeks after transplantation, the animals were anesthetized with pentobarbital. The echo cardiographic procedure was performed as previously described (8). A commercially available echocardiographic system equipped with a 12.5-MHz probe (Agilgent Sonos 5500) was used for all studies. Initially, a two-15 dimensional short-axis view of the left ventricle was obtained at the level of papillary muscles. After optimizing gain settings and ensuring that the image was on-axis, M-mode tracings were recorded through the anterior and posterior left ventricular (LV) walls at a paper speed of 100 mm/s. This orientation was chosen to allow delineation of wall thickness and motion in infarcted and noninfarcted territories. The data of M-20 mode tracings were analyzed from data recorded on an optical disk. LV mass was calculated using a standard cube formula. Relative anterior wall thickness, relative posterior wall thickness, and LV internal dimensions were measured from at least three consecutive cardiac cycles on a M-mode strip chart recording.
Endocardial fractional shortening and midwall fractional shortening were also used as indices to 25 estimate LV systolic function.
After echo cardiographic measurements, the rats were sacrificed to measure infarct size as described by Pfeffer et al. [Circ. Res. 57: 84-95 (1985)].
Infarct size was calculated by dividing the sum of the planimetered endocardial and epicardial circumferences of the infarcted area by the sum of the total epicardial and endocardial 3o circumferences of the left ventricle.
Measurement of henZOdynamics In another series of experiments, rats were anesthetized again with pentobarbital after 32 weeks of MI operation and cell transplantation.
Hemodynamic measurements in vivo were performed with the method as described previously [Orlic et al., Nature 410: 701-705 (2001)]. After hemodynamic measurements, the rats were sacrificed and the heart was rapidly excised. The left ventricle including the septum was weighed and normalized by body weight. The ratio was calculated as indices of hypertrophy.
Idetatification of transpla~ated cells and histological studies.
Subsets of animals were sacrificed at 32 weeks after ES cell transplantation;
to evaluate the morphological characteristics and to identify the engrafted cells. The hearts were quickly removed and the free wall of the left ventricle, including the infarcted and periinfarcted regions, was embedded in tissue freezing medium for hematoxylin-eosin stain. Survival of transplanted cells was demonstrated by GFP
positive engrafts with the frozen sections from infarcted rat myocardium.
Regenerated cardiac-like cells from engrafted ES cells were verified by using an immunofluorescent method to identify cardiac specific proteins, cardiac myosin heavy chain (MHC) and troponin I (eTnI). Briefly, frozen tissue sections were fixed in 2o acetone (4°C) for 10 min, and incubated separately with a goat polyclonal IgG anti-TnI antibody (Santa Cruz Biotechnology Inc., Santa Cruz, CA) or a mouse anti-MHC
monoclonal antibody (Berkeley Antibody Co., Richmond, CA) for 60 min at room temperature. After washing with PBS, sections were incubated with a rabbit anti-goat conjugated rhodamine IgG (for TnI) or a goat anti-mouse conjugated fluorescein IgG
(for MHC) (Pierce Chemical Co., Rockford, IL). In addition, cardiomyocytes were .isolated using the Xiao et al. method [J. Ph, siol. (Lond) 508: 777-792 (1998)] from 32 weeks postinfarcted rat hearts to further verify the survival of engrafted cells.
Measurement of capillary density 3o The effect of ES cell transplantation on angiogenesis was evaluated by counting the number of capillary vessels [Tomita et al., Circulation 100 (Suppl. II):
II247-II256 (1999)], which is defined as the vessel diameter is less than 20 ~,m. The number of capillaries was counted under microscopy (x400 magnification) for five random fields in infarcted area and presented as the mean of blood vessels per unit area (0.2 mm2).
5 Data Analysis All values are presented as mean ~ S.E. Data was evaluated by one-way analysis of variance (ANOV A) with repeated measurements. Difference between two individual groups was compared by using pair or unpaired Student's t-test.
Survival rate during 32-week observation was analyzed by standard Kaplan-Meier 1o analysis and a statistical comparison between survival curves was made using the log rank test. The criterion for statistical significance was set at the level of P < 0.05.
Experiment 5: Survival Rates To evaluate the effect of ES cell transplantation on the mortality in MI
animals, the survival rate during 32-week observation was calculated in three animal 20 groups. The results are illustrated graphically by Fig. 12.
Fig. 12 shows: Kaplan-Meier survival curves for sham-operated rats, postinfarcted rats injected with the cell-free medium, and postinfarcted rats transplanted with ES cells during the 32-week trial. Sham, sham-operated rats;
MI+Medium, postinfarcted rats with injection of the cell-free medium; MI+ES
Cells, 25 postinfarcted rats with transplantation of ES cells. ES cell transplantation significantly increased the survival rate compared to MI rats with injection of the cell-free medium during 32-week follow up.
Fig. 12 reveals that transplantation of ES cells significantly increased the survival rate in the MI rats. Only 3 out of 26 (11%) animals in this group died during 30 the whole process of experiment. In contrast, the mortality was much higher in the post-MI rats injected with the cell-free medium. During the period of 32-week follow up, 7 out of 31 rats died in the MI+Medium group (23%). The Kaplan-Meier analysis showed a significant improvement (P < 0.05) of survival rate in the MI rats transplanted with ES cells than the animals received intramyocardial injection of the cell-free medium.
Experiment 6: Improvement Of Left Ventricular Function The effects of ES cell transplantation on left ventricular (LV) function and infarct area are shown in Table E2 for the MI rats after 32 weeks of MI
operation and cell transplantation. LV weight and the ratio of LV weight to body weight were significantly increased in MI+Medium group compared to sham-operated rats.
to However, ES cell transplantation significantly reduced not only the severity of LV
hypertrophy, but also the infarct size, in the MI rats with the 32-week follow up.
Table E2: General characteristics of sham-operated and MI rats Sham MI+Medium MI+ESCs (n-8) (n-7) (n-8) BW (g) 623.6 14.2 619.5 13.9 598.5 16.4 LVW (mg) 978. 3 9.9 1224.3 12.7* 1143.6 8.9#
LVWBW (mg/g) 1.5 0.15 2.1 0.12 1.7 0.11 1o Infarct Size 37.2 1.5 30.6 1.1#
Values are presented as mean ~ SE. Sham, sham-operated rats 32 weeks after operation; MI+Medium, postinfarcted rats injected with the cell-free medium 32 weeks after operation; MI+ES Cells, postinfarcted rats with ES cell transplantation 32 weeks after operation. BW, body weight; LVW, left ventricular weight; LVWBW, ratio of left ventricular weight against body weight. * P <0.05, vs. Sham; #, P <0.05, vs. MI+Medium.
In addition, as shown by Figs. 13A-13C, the LV systolic pressure (LVSP) and maximum arising rate of pressure (+dP/dtmax) significantly recovered in the postinfarcted rats transplanted with ES cells compared to the cell-free medium group.
The LV end-diastolic pressure (LVEDP) was significantly smaller in cell-transplanted MI animals than in postinfarcted rats injected with the cell-free medium.
These results indicate that ES cell transplantation significantly improved left ventricular function after 32 weeks of MI induction and cell implantation.
Fig. 13 as a whole demonstrates that ES cell transplantation significantly improved left ventricular function in postinfarcted rats using: Sham, sham-operated rats (n = 10); MI+Medium, postinfarcted rats injected with the cell-free medium (n =
9); MI+ES Cells, postinfarcted rats transplanted with ES cells (n = 10). Fig.
presents LVSP, the left ventricular systolic pressure; Fig. 13B shows LVEDP, the left ventricular end-diastolic pressure; Fig. 13C identifies +dP/dtmax, the rate of peak left ventricular systolic pressure raise. Measurements were conducted at 32 weeks after MI operation.* P < 0.05, ** P < 0.01, vs. Sham; # P < 0.05, vs. MI+Medium.
Experiment 7: Echocardiographic Assessment The results of echocardiographic assessment on cardiac function in MI rats after 32 weeks of ES cell implantation are shown by Table E3 and Fig. 14. The LV
2o cavity became dilated in infarcted rat hearts with injection of the cell-free medium.
Enlargement of LV cavity dimensions in infarcted hearts resulted in a significant decrease in anterior and posterior well thickness, and subsequently produced a reduction of endocardial and midwall fractional shortening. Transplantation of ES
cells significantly attenuated the development of LV modeling with a lower ratio of LV mass/body weight 32 weeks after MI. LV anterior and posterior wall thicknesses were partially reserved in MI rats transplanted with ES cells. In addition, LV
diastolic and systolic dimensions decreased in MI rats with cell transplantation.
Figs. 14A-14C are representative echocardiographic recordings in a sham-operated rat (Sham), a postinfarcted rat with injection of the cell-free medium (MI+Medium), and a postinfarcted rat with transplantation of ES cells (MI+ES
Cells).
The anterior and posterior walls were thinned and hypokinetic, whereas the left ventricular cavity became dilated in the postinfarcted rat heart injected with the cell-free medium. In contrast, ES cell transplantation improved ventricular wall contractility and reduced the left ventricular dilation compared to MI hearts with injection of the cell-free medium.
Table E3: Echocardiographic measurements of left ventricular function in vivo.
Sham MI+Medium MI+ES Cells 5 PW th (%) 79.2 8.5 46.2 3.5** 59.5 4*#
AW th (%) 64.4 7.5 39.5 4.5* 54.6 5#
LVDd (mm) 8.0 0.2 10.5 0.3** 8.6 0.3#
LVDs (mm) 5.1 0.2 7.7 0.4** 6.2 0.3*#
En FS(%) 36.71.3 24.21.2* 31.00.8#
to MW FS(%) 21.11.3 14.51.1 17.60.6 LV Mass (g) 0.92 0.1 1.38 0.2** 1.09 0.1#
LV MassB W (mg/g) 1.5 0.1 2.3 0.1 * 1.8 0.3#
*
15 Values are mean ~ SE. Each group represents 5 rats. PW th, relative posterior wall thickness; AW th, relative anterior wall thickness; LVDd, left ventricular diastolic dimension; LVDs, left ventricular systolic dimension; En FS, endocardial fractional shortening; MW FS, midwall fractional shortening; LV MassBW, ratio of left ventricular mass against body weight. * P < 0.05, ** P < 0.01, vs. Sham; # P <
0.05, 20 vs. MI+Medium.
Experiment 8: Survival of Engrafted Cells in Damaged Myocardium In order to identify the survival of engrafted cells in damaged myocardium, fresh frozen sections were prepared from postinfarcted hearts at 32 weeks after ES
cell transplantation. These sections are illustrated by Figs. 15A-15C
respectively.
Fig. 15 as a whole reveals GFP positive spots and single cells from infarcted myocardium with cell transplantation. Fig. 15A illustrates that, under fluorescent microscopy (x200), the frozen section showed strong GFP positive tissue in cell-implanted myocardium after 32 weeks of MI induction and cell transplantation.
Fig.
l0 15B shows that single GFP positive cells were detected with fluorescent microscopy (x200) in cardiomyocytes isolated from a MI heart 32 weeks after cell transplantation.
Fig. 15C corresponds to Fig. 15B, and shows GFP negative host cardiomyocytes.
Both GFP negative and positive cells were rod-shaped with clear striations under light-contrast microscopy (x200). The insets of Figs. 15B and 15C are the enlargement of the parts pointed by the arrows.
It will be noted that Fig. 15A shows that rich GFP positive spots were detected under fluorescent microscopy in one cell-engrafted myocardial slide. This result suggests that engrafted cells, at least part of them, survived well in injured myocardium after 32 weeks of MI induction and ES cell transplantation. In addition, 2o GFP positive cells were observed in single myocytes isolated from infarcted hearts after 32 weeks of ES cell tranplantation (Fig. 15B). These GFP positive cells were rod-shaped with clear striations which are the characteristics of adult mammalian cardiomyocytes (Fig. 15C).
In addition, an analysis of myocardial sections was made with hematoxylin and eosin staining. These results are shown by Figs. 16A-16H respectively.
Fig. 16 as a whole illustrates engrafted ES cells in postinfarcted rat myocardium which were identified with hematoxylin-eosin staining at 32 weeks after transplantation. Figs. 16A and 16B show the lower (x40) and higher (x200) magnification, correspondingly, of infarcted myocardium with injection of the cell-3o free medium. Figs. 16C and 16D show infarcted myocardium with transplantation of ES cells at lower (x40) and higher (x200) power, respectively. Engrafted cells are clearly seen in the infarcted area. Figs. 16E and 16F reveal positive immunostaining for MHC (x200) and cTnI (x200) which was observed in infarcted myocardium transplanted with ES cells. In contrast, immunostaining for either MHC (Fig.
16E) or cTnI (Fig. 16F) was negative in MI myocardium with injection of the cell-free medium.
This hematoxylin and eosin staining of myocardial sections clearly showed engrafted cells in infarct areas of 32-week MI hearts with ES cell transplantation (Figs. 16C and 16I~). The engrafted cells in infarcted myocardium were stained positively to MHC and cTnI (Figs. 16G and 16H). In contrast, scar tissue induced by MI with injection of the cell-free medium was stained negatively to MHC (Fig.
16E) and cTnI (Fig. 16F). These data demonstrate that engrafted ES cells not only survived in postinfarcted myocardium up to 32 weeks after cell transplantation, but also differentiated to mature cardiomyocytes. These new matured cardiomyocytes might play an important role in improvement of ventricular function in MI animals with ES
cell transplantation.
Experiment 9: Angiogenic Effects To examine whether transplanted ES cells induced an angiogenesis effects in injured myocardium, the density of blood vessels was calculated in infarcted area of MI hearts after 32 weeks of MI operation and cell transplantation. As shown by Fig.
17, the number of capillaries increased significantly (P < 0.01) in damaged myocardium in MI rats with ES cell transplantation than in MI animals with injection of the cell-free medium. This result indicates that engrafted ES cells were able to cause or enhance neovascularization in injured myocardium.
Fig. 17 graphically shows the numerical density of capillaries (vessels/0.2 mm2) from sham-operated rat myocardium, infarcted rat myocardium with injection of the cell-free medium, and infarcted rat myocardium with transplantation of ES cells at 32 weeks after MI operation. ES cell transplantation significantly increased the capillary density compared to the infarcted myocardium with injection of the cell-free medium. ** P < 0.01, vs. Sham; P < 0/0l, vs. MI+Control.
Conclusion Drawn From The Empirical Data Of Experimental Series II:
1. The present results show that transplantation of ES cells improved cardiac function up to 32 weeks in postinfarcted rat hearts. These findings reveal that ES cell transplantation provides beneficial effects on heart performance for a prolonged period of time after MI. The data also demonstrate that implanted ES cells can form stable grafts and differentiate to cardiac-like cells in transplanted areas.
2. The present results show that transplantation of ES cells has the beneficial effects on cardiac function after MI for up to 32 weeks. Stable grafts in infarcted area to were evidenced by strong GFP positive spots in MI rats after 32 weeks of MI
induction and cell transplantation. Single GFP positive cells isolated from infarcted hearts with ES cell transplantation were striated and rod-shaped. In addition, immunostaining for the cardiac specific proteins, MHC and cTnI, was found in infarcted area of MI rats with ES cell transplantation. The data strongly support that 15 improvement of cardiac function primarily results from cardiomyogenesis of implanted ES cells. Histologic examination did not show significant evidence of immunorejection of engrafted cells in MI hearts 32 weeks after cell transplantation. It is believed that the weak immunorejection in these experiments is due to the fact that ES cells express far fewer membrane surface antigens than do fully differentiated 20 cardiomyocytes.
3. Angiogenesis also plays a role in improvement of heart function in rats after 32 weeks of MI induction and ES cell transplantation. Damaged myocardial regions with enriched grafted cells were accompanied with new blood vessels found in our 25 experiments. Therefore, the angiogenesis effect is crucial to the survival of transplanted cells. New blood supply to damaged myocardium may provide nutrition to implanted cell and also rescue some host myocytes injured in ischemic area.
These effects will help the heart to improve its function. The initiation of the angiogenesis effect is caused directly by ES cells.
4. The present results demonstrate the long-term beneficial effects on progressive ventricular remodeling and improvement of damaged heart function after ES
cell transplantation in MI rats. Differentiated myocytes and the angiogenesis effect from engrafted cells may result in the functional improvement of MI
hearts after 32 weeks of cell implantation. Therefore, this unique approach offers clinical value for the treatment of myocardial infarction and heart failure.
5.
Experimental Series III
l0 Background Stem cells have traditionally been characterized as either embryonic or organ-specific. Several studies suggest that the latter can transdifferentiate into other cell types, including myocytes and neurons, carrying significant implications for the possible clinical use of these cells. After local transplantation, heart cells and 15 myoblasts show significant potential to repair infarcted myocardium and improve heart function. It has recently been demonstrated that stem cells (bone marrow cells) have the potential to regenerate infarcted myocardium. Other studies have shown that human bone marrow-derived angioblasts accelerate the neovascularization of ishemic myocardium and improve myocardial function.
20 Myocarditis is a multifacted disease process involving viral infection, immune activation, and microvascular spasm. It is characterized by myocardial necrosis and inflammation in the acute stage, followed by myocardial fibrosis, calcification, cardiac dilatation, hypertrophy and heart failure in the chronic stage.
Although the specific cause of myocarditis in any given patient often remains unclear, a large 25 variety of infections, systemic diseases, drugs, and toxins have been associated with the development of this disease.
There is also a consensus that viruses may be a predominant cause of myocarditis. For example, human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) has been detected in heart tissue from patients with the acquired immunodeficiency syndrome.
Hepatitis 30 C is able to replicate in the human myocardium and may also be involved in the development of dilated cardiomyopathy. Other viral agents such as influenza A
and B, polio, mumps, and rubella have been shown to cause myocarditis.
At present, there are no known effective therapies for preventing or reversing the structural and functional changes that occur and may cause death or debility of approximately one third of patients with clinical manifestations of myocarditis.
Nevertheless, we believe that ES cells are capable of responding to signals from areas of inflammation and necrosis in myocarditis by proliferating, migrating into, and restoring functionality of damaged areas. To demonstrate this capability empirically, mice were injected with mouse embryonic stem cells via tail vein and immediately inoculated with encephalomyocarditis virus (EMCV). The morbidity, mortality, and histopathology of these mice were then assessed to evaluate the effect of ES
cells on l0 viral myocarditis.
MATERIALS AND METHODS:
Preparatiofz of ES Cells The mouse ES cell line, ES-D3, was obtained from the American Type 15 Culture Collection (ATCC, Manassas, VA) and maintained as stem cells and progenitor progeny cells with the methods as previously described. Briefly, ES-cells were cultured in Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's medium (DMEM) on mitotically inactive mouse embryonic fibroblast feeder cells (ATCC, Manassas, VA). The medium was supplemented with 15% fetal bovine serum, 0.1 mM ~3-mercaptoethanol 20 (Sigma, St. Louis, MO), and 103 units/ml of leukemia inhibitory factor (LIF) conditioned medium (BRL, Gaithersburg, MD) to suppress differentiation.
Before cell transplantation, however, ES cells were transfected with enhanced green fluorescent protein (GFP), used to identify survival of transplanted ES
cells. A
plasmid with hCMV IE promoter/enhancer diving GFP gene (5.7 kb) and 25 GenePORTER~ transfection reagent was obtained from Gene Therapy Systems Inc.
(GTS Inc., San Diego, CA). An adequate amount of ES cells and their progeny cells were plated in 100-mm dishes to obtain 50-60% confluent on the day of transfection.
Plasmid GFP DNA (8 ~,g) was added to each dish with a calcium phosphate precipitation method. After 2 days of GFP transfection, cultured ES cells were 3o trypsinized and resuspended in Joklik modified medium (Sigma, St. Louis, MO) with a density of 10' cells/ml for the use of infusion.
Virus Preparation a>zd Inoculation of Mice The M variant of encephalomyocarditis virus (EMCV) (ATCC, Manassas, VA) was used in this study. Viral stock was prepared as described. Briefly, human amnion (FL) cell monolayers were infected with EMCV and harvested when cytopathic effects were completed. The viral titers were determined by plaque formation on FL cell monolayer. The viral stock was stored at -80°C
until use. Mice were inoculated intraperitoneally (ip) with 140 plaque-forming units (0.1 ml) of EMCV diluted in Eagle's minimum essential medium.
Experimezztal Protocol A total of 100 4-week-old BALB/c male mice were obtained from the Charles River Laboratories (Wilmington, MA). ES cells were administered via tail vein (1 x 10~ cell per mouse). The mice were immediately inoculated with EMCV after the administration of ES cells. Animals were randomly divided into five groups:
medium control, ES cells, EMCV, EMCV+medium,, and EMCV+ES. The day of virus inoculation was defined as day 0. Animals were sacrificed at 1, 3, 7, 14, 21, and 30 days following virus inoculation to determine pathological changes at each stage of infection. These times were chosen to coincide with the acute phase (day 3), initial myocardial inflammation (day 7), peak inflammatory cell infiltration (day 14), and the 2o beginning of fibrosis and dilated cardiomyopathy (day 21 and 30).
All animal experiments were performed in accordance with National Institute of Health guidelines. Protocols were approved by the Animal Care and Use Committee of Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center and Harvard Medical School.
Histopatlzology a~cd GFP Fluoresceface At each designed day, 4 mice were randomly chosen for sacrifice. Heart, spleen, liver, lung, and kidney were excised and embedded in tissue-freezing medium (Triangle Biomedical Sciences, Durham, NC) and then frozen in liquid nitrogen.
The tissues were then cryostat-sectioned to 5 ~,m thickness. Those sections were kept at -80°C until GFP detection or pathology score was measured by hematoxylin and eosin staining. Several sections of each organ were scored blindly. For each myocardial sample (dead mice did not undergo necropsy), histological evidence of myocarditis and inflammation was classified in terms of the degree of cellular infiltration and myocardial cell necrosis and graded on a five-point scale ranging from 0 to 4+. A
zero score indicated no or questionable presence of lesions in each category.
A 1+
score described a limited focal distribution of myocardial lesions. A score of 2+ to 3+
described intermediate severity with multiple lesions, whereas a 4+ score described the presence of coalescent and extensive lesions over the entire examined heart tissue.
Statistical Analysis Results are presented as mean ~ SD. Survival of mice was analyzed by the to Kaplan-Meier methods. Comparison within and between groups was performed using one-way ANOVA. Post hoc comparison of individual groups was done using Newman-Keul subgroup analysis. A P value of <0.05 was considered significant.
EMPIRICAL RESULTS
Experiment No. 10: Morbidity and Mortality Infection with EMCV produced similar pathological changes in all mice under test. In brief, 3 days after virus inoculation, the mice appeared ill, and some 2o developed coat ruffling, weakness, and irritability. Some mice developed a paralysis of the hind legs. Mortality among the virus control mice was 36%. However, in the ES cell group, the mortality of myocarditis mice was 20% (P < 0.05 compared to the untreated group). These results are graphically illustrated by Fig. 18.
Fig. 18 shows the survival of myocarditis mice. Animals were treated with ES
cells via tail vein. The percent survival in the ES cells-treated groups was significantly higher than that in the V alone group. * P < 0.05. M: medium;
EMCV:
virus; ES: mouse embryonic stem cell; EMCV+ES: virus plus stem cell.
Experiment No. 11: Histological Examination 3o On day 3, a few scattered foci of myocyte necrosis associated with inflammatory cells were noted in myocardium from viral infected mice. On day 7, 14, and 30, myocyte necrosis and accompanying inflammation had become extensive, confluent in some areas and multifocal in others, as shown by Figs. 19A-19I.
In the ES cell group, pathological changes were ameliorated among myocarditic animals.
The histopathological scores of necrosis and inflammatory cell infiltration were significantly lower in the ES cell groups in comparison with those of untreated animals, as shown by Figs. 20A and 20B.
Fig. 19 as a whole provides photomicrographs (light microscopy) of hematoxylin and eosin-stained myocardial sections from ES cells-treated myocarditis mice. In virus control hearts there is inflammatory cell infiltration and necrosis at day 7 (Figs. 19A and 19B; low- and high-power magnification, respectively); at day i0 (Figs. 19C and 19D) and at day 30 (Figs. 19E and 19F), extensive infiltration and necrosis, as well as fibrosis and calcification; photomicrographs of stem cells treated myocarditis hearts at day 7 (Fig. 19G), at day 14 (Fig. 119H), and at day 30 (Fig. 19I).
The arrows point to infiltration and necrosis. Low magnification: original x 40; nigh magnification: original x 200.
15 Fig. 20 as a whole graphically illustrates the histological grading of infected mouse hearts. Histological scoring of hearts ranged from 0 to 4+ in each of the categories of inflammation and necrosis. * P < 0.05 compared to virus group.
Open bar: EMCV group, Solid bar: EMCV plus ES cells group. Fig. 20A illustrates infiltration and Fig. 20B illustrates necrosis.
Experiment 12: ES Cell Migration Into The Heart ES cells are demonstrated to migrate into the myocardium directly. Fig. 21 as a whole provides myocardial sections (confocal microscopy) from viral myocarditic myocardium treated with embryonic stem cells at day 14 after infection. Fig.
shows minimal green fluorescence in myocardium from uninfected mice treated with ES cells; Fig. 21B shows GFP (green) in necrosis area of myocarditic myocardium;
Fig. 21C shows DAPI staining (blue); Fig. 21D shows the overlap of Figs. 21B
and 21C; Figs. 21E and 21H are higher magnification of GFP (green) in myocarditis heart;
a-actinin (red); DAPI (blue); and an overlap of Figs. 21E, 21F and 21G.
3o In particular, it is noted that Fig. 21A shows there is minimal green fluorescence in myocardium from uninfected mice treated with ES cells transfected with cDNA for GFP. In contrast, Fig. 21B indicates that there is significant green fluorescence 14 days after administration of ES cells in myocardium from viral infected mice, indicating that ES cells homed to the hearts of animals with myocarditis. Figs. 21E-21H respectively indicate that ES cells can differentiate into myocytes.
Conclusions Drawn from the Empirical Results:
1. Administration of mouse ES cells significantly decreased the mortality of viral myocarditis. This is the first demonstration of a protective effect against viral myocarditis by ES cell transplantation. The results clearly demonstrate that:
(a) ES
cells significantly increased the survival of mice with myocarditis; (b) invasion of the virus stimulated the migration of ES cells into the myocardium; and (c) ES
cells differentiate into myocytes in the myocarditic heart.
2. Regeneration of organ-specific new cells may be one of the major mechanisms used by stem cells to repair damaged tissue and improve function. The present study shows that ES cells, which were administered via tail vein, significantly decreased the mortality, necrosis and infiltration of inflammatory cells. The GFP and a-actinin 2o fluorescence studies indicated that ES cells migrated into the myocarditic heart and differentiated into new myocytes. Thus, the differentiation of myocytes is deemed to be one of the major reasons that ES cells decrease the necrosis, inflammation and mortality of viral myocarditis.
3. Current theories about myocarditis suggest that a three-step process is involved. The process begins with an acute phase 0-3 days after viral infection.
There is an initial viral infection of genetically susceptible host myocytes that can lead to early pathological evidence of myocardial damage. After viral invasion of the myocardium, cell-mediated immunity activates the subacute phase of myocardial and 3o endothelial damage. Finally, a chronic phase is characterized by slow myocyte loss and myocardial fibrosis, which progresses to dilated cardiomyopathy, terminal failure and death. The principal pathogenic mechanisms probably include direct viral tissue damage and immunocyte-mediated cellular damage critical for the progression of myocarditis to dilated cardiomyopathy and heart failure.
During this pathological period, positive GFP staining was empirically detectable in the myocardium, but there was no significant pathological difference between the treated and untreated groups. Accordingly, it is concluded that ES
cells do not affect this phase. The immune T-cell infiltration peaked on day 7 to 14 after virus inoculation, coinciding with the most severe acute pathological damage in the myocardium. In the period from day 7 to 14, mortality reached its peak and subsequently declined.
to Furthermore, the scores of myocardial necrosis and inflammatory cell infiltration at day 7 and 14 were higher than at other time points, and GFP
and a-actinin were detectable from days 7 to 30 after ES cell administration and virus inoculation. Based on these results, it is also concluded that ES cells migrate from an extra-cardiac source to the heart in order to protect it against myocarditis.
4. ES cells are believed to have to ways to rescue inflammatory or damaged tissue: (a) differentiation into new myocytes to replace dead or damaged cells and (b) delivery of pharmacologically active substances to affected areas of the heart. It is also possible that when myocardial injury or inflammation occurs, the affected tissue 2o may release a signal, which stimulates stem cells to migrate toward the myocardium.
However, at this time the determination of the detailed mechanism of cellular homing remains unknown.
~5 Experimental Series IV
Backgrouyad:
As a result of limited myocyte regenerative capabilities, injured myocardium cannot prevent the onset and evolution of ventricular dysfunction. Although limited 30 ~ regeneration of cardiomyocytes has recently been reported in human infarcted hearts, it is generally acknowledged that dead myocardium is replaced by nonfunctional fibrous tissue. High morbidity of ischemic cardiac dysfunction and shortage of donor hearts demand a constant search for new approaches to treat heart failure.
Cell transplantation, including use of ATl, fetal or neonatal cardiomyocytes, satellite cells and bone marrow cells each have been demonstrated to be of some therapeutic value for the repair of damaged myocardium in animal models.
The bone marrow is known to contain a population of rare progenitor cells known as mesenchymal stem cells (MSCs), which have the capability to colonize different tissues, replicate, and differentiate into multilineage cells, including cardiac muscles. Human MSCs have been demonstrated to have the ability to proliferate extensively, and maintain the ability to differentiate into multiple cell types in vitro.
to A recent study showed that the implanted bone marrow cells can differentiate into myocytes and coronary vessels to ameliorate the function of the injured heart.
In order to provide important clinical insights for cell therapy, the present study investigated the feasibility of transplantation of hMSCs alone or co-transplantation (1:l) of hMSCs plus human fetal cardiomyocytes (hFCs) in MI
pigs.
15 Hemodynamic evaluation of ventricular function and histologic evidence of engrafted cells in injured myocardium were evaluated and compared in MI pigs with or without cell transplantation.
METHODS
Cell culture afzd preparation The hMSCs and hFCs (19 weeks) were obtained from BioWhittaker Inc.
(Walkersville, MD, USA) and maintained with the method as previously described [Smith, A.G., J. Tissue Culture Methods 13: 89-94 (1991)]. Briefly, a Bullet-kit containing mesenchymal growth supplements was used to culture cells. Before cell transplantation, hMSCs were transfected with enhanced GFP cDNA for identification of the survival of engrafted cells. Approximately 3 x 105 of hMSCs were plated in 100-mm dishes and cultured to obtain ~90% confluence on the day of transfection.
Two days after GFP transfection, cultured hMSCs were trypsinized and centrifuged.
3o Collected hMSCs and hFCs were resuspended in the cultured medium for cell transplantation with a concentration of 10' cells/ml.
Experimental arcitnals and surgical preparations MI was performed in male Yorkshire pigs with a body weight of ~15 kg. The animals were sedated with ketamine (15 mg/kg, i.m.) and thiopentathal (5 mglkg, i.v.). After tracheal intubation, animals were ventilated with ~2% isoflurane at a rate of 12 breaths/min (Hallowell EMC Model 2000, Veterinary Anesthesia Ventilator, Pittsfield, MA, USA). Electrocardiogram and respiration were monitored by a multiple-channel recorder (Portal Systems Inc., Beaverton, OR, USA). The right femoral artery was isolated and cannulated with an introduction sheath.
Through the catheter sheath, a 7 Fr. pig-tailed catheter was retrogradely advanced into the left to ventricle. The catheter was connected to a pressure transducer and intraventricular pressure was recorded by a chart-strip recorder. The LVSP, LVEDP, +dP/dt, and -dP/dt were measured to evaluate ventricular function.
The heart was exposed by means of a left thoracotomy through the 4th and 5th intercostal space. The distal end, just below the 3rd diagonal, of the left anterior 15 descending coronary artery was ligated. Five minutes after ligation, 7 x 106 cells of either hMSCs plus hFCs (1:1,10 cells/ml) or hMSCs alone (10' cells/ml) was injected into the border area of ischemic myocardium. Control MI hearts received the same MI operation, but were injected with the same volume of the cell-free medium.
Antibiotics (Cefazolin, 35 mg/kg, i.m.) and analgesics (Buprenex, 0.03 mg/kg, i.m.) 2o were administered shortly after surgery. Cefazolin (35 mg/kg) was maintained daily for 5 days after operation. Cyclosporine A, 15 mg/kg, was given orally every other day until the animals were sacrificed.
Assessme~et of cardiac function afzd myocardial blood flow 25 Ventricular function was assessed by echocardiography as described previously [Litwin et al., J. Am. Coll. Cardiol. 2~: 773-7~1 (1996)]. Briefly, a commercially available echocardiographic system equipped with a 12.5-MHz probe (Agilgent Sonos 5500) was used and the results were analyzed from data recorded on an optical disk. Direct measurement of hemodynamics was conducted by 3o intraventricular catheterization in MI pigs before ligation (baseline values), one hour, and 6 weeks after MI induction and cell implantation.
Six weeks after cell transplantation, stable isotope-labeled microspheres (BioPAL Inc., Worcester, MA, USA) were use to determine coronary blood flow [as per Reinhardt et al., Am. J. Ph sy iol. 280: H108-H116 (2001)] in anesthetized MI pigs under resting condition or with pacing stress by electric stimulation, 180 beats/min.
In brief, a set of microspheres (2 x 106) were diluted in 3 ml of sanSaLine~
saline (BioPAL Inc., Worcester, MA. USA) and injected into the left atrium over 30 seconds. Reference blood samples were withdrawn by using a syringe pump at a constant rate of 5 ml/min through the femoral artery to calculate absolute myocardial blood flow. Finally, the heart was excised and regional myocardial blood flow was l0 determined by BioPAL Inc., where collected heart tissues and blood samples were exposed to a field of neutrons.
Morphology ahd histology of infarcted myocardium Subsets of animals were sacrificed after assessment of hemodynamics and 15 blood flow 6 weeks after MI. The hearts were quickly removed, and selected tissues from the free wall of the left ventricle, including infarct and peri-infarct regions, were embedded in tissue freezing medium (Fisher Scientific, Fair Lawn, NJ, USA).
Frozen sections (8 ~,m in thickness) of left ventricular tissue were made for identification of implanted cells and for immunofluorescent staining. Other hearts were fixed in 10%
20 formalin overnight. The cardiac tissues were paraffin-embedded and sectioned at 5 ~,m thickness for hematoxylin and eosin staining. GFP positive spots under fluorescent microscopy represented the presence of engrafted cells in injured myocardium. Immunostaining for a-myosin heavy,chain (a-MHC) and cardiac troponin I (cTnI) identified the survival and differentiation of engrafted hMSCs and 25 hFCs. Frozen sections were washed three times in PBS and incubated with Cy3-conjugated goat anti-mouse IgG antibody (Sigma, St. Louis, MO, USA) for 45 min.
Nonspecific binding was blocked by incubation with 1 % bovine serum in remaining sections. Different frozen sections were stained immunohistochemically with a mouse monoclonal anti-GFP antibody (Zymed, San Francisco, CA, USA), a goat 30 polyclonal IgG anti-cTnI antibody (Santa Cruz Biotechnology Inc., Santa Cruz, CA, USA), or a mouse anti-a-MHC monoclonal antibody (Berkeley Antibody Co., Richmond, CA, USA) for 60 min. After washing with PBS, sections were incubated with a rabbit anti-goat conjugated rhodamine IgG (for cTnI) or a goat anti-mouse conjugated fluorescein IgG (for a-MHC and GFP) antibody (Pierce Chemical Co., Rockford, IL, USA). Finally, fluorescent staining for a-MHC and cTnI were detected and photographed under fluorescent microscopy.
Data analysis All values are presented as mean ~ SE. The data collected before and after cell transplantation were compared by the paired Student's t test in each group.
ANOVA
was used for the comparison of the differences among the data delivered from groups to more than two. P < 0.05 was considered as significant difference.
EMPIRICAL RESULTS
15 Experiment No. 13: Improvement Of Cardiac Function Experimentally, twenty-five animals received permanent ligation of the left coronary artery just below the third diagonal branch. Five animals died of lethal ventricular arrhythmias within 24 hours after MI operation. The study was comprised of the following groups: MI pigs transplanted with hMSCs alone (MI-hMSCs, n =
6);
2o MI pigs co-transplanted with hMSCs and hFCs (MI- hMSCs+hFCs, n = 7); and MI
control pigs injected with an equivalent volume of the cell-free culture medium (MI-Control, n = 7). Baseline ventricular function before induction of MI assessed by hemodynamic measurements was not significantly different among the three groups.
Myocardial infarction decreased cardiac function reflected by reduction of the left 25 ventricular systolic pressure (LVSP), peak rate of the left ventricular systolic pressure rise (+dP/dt), and peak rate of the left ventricular systolic pressure fall (-dP/dt).
Additionally, the left ventricular end-diastolic pressure (LVEDP) was elevated in all infarcted animals compared to their pre-MI values.
Six weeks after MI operation, cell transplantation significantly improved the 30 ventricular function by reducing the LVEDP and increasing LVSP, +dP/dt and -dP/dt, as illustrated by Tables E4, ES and Fig. 22. Moreover, the beneficial effects of cell transplantation on cardiac function were even greater in MI pigs co-transplanted with hMSCs plus hFCs. The increased improvement in cardiac function in co-transplanted animals was persistent when the MI hearts were paced at a rate of 180 beats/min -- as shown by Tables E6 and E7.
Table E4: Hemodynamic study in porcine hearts before cell transplantation (Baseline values) Cell transplantation was performed shortly after MI and followed 6 weeks LVSP LVEDP +dPldtmax Control-1 (n=7) 108.62.1 4.50.3 2248109 hMSCs+hFCs (n=6) 103.71.7 4.50.3 214650 hMSCs alone (n=7) 119.41.8 4.80.3 216033 hMSCs+hFCs 2o without cyclosporine119.4 1.8 4.8 0.3 2382 74 (n=6) Cell transplantationperformed was 2 weeks after MI
and followed 6 weeks Control-2 (n=5) 118.80.7 6.80.9 210082 hMSCs+hFSc (n=6) 116.31.9 5.70.7 217269 Values are mean ~ SE. Control-l, post-MI pig hearts transplanted with medium performed shortly after MI; hMSCs+hFCs, post-MI pig hearts co-transplanted with hMSCs plus hFCs and administered with cyclosporin A; Control-2, post-MI pig hearts transplanted with medium performed 2 weeks after MI.
Table E5: Hemodynamic study in post-MI porcine hearts after cell transplantation (6 weeks after cell transplantation) Cell transplantation performed shortly after MI and followed was 6 weeks LVSP LVEDP +dP/dtmax Control-1 (n=7) 69.91.7 11.50.6 167179 hMS Cs+hFCs (n=6) 89.72.8**# 11.61.0 189551**
hMSCs alone (n=7) 75.33.2 10.40.7 171794 hMSCs+hFCs without cyclosporine 77.5 3.2* 10.2 1.2 1775 74*
(n = 6) Cell transplantation performed 2 weeks after MI and followed was 6 weeks Control-2 (n=5) 53.23.1 8.81.0 115880 hMSCs+hFSc (n = 6) 66.3 5.3* 8.3 0.6 1594 104*
Values are mean ~ SE. Control-1, post-MI pig hearts transplanted with medium performed shortly after MI; hMSCs+hFCs, post-MI pig hearts co-transplanted with hMSCs plus hFCs and administered with cyclosporin A; Control-2, post-MI pig hearts transplanted with medium performed 2 weeks after MI.
* P < 0.05 vs. Control-1; ** P < 0.01 vs. Control-1; # P < 0.05 vs. hMSCs alone and hMSCs+hFCs without cyclosporine A.
Table E6: Hemodynamics and left ventricular blood flow measurements in postinfarcted pig hearts at 6 weeks after cell transplantation MI Control MI-hMSC MI-hMSCs+hFCs Restin state LVSP 70 2 75 3 a 89 3 a.b LVEDP 11.50.6 10.40.7 9.1 0.7 a +dP/dtmax 1671 79 1717 94 1893 51 a Pacing stress LVSP 28 4 36 4 40 7 a LVEDP 18 3 15 4 14 3 a +dP/dtmax 674 90 713 64 778 + 84 a Data are presented as mean ~ SE. LVSP, left ventricular systolic pressure (rnmHg);
LVEDP, left ventricular end-diastolic pressure (mmHg); +dP/dtmax, the maximum arising rate of peak left ventricular systolic pressure (mmHg/s); Blood flow, measured by microsphere technique (ml/min/g). Rest, the values at basal condition;
Pacing stress, the values at pacing stress (180 beats/min). a P < 0.05 vs. MI
Control; b P <
0.05 vs. MI-hMSCs.
Table E7: Echocardiographic measurements of ventricular function in vivo 6 weeks after cell transplantation in porcine hearts.
MI Control MI-hMSC MI-hMSCs+hFCs PW th (%) 0.68 0.05 0.72 0.06 0.76 0.08 to AW th (%) 0.54 0.07 0.70 0.18 0.65 0.09 En FS (%) 0.31 0.03 0.38 0.01 0.42 0.01 a a'b MW FS (%) 0.17 0.01 0.19 0.01 0.24 0.01 a'b SV (ml/beat) 45.7 4.2 52.9 5.0 73.1 18.4 CI (ml/min/gm) 194.7 16.0 234.8 27.0 280.6 28.9 a Values are mean ~ SE. MI-Control, postinfarcted pigs with transplantation of the cell-free medium; MI-hMSCs, postinfarcted pigs with transplantation of hMSCs alone; MI-hMSCs+hFCs, postinfarcted pigs with co-transplantation of hMSCs plus hFCs. PW th, posterior relative wall thickness; AW th, anterior relative wall thickness; En FS, endocardial fractional shortening; MW FS, mid-wall fractional shortening; SV, stroke volume; CI, cardiac index. a P < 0.05 vs. MI Control; b P <
0.05 vs. MI-hMSCs.
Fig. 2~ as a whole graphically provides hemodynamic measurements in postinfarcted porcine hearts before ligation (Baseline); at one hour; and at 6 weeks after MI. Cell transplantation of hMSCs alone, or of hMSCs plus hFC, improved the ventricular function compared to the MI control animals. There is a trend of greater beneficial effects on ventricular function with co-transplantation of hMSCs plus hFCs compared to transplantation of hMSCs alone. MI-Control, postinfarcted pigs with transplantation of the cell-free medium (n = 7); MI- hMSCs, postinfarcted pigs with transplantation of hMSCs alone (n = 6); MI- hMSCs+hFCs, postinfarcted pigs with co-transplantation of hMSCs plus hFCs (n = 7). Fig. 22A shows LVSP, the left l0 ventricular systolic pressure; Fig. 22B illustrates LVEDP, the left end-diastolic pressure; Figs. 22C shows +dP/dt, the peak rate of pressure rise; and Fig. 22D
shows -dP/dt, the peak rate of pressure fall. * P < 0.05, ** P < 0.01 vs. MI-Control at 6 weeks after MI; # P < 0.05 vs. MI- hMSCs 6 weeks after MI.
Experiment No. 14: Echocardiographic Parameters As clinically measured, the baseline echocardiographic parameters were similar among the animals with or without cell transplantation (data not shown). Six weeks after MI operation, left ventricular contractility was decreased in MI
pigs injected with the cell-free medium. This is revealed by the data presented by Table 2o E8.
Table E8: Echocardiographic measurements of ventricular function in vivo 6 weeks after MI induction and cell transplantation in porcine hearts.
Control hMSCs hMSCs+hFCs (n=7) (n=6) (n=7) PW th (%) 0.68 0.05 0.72 0.06 0.76 0.08 1o AW th (%) 0.54 0.07 0.70 0.18 0.65 0.09 En FS(%) 0.310.03 0.380.01* 0.420.01**~
MW FS (%) 0.170.01 0.190.01 0.240.01**~
SV (ml/beat) 45.7 4.2 52.9 5.0 73.1 18.4 CI (ml/min/gm) 194.7 16.0 234.8 27.0 280.6 28.9*
Values are mean ~ SE. Control, postinfarcted pigs with injection of the cell-free medium; hMSCs, postinfarcted pigs with transplantation of hMSCs alone;
hMSCs+hFCs, postinfarcted pigs with co-transplantation of hMSCs plus hFCs. PW
th, posterior relative wall thickness; AW th, anterior relative wall thickness; En FS, endocardial fractional shortening; MW FS, mid-wall fractional shortening; SV, stroke volume; CI, cardiac index. *, P < 0.05; **, P < 0.01 vs. Control; #, P < 0.05;
vs.
hMSCs.
As shown by Table E~, cell transplantation significantly improved ventricular function reflected by an increase of endocardial fractional shortening, mid-wall fractional shortening, stroke volume and cardiac index. The beneficial effects were more profound in MI pigs that received co-transplantation of hMSCs plus hFCs than in animals transplanted with hMSCs alone.
Experiment No. 15: Histological Assessments Histologic staining of myocardial sections with hematoxylin and eosin confirmed fibrous scar tissue in infarcted areas at 6 weeks after MI operation and cell to transplantation. This is revealed by the stained sections illustrated by Figs. 23A-23F
respectively.
Fig. 23 as a whole illustrates the morphology of H & E staining of: normal porcine myocardium (Fig. 23A); and infarcted myocardium with medium injection (Figs. 23B and 23C). In comparison, Fig. 23D shows GFP positive clusters sectioned 15 from a MI pig heart with co-transplantation of hMSCs plus hFCs. The H & E
staining of infarcted porcine myocardium with co-transplantation of hMSCs plus hFCs is shown by Figs. 23E and 23F. The arrows in Figs. 23B and 23E point to the areas corresponding with the magnification seen in Figs. 23C and 23F.
In particular, it will be noted and appreciated that engrafted cells were 2o diversely distributed in infarcted areas transplanted with hMSCs plus hFCs (Figs. 23E
and 23F) and hMSCs alone (data not shown). Fibrosis without regenerated cell islets was found in infarcted myocardium injected with the cell-free medium (Figs.
23B and 23C). Positive GFP spots observed under fluorescent microscopy demonstrated the survival of engrafted cells in myocardium transplanted with hMSCs plus hFCs (Fig.
25 23D) or with hMSCs alone (data not shown).
Furthermore, the intensity of immunostaining for a-cardiac myosin heavy chain (a-MHC, Fig. 24, left column) and cardiac troponin I (cTnI, Fig. 24, right column) was much higher in infarcted myocardium with co-transplantation of hMSCs plus hFCs than with injection of the cell-free medium. Double staining for GFP
and 30 cTnI of injured myocardium co-transplanted with hMSCs plus hFCs was shown in Fig. 25, which further confirms that implanted stem cells could differentiate into cardio-like cells.
Figs. 24A-24F are photographic illustrations showing positive immunofluorescent stains to a-MHC and cTnI. These were found in normal myocardium (Figs. 24A and 24B respectively), and in postinfarcted myocardium-transplanted with hMSCs plus hFCs (Figs. 24E and 24F respectively); but not in injured porcine myocardium with medium injection (Figs. 24C and 24D
respectively).
The results were obtained from different animals for fluorescent labeling of aMHC
and cTnI. Magnification: x200.
Figs. 25A-25C are photogenic illustrations showing double staining for GFP
and cTnI of injured myocardium co-transplanted with hMSCs plus hFCs. Figs. 25A
and 25B show the staining of GFP by a monoclonal anti-GFP antibody and of cTnI
by a polyclonal anti-cTnI antibody, respectively. Fig. 25C shows the merger of GFP and cTnI staining and demonstrates that engrafted GFP positive cells differentiated into cardiac myocytes. Magnification: x200.
Experiment No. 16: Improvements In Regional Blood Flow In addition, to evaluate cardiogenesis in infarcted myocardium with cell transplantation, regional blood flow of the myocardium was measured by neutron microspheres. The results are graphically illustrated by Figs. 26A-26B and by Table E9.
Table E9: Blood flow measurement with microsphere technique in post-MI porcine hearts.
Cell transplantation was performed shortly after MI and followed 6 weeks Rest Pacin stress Control (n = 6) 0.26 ~ 0.05 0.12 ~ 0.04 to hMSCs+hFCs (n = 7) 0.47 ~ 0.08*'~ 0.23 ~ 0.01 **
hMSCs alone (n = 6) . 0.33 ~ 0.06 0.21 ~ 0.01 hMSCs+hFCs (n = 5) 0.41 ~ 0.04** 0.17 ~ 0.05 (no cyclosporine) Cell transplantation was performed 2 weeks after MI and followed 6 weeks Control (n = 5) 0.32 ~ 0.05 0.13 ~ 0.04 hMSCs+hFCs (n = 3) 0.38 ~ 0.04 0.28 ~ 0.04**
Values are mean ~ SE. Control-1, post-MI pig hearts transplanted with medium performed shortly after MI; hMSCs+hFCs, post-MI pig hearts co-transplanted with hMSCs plus hFCs and administered with cyclosporine A; Control-2, post-MI pig hearts transplanted with medium performed 2 weeks after MI. * P < 0.05, ** P <
0.01; vs. Control.
Figs. 26A and 26B are graphs showing the recorded blood flow measurements with the neutron microsphere technique in postinfarcted porcine hearts at resting condition (Fig. 26A) and with pacing stress (Fig. 26B). MI-Control, postinfarcted pigs with transplantation of the cell-free medium (n = 7); MI-hMSCs, postinfarcted pigs with transplanation of MI- hMSCs (n = 6); MI- hMSCs+hFCs, postinfarcted pigs with co-transplantation of hMSCs plus hFCs (n = 7). * P < 0.05, ** P < 0.01 vs. MI-Control; # P < 0.05 vs. MI- hMSCs.
As the empirical data shows graphically, six weeks after MI induction, resting to blood flow was significantly decreased in control MI myocardium injected with the cell-free medium. Compared to control MI hearts, cell transplantation increased blood flow in infarcted myocardium. The increase was even greater in pigs co-transplanted with hMSCs plus hFCs than in animals transplanted with hMSCs alone.
In addition, the beneficial effects on blood flow were also observed under the pacing-15 induced stress condition in MI hearts with cell transplantation. Again, co-transplantation of hMSCs plus hFCs produced a greater increase in blood flow during pacing.
C'ofaclusiofzs Based Oya E~rapirical Results:
20 1. Human adult stem cells are alternative cell sources for clinical application.
The data of this study demonstrates that intramyocardial transplantation of hMSCs improved infarcted heart function and the improvement was even greater in MI
pigs co-transfected with hMSCs and hFCs.
25 2. In the present study, transplantation of hMSC alone improved cardiac function in infarcted pigs 6 weeks after MI induction and cell implantation, but co-transplantation of hMSCs plus hFCs produced much greater functional recovery.
Engrafted hMSCs or hMSCs plus hFCs not only survived in injured porcine myocardium, but also generated new myocardium evidenced by positive staining for 3o a-MHC and cTnI.
3. The present data suggest that the improvement of ventricular function, at least partially, results from new cardiomyocytes differentiated from engrafted hMSC
cells.
One explanation for the lesser improvement of cardiac function in MI hearts transplanted with hMSCs alone is that engrafted hMSCs may not yield sufficient myocyte numbers to repair the injured myocardium. In contrast, implanted hFCs survive in injured myocardium and form more new myocardium to further improve heart function in MI pigs with co-transplantation of hMSCs plus hFCs.
4. In the present study, the blood supply to the ischemic territory, as assessed by neutron microsphere method, was improved by the transplantation of hMSCs alone and hMSCs plus hFCs. Engrafted cells thus provide the cell source for formation of new blood vessels and release vascular endothelial growth factor to induce new capillary formation and growth in injured myocardium.
5. Transplantation of hMSCs alone or hMSCs plus hFCs can regenerate injured myocardium and improve cardiac function in our MI porcine model. However, the improvement is much greater in MI hearts co-transplanted with hMSCs plus hFCS.
The better heart function in co-transplanted MI animals apparently results from the regeneration of more myocardium and a stronger effect on angiogenesis caused by engrafted hFCs.
The present invention is not to be limited in scope nor restricted in form except by the claims appended hereto.
Claims (27)
1. A therapeutic method for decreasing the severity of cardiac dysfunction in a living mammalian subject afflicted with a clinically recognized form of cardiopathology, said method comprising the steps of:
introducing a prepared inoculum of viable mammalian cells to at least a portion of the heart in the afflicted living subject, said prepared inoculum being a mixture of mammalian cells comprising not less than two different types of cells in combination, said two different types being selected from the group consisting of at least one identifiable type of stem cells, at least one identifiable type of progenitor cells, at least one identifiable type of lineage-committed cells, at least one identifiable type of partially-differentiated cells, and at least one identifiable type of completely differentiated cells; and allowing said introduced inoculum of cells to develop in-situ as integrated cells within and about the heart, whereby the severity of cardiac dysfunction becomes decreased in the afflicted living subject.
introducing a prepared inoculum of viable mammalian cells to at least a portion of the heart in the afflicted living subject, said prepared inoculum being a mixture of mammalian cells comprising not less than two different types of cells in combination, said two different types being selected from the group consisting of at least one identifiable type of stem cells, at least one identifiable type of progenitor cells, at least one identifiable type of lineage-committed cells, at least one identifiable type of partially-differentiated cells, and at least one identifiable type of completely differentiated cells; and allowing said introduced inoculum of cells to develop in-situ as integrated cells within and about the heart, whereby the severity of cardiac dysfunction becomes decreased in the afflicted living subject.
2. A therapeutic method for decreasing the severity of cardiac dysfunction in a living mammalian subject afflicted with a clinically recognized form of cardiopathology, said method comprising the steps of:
introducing a prepared inoculum of viable mammalian cells to at least a portion of the heart in the afflicted living subject, said prepared inoculum being a mixture of mammalian cells comprising not less than two different types of cells in combination, said two different types being selected from the group consisting of one or more identifiable types of stem cells, one or more identifiable types of progenitor cells, one or more identifiable types of lineage-committed cells, and one or more identifiable types of partially-differentiated cells; and allowing said introduced inoculum of cells to develop in-situ as integrated cells within and about the heart, whereby the severity of cardiac dysfunction becomes decreased in the afflicted living subject.
introducing a prepared inoculum of viable mammalian cells to at least a portion of the heart in the afflicted living subject, said prepared inoculum being a mixture of mammalian cells comprising not less than two different types of cells in combination, said two different types being selected from the group consisting of one or more identifiable types of stem cells, one or more identifiable types of progenitor cells, one or more identifiable types of lineage-committed cells, and one or more identifiable types of partially-differentiated cells; and allowing said introduced inoculum of cells to develop in-situ as integrated cells within and about the heart, whereby the severity of cardiac dysfunction becomes decreased in the afflicted living subject.
3. A therapeutic method for decreasing the severity of cardiac dysfunction in a living mammalian subject afflicted with a clinically recognized form of cardiopathology, said method comprising the steps of:
introducing a prepared inoculum of viable mammalian cells to at least a portion of the heart in the afflicted living subject, said prepared inoculum being a mixture of mammalian cells comprising not less than three different types of cells in combination, said three different types being selected from the group consisting of one or more identifiable types of stem cells, one or more identifiable types of progenitor cells, one or more identifiable types of lineage-committed cells, one or more identifiable types of partially-differentiated cells, and one or more identifiable types of completely differentiated cells; and allowing said introduced inoculum of cells to develop in-situ as integrated cells within and about the heart, whereby the severity of cardiac dysfunction becomes decreased in the afflicted living subject.
introducing a prepared inoculum of viable mammalian cells to at least a portion of the heart in the afflicted living subject, said prepared inoculum being a mixture of mammalian cells comprising not less than three different types of cells in combination, said three different types being selected from the group consisting of one or more identifiable types of stem cells, one or more identifiable types of progenitor cells, one or more identifiable types of lineage-committed cells, one or more identifiable types of partially-differentiated cells, and one or more identifiable types of completely differentiated cells; and allowing said introduced inoculum of cells to develop in-situ as integrated cells within and about the heart, whereby the severity of cardiac dysfunction becomes decreased in the afflicted living subject.
4. The therapeutic method for decreasing the severity of cardiac dysfunction in a living mammalian subject afflicted with a clinically recognized form of cardiopathology, said method comprising the steps of:
introducing a prepared inoculum of viable mammalian cells to at least a portion of the heart in the afflicted living subject, said prepared inoculum being a mixture of mammalian cells comprising at least one identifiable type of stem cell and at least one identifiable type of progenitor cell in combination; and allowing said introduced inoculum of cells to develop in-situ as integrated cells within and about the heart, whereby the severity of cardiac dysfunction becomes decreased in the afflicted living subject.
introducing a prepared inoculum of viable mammalian cells to at least a portion of the heart in the afflicted living subject, said prepared inoculum being a mixture of mammalian cells comprising at least one identifiable type of stem cell and at least one identifiable type of progenitor cell in combination; and allowing said introduced inoculum of cells to develop in-situ as integrated cells within and about the heart, whereby the severity of cardiac dysfunction becomes decreased in the afflicted living subject.
5. A therapeutic method for decreasing the severity of cardiac dysfunction in a living mammalian afflicted with a clinically recognized form of cardiopathology, said method comprising the steps of:
introducing a prepared inoculum of viable mammalian cells to at least a portion of the heart in the afflicted living subject, said prepared inoculum being a mixture of mammalian cells comprising at least one identifiable type of progenitor cell, and at least one identifiable type of lineage-committed cell in combination; and allowing said introduced inoculum of cells to develop in-situ as integrated cells within and about the heart, whereby the severity of cardiac dysfunction becomes decreased in the afflicted living subject.
introducing a prepared inoculum of viable mammalian cells to at least a portion of the heart in the afflicted living subject, said prepared inoculum being a mixture of mammalian cells comprising at least one identifiable type of progenitor cell, and at least one identifiable type of lineage-committed cell in combination; and allowing said introduced inoculum of cells to develop in-situ as integrated cells within and about the heart, whereby the severity of cardiac dysfunction becomes decreased in the afflicted living subject.
6. A therapeutic method for decreasing the severity of cardiac dysfunction in a living mammalian afflicted with a clinically recognized form of cardiopathology, said method comprising the steps of:
introducing a prepared inoculum of viable mammalian cells to at least a portion of the heart in the afflicted living subject, said prepared inoculum being a mixture of mammalian cells comprising at least one identifiable type of lineage-committed cell and at least one identifiable type of partially-differentiated cell in combination; and allowing said introduced inoculum of cells to develop in-situ as integrated cells within and about the heart, whereby the severity of cardiac dysfunction becomes decreased in the afflicted living subject.
introducing a prepared inoculum of viable mammalian cells to at least a portion of the heart in the afflicted living subject, said prepared inoculum being a mixture of mammalian cells comprising at least one identifiable type of lineage-committed cell and at least one identifiable type of partially-differentiated cell in combination; and allowing said introduced inoculum of cells to develop in-situ as integrated cells within and about the heart, whereby the severity of cardiac dysfunction becomes decreased in the afflicted living subject.
7. A therapeutic method for decreasing the severity of cardiac dysfunction in a living mammalian subject afflicted with a clinically recognized form of cardiopathology, said method comprising the steps of:
introducing a prepared inoculum of viable mammalian cells to at least a portion of the heart in the afflicted living subject, said prepared inoculum being a mixture of mammalian cells comprising at least one identifiable type of stem cell and at least one identifiable type of partially-differentiated cell in combination; and allowing said introduced inoculum of cells to commit to develop in-situ as integrated cells within and about the heart, whereby the severity of cardiac dysfunction becomes decreased in the afflicted living subject.
introducing a prepared inoculum of viable mammalian cells to at least a portion of the heart in the afflicted living subject, said prepared inoculum being a mixture of mammalian cells comprising at least one identifiable type of stem cell and at least one identifiable type of partially-differentiated cell in combination; and allowing said introduced inoculum of cells to commit to develop in-situ as integrated cells within and about the heart, whereby the severity of cardiac dysfunction becomes decreased in the afflicted living subject.
8. A therapeutic method for decreasing the severity of cardiac dysfunction in a living mammalian subject afflicted with a clinically recognized form of cardiopathology, said method comprising the steps of:
introducing a prepared inoculum of viable mammalian cells to at least a portion of the heart in the afflicted living subject, said prepared inoculum being a mixture of mammalian cells comprising at least one identifiable type of progenitor cell and at least one identifiable type of partially-differentiated cell in combination;
and allowing said introduced inoculum of cells to develop in-situ as integrated cells within and about the heart, whereby the severity of cardiac dysfunction becomes decreased in the afflicted living subject.
introducing a prepared inoculum of viable mammalian cells to at least a portion of the heart in the afflicted living subject, said prepared inoculum being a mixture of mammalian cells comprising at least one identifiable type of progenitor cell and at least one identifiable type of partially-differentiated cell in combination;
and allowing said introduced inoculum of cells to develop in-situ as integrated cells within and about the heart, whereby the severity of cardiac dysfunction becomes decreased in the afflicted living subject.
9. The therapeutic method for decreasing the severity of cardiac dysfunction as recited in claim 2, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 wherein said prepared inoculum further comprises at least one type of completely differentiated cell.
10. The therapeutic method for decreasing the severity of cardiac dysfunction as recited in claim 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 wherein said identifiable types of cells comprising said mixture of said prepared inoculum are of the same derivation.
11. The therapeutic method for decreasing the severity of cardiac dysfunction as recited in claim 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 wherein said identifiable types of cells comprising said mixture of said prepared inoculum are of different derivations.
12. The therapeutic method for decreasing the severity of cardiac dysfunction as recited in claim 4 or 7 wherein said identifiable type of stem cell is selected from the group consisting of embryonic stem cells, mesenchymal stem cells, hematopoietic stem cells, neural stem cells and neural crest stem cells.
13. The therapeutic method for decreasing the severity of cardiac dysfunction as recited in claim 4 or 8 wherein said identifiable type of progenitor cell is selected from the group consisting of embryonic progenitor cells, mesenchymal progenitor cells, hematopoietic progenitor cells, neural progenitor cells and neural crest progenitor cells.
14. The therapeutic method for decreasing the severity of cardiac dysfunction as recited in claim 5 or 6 wherein said identifiable type of lineage-committed cell is selected from the group consisting of lineage-committed cells of embryonic stem cell origin, lineage-committed cells of mesenchymal stem cell origin, lineage-committed cells of hematopoietic stem cell origin, lineage-committed cells of neural stem cell origin and lineage-committed cells of neural crest stem cell origin.
15. The therapeutic method for decreasing the severity of cardiac dysfunction as recited in claim 6, 7 or 8 wherein said identifiable type of partially-differentiated cell is selected from the group consisting of partially-differentiated cells of embryonic stem cell origin, partially-differentiated cells of mesenchymal stem cell origin, partially differentiated cells of hematopoietic stem cell origin, partially differentiated cells of neural stem cell origin and partially-differentiated cells of neural crest stem cell origin
16. A therapeutic method for decreasing the severity of cardiac dysfunction in a living mammalian subject afflicted with a clinically recognized form of cardiopathology, said method comprising the steps of:
introducing a prepared inoculum of viable mammalian cells to at least a portion of the heart in the afflicted living subject, said prepared inoculum being a mixture of mammalian cells comprising not less than two identiable types of stem cells in combination; and allowing said introduced inoculum of cells to develop in-situ as integrated cells within and about the heart, whereby the severity of cardiac dysfunction becomes decreased in the afflicted living subject.
introducing a prepared inoculum of viable mammalian cells to at least a portion of the heart in the afflicted living subject, said prepared inoculum being a mixture of mammalian cells comprising not less than two identiable types of stem cells in combination; and allowing said introduced inoculum of cells to develop in-situ as integrated cells within and about the heart, whereby the severity of cardiac dysfunction becomes decreased in the afflicted living subject.
17. A therapeutic method for decreasing the severity of cardiac dysfunction in a living mammalian afflicted with a clinically recognized form of cardiopathology, said method comprising the steps of:
introducing a prepared inoculum of viable mammalian cells to at least a portion of the heart in the afflicted living subject, said prepared inoculum being a mixture of mammalian cells comprising not less than two identiable types of progenitor cells in combination; and allowing said introduced inoculum of cells to develop in-situ as integrated cells within and about the heart, whereby the severity of cardiac dysfunction becomes decreased in the afflicted living subject.
introducing a prepared inoculum of viable mammalian cells to at least a portion of the heart in the afflicted living subject, said prepared inoculum being a mixture of mammalian cells comprising not less than two identiable types of progenitor cells in combination; and allowing said introduced inoculum of cells to develop in-situ as integrated cells within and about the heart, whereby the severity of cardiac dysfunction becomes decreased in the afflicted living subject.
18. A therapeutic method for decreasing the severity of cardiac dysfunction in a living mammalian afflicted with a clinically recognized form of cardiopathology, said method comprising the steps of:
introducing a prepared inoculum of viable mammalian cells to at least a portion of the heart in the afflicted living subject, said prepared inoculum being a mixture of mammalian cells comprising not less than two identiable types of lineage-committed cells of differing derivations in combination;
allowing said introduced inoculum of cells to develop in-situ as integrated cells within and about the heart, whereby the severity of cardiac dysfunction becomes decreased in the afflicted living subject.
introducing a prepared inoculum of viable mammalian cells to at least a portion of the heart in the afflicted living subject, said prepared inoculum being a mixture of mammalian cells comprising not less than two identiable types of lineage-committed cells of differing derivations in combination;
allowing said introduced inoculum of cells to develop in-situ as integrated cells within and about the heart, whereby the severity of cardiac dysfunction becomes decreased in the afflicted living subject.
19. A therapeutic method for decreasing the severity of cardiac dysfunction in a living mammalian subject afflicted with a clinically recognized form of cardiopathology, said method comprising the steps of:
introducing a prepared inoculum of viable mammalian cells to at least a portion of the heart in the afflicted living subject, said prepared inoculum being a mixture of mammalian cells comprising not less than two identifiable types of partially-differentiated cells of differing derivations in combination; and allowing said introduced inoculum of cells to develop in-situ as integrated cells within and about the heart, whereby the severity of cardiac dysfunction becomes decreased in the afflicted living subject.
introducing a prepared inoculum of viable mammalian cells to at least a portion of the heart in the afflicted living subject, said prepared inoculum being a mixture of mammalian cells comprising not less than two identifiable types of partially-differentiated cells of differing derivations in combination; and allowing said introduced inoculum of cells to develop in-situ as integrated cells within and about the heart, whereby the severity of cardiac dysfunction becomes decreased in the afflicted living subject.
20. The therapeutic method for decreasing the severity of cardiac dysfunction as recited in claim 16, 17, 18 or 19 wherein said prepared inoculum further comprises at least one identifiable type of differentiated cell.
21. The therapeutic method for decreasing the severity of cardiac dysfunction as recited in claim 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 16, 17, 18 or 19 wherein the recognized form of cardiopathology for the afflicted living subject is a myocardial infarction.
22. The therapeutic method for decreasing the severity of cardiac dysfunction as recited in claim 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 16, 17, 18 or 19 wherein the recognized form of cardiopathology for the afflicted living subject is heart failure.
23. The therapeutic method for decreasing the severity of cardiac dysfunction as recited in claim 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 16, 17, 18 or 19 wherein the recognized form of cardiopathology for the afflicted living subject is myocarditis.
24. The therapeutic method for decreasing the severity of cardiac dysfunction as recited in claim 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 16, 17, 18 or 19 wherein the recognized form of cardiopathology for the afflicted living subject is cardiac dysrhythmia.
25. The therapeutic method for decreasing the severity of cardiac dysfunction as recited in claim 1, 2, 5, 6, 7, 8, 16, 17, 18 or 19 wherein said cells comprising said prepared inoculum are derived from an organ of a mammal.
26. The therapeutic method for decreasing the severity of cardiac dysfunction as recited in claim 1, 2, 5, 6, 7, 8, 16, 17, 18 or 19 wherein said cells comprising said prepared inoculum are derived from an organ of a human donor.
27. The therapeutic method for decreasing the severity of cardiac dysfunction as recited in claim 25 or 26 wherein said organ is selected from the group consisting of bone marrow, peripheral blood, placenta, or umbilical cord blood.
Applications Claiming Priority (17)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US27624601P | 2001-03-15 | 2001-03-15 | |
US27614801P | 2001-03-15 | 2001-03-15 | |
US27624501P | 2001-03-15 | 2001-03-15 | |
US27624401P | 2001-03-15 | 2001-03-15 | |
US27624701P | 2001-03-15 | 2001-03-15 | |
US27617501P | 2001-03-15 | 2001-03-15 | |
US27614701P | 2001-03-15 | 2001-03-15 | |
US27624301P | 2001-03-15 | 2001-03-15 | |
US60/276,244 | 2001-03-15 | ||
US60/276,246 | 2001-03-15 | ||
US60/276,245 | 2001-03-15 | ||
US60/276,148 | 2001-03-15 | ||
US60/276,247 | 2001-03-15 | ||
US60/276,147 | 2001-03-15 | ||
US60/276,175 | 2001-03-15 | ||
US60/276,243 | 2001-03-15 | ||
PCT/US2002/007555 WO2002075302A1 (en) | 2001-03-15 | 2002-03-14 | Method for therapeutically treating a clinically recognized form of cardiopathology in a living mammal |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2441289A1 true CA2441289A1 (en) | 2002-09-26 |
Family
ID=27575321
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002441289A Abandoned CA2441289A1 (en) | 2001-03-15 | 2002-03-14 | Method for therapeutically treating a clinically recognized form of cardiopathology in a living mammal |
Country Status (4)
Country | Link |
---|---|
EP (1) | EP1379869A4 (en) |
JP (1) | JP2004532202A (en) |
CA (1) | CA2441289A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2002075302A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (15)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20050048035A1 (en) | 2001-12-07 | 2005-03-03 | Fraser John K. | Methods of using regenerative cells in the treatment of stroke and related diseases and disorders |
US7771716B2 (en) | 2001-12-07 | 2010-08-10 | Cytori Therapeutics, Inc. | Methods of using regenerative cells in the treatment of musculoskeletal disorders |
US20050095228A1 (en) | 2001-12-07 | 2005-05-05 | Fraser John K. | Methods of using regenerative cells in the treatment of peripheral vascular disease and related disorders |
US20030161816A1 (en) | 2001-12-07 | 2003-08-28 | Fraser John K. | Systems and methods for treating patients with processed lipoaspirate cells |
US7585670B2 (en) | 2001-12-07 | 2009-09-08 | Cytori Therapeutics, Inc. | Automated methods for isolating and using clinically safe adipose derived regenerative cells |
US9597395B2 (en) | 2001-12-07 | 2017-03-21 | Cytori Therapeutics, Inc. | Methods of using adipose tissue-derived cells in the treatment of cardiovascular conditions |
EP1781371A4 (en) | 2004-07-19 | 2007-12-19 | Univ Columbia | Assay system for monitoring the effects of genetically engineered cells to alter function of a syncytium |
EP2465923B1 (en) * | 2005-05-25 | 2018-04-11 | Cytori Therapeutics, Inc. | Methods of using adipose tissue-derived cells in the treatment of cardiovascular conditions |
WO2010021993A1 (en) | 2008-08-19 | 2010-02-25 | Cytori Therapeutics, Inc. | Methods of using adipose tissue-derived cells in the treatment of the lymphatic system and malignant disease |
ES2625893T3 (en) | 2009-05-01 | 2017-07-20 | Bimini Technologies Llc | Systems, procedures and compositions to optimize grafts enriched with tissue and cells |
JP5813665B2 (en) * | 2010-01-29 | 2015-11-17 | メタノミクス ゲーエムベーハー | Means and methods for diagnosing heart failure in a subject |
JP5628131B2 (en) * | 2011-10-19 | 2014-11-19 | サイトリ セラピューティクス インコーポレイテッド | Methods of using adipose tissue-derived cells in the treatment of cardiovascular conditions |
CA2883890C (en) * | 2012-09-12 | 2021-11-09 | Dirk Block | Identification of patients with abnormal fractional shortening |
US20220323509A1 (en) * | 2019-09-05 | 2022-10-13 | Tohoku University | Therapeutic agent for myocarditis |
CN114176049B (en) * | 2022-01-20 | 2023-01-31 | 河南农业大学 | Method for simultaneously improving bee emergence rate and female worm number of indoor bred cotton bollworm tooth-lipped ichneumon fly |
Family Cites Families (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5736396A (en) * | 1995-01-24 | 1998-04-07 | Case Western Reserve University | Lineage-directed induction of human mesenchymal stem cell differentiation |
US20020098167A1 (en) * | 2000-07-31 | 2002-07-25 | Piero Anversa | Methods and compositions for the repair and/or regeneration of damaged myocardium |
CA2443993A1 (en) * | 2001-04-13 | 2002-10-24 | Anterogen Co., Ltd. | Methods and reagents for cell transplantation |
EP1421182A4 (en) * | 2001-07-24 | 2005-03-23 | Es Cell Int Pte Ltd | Methods of inducing differentiation of stem cells |
-
2002
- 2002-03-14 EP EP02753613A patent/EP1379869A4/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2002-03-14 CA CA002441289A patent/CA2441289A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2002-03-14 JP JP2002573666A patent/JP2004532202A/en active Pending
- 2002-03-14 WO PCT/US2002/007555 patent/WO2002075302A1/en not_active Application Discontinuation
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
WO2002075302A8 (en) | 2007-09-07 |
WO2002075302A1 (en) | 2002-09-26 |
JP2004532202A (en) | 2004-10-21 |
EP1379869A4 (en) | 2004-08-11 |
EP1379869A1 (en) | 2004-01-14 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
Leri et al. | Cardiac stem cells and mechanisms of myocardial regeneration | |
US7160724B2 (en) | Human cord blood as a source of neural tissue for repair of the brain and spinal cord | |
KR100694963B1 (en) | Methods for producing cells for transplantation | |
US20080145860A1 (en) | Encapsulated cell indicator system | |
US20100267107A1 (en) | Methods for isolating very small embryonic-like (vsel) stem cells | |
CA2464088A1 (en) | Stem cells that transform to beating cardiomyocytes | |
US20050079606A1 (en) | Pluripotent stem cells originating in skeletal muscle intestinal tissue | |
JP2005506839A (en) | Proliferation and differentiation of stem cells using extracellular matrix and other molecules | |
CA2441289A1 (en) | Method for therapeutically treating a clinically recognized form of cardiopathology in a living mammal | |
JP2012120545A (en) | Method for refining cell | |
Nagy et al. | Stem Cell Transplantation as a Therapeutic Approach to Organ Failure1 | |
Sinanan et al. | Muscling in on stem cells | |
US20040071665A1 (en) | Method for therapeutically treating a clinically recognized form of cardiopathology in a living mammal | |
US20070253937A1 (en) | Novel multipotent stem cells and use thereof | |
Liu et al. | Pluripotent fates and tissue regenerative potential of adult olfactory bulb neural stem and progenitor cells | |
AU2004286322A1 (en) | Novel multipotent stem cells and use thereof | |
AU2002306702A1 (en) | Method for therapeutically treating a clinically recognized form of cardiopathology in a living mammal | |
Emanueli et al. | In search of the best candidate for regeneration of ischemic tissues | |
Liadaki et al. | Cellular Mediated Delivery: The Intersection Between Regenerative Medicine and Genetic Therapy | |
Blastocysts | Perspectives: Plasticity of Stem Cells |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
EEER | Examination request | ||
FZDE | Dead |